Guide du développeur DHIS 2

Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

Équipe de documentation DHIS2

February 2021
Guide du développeur DHIS 2 Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

Copyright © 2006-2021 Équipe de documentation DHIS2

February 2021

Historique des révisions

2.34@0e6ad22 2021-02-02 [Link] +0100

Garantie: CE DOCUMENT EST FOURNI PAR LES AUTEURS ’’ EN L’ETAT ’’ ET TOUTE GARANTIE
EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS SANS S’Y LIMITER, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE
QUALITÉ MARCHANDE ET D’ADÉQUATION À UN USAGE PARTICULIER SONT DÉCLINEES. EN
AUCUN CAS, LES AUTEURS OU CONTRIBUTEURS NE PEUVENT ÊTRE TENUS RESPONSABLES DES
DOMMAGES DIRECTS, INDIRECTS, ACCESSOIRES, SPÉCIAUX, EXEMPLAIRES OU ACCESSOIRES (Y
COMPRIS, MAIS SANS S’Y LIMITER, L’ACHAT DE MARCHANDISES OU DE SERVICES SUBSTITUÉS;
PERTE D’UTILISATION, DE DONNÉES OU DE PROFITS; INTERRUPTION COMMERCIALE) TOUTEFOIS
CAUSÉE ET SUR TOUTE THÉORIE DE LA RESPONSABILITÉ, QU’IL SOIT DU CONTRAT, UNE
RESPONSABILITÉ STRICTE OU UN LAC (Y COMPRIS LA NÉGLIGENCE OU AUTREMENT) DÉCOULANT
DE TOUTE MANIÈRE DE L’UTILISATION DE CE MANUEL ET DES PRODUITS MENTIONNÉS DANS CE
DOCUMENT, MÊME SI MIS À JOUR, TELS DOMMAGES.

Licence: L’autorisation est donnée de copier, distribuer ou modifier ce document selon les
termes de la licence GNU de documentation libre, dans sa version 1.3 ou dans toute version
ultérieure publiée par la Free Software Foundation ; sans Section Invariante, sans Texte De
Première De Couverture, et sans Texte De Quatrième De Couverture. Une copie de cette licence
est incluse dans la section intitulée “Licence GNU de documentation libre”: [Link]
files/[Link]

2
Table des matières Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

Table des matières

1 Web API
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Authentication
1.2.1 Basic Authentication
1.2.2 Two-factor authentication
1.2.3 OAuth2
1.3 Error and info messages
1.4 Date and period format
1.4.1 Relative Periods
1.5 Identifier schemes
1.6 Browsing the Web API
1.6.1 Translation
1.6.2 Translation API
1.6.3 Web API versions
1.7 Metadata object filter
1.7.1 Logical operators
1.7.2 Identifiable token filter
1.7.3 Capture Scope filter
1.8 Metadata field filter
1.8.1 Field transformers
1.9 Metadata create, read, update, delete, validate
1.9.1 Create / update parameters
1.9.2 Creating and updating objects
1.9.3 Deleting objects
1.9.4 Adding and removing objects in collections
1.9.5 Validating payloads
1.9.6 Partial updates
1.10 Metadata export
1.10.1 Metadata export examples
1.10.2 Metadata export with dependencies
1.11 Metadata import
1.12 Metadata audit
1.12.1 Metadata audit query
1.13 Render type (Experimental)
1.14 Object Style (Experimental)
1.15 ActiveMQ Artemis / AMQP 1.0 integration
1.16 CSV metadata import
1.16.1 Eléments de données
1.16.2 Les unités d’organisation
1.16.3 Règles de validation
1.16.4 Option sets
1.16.5 Option group
1.16.6 Option Group Set
1.16.7 Collection membership
1.16.8 Other objects
1.17 Deleted objects
1.18 Favorites
1.19 Subscriptions
1.20 File resources
1.20.1 File resource constraints
1.21 Metadata versioning
1.21.1 Get metadata version examples

3
Table des matières Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

1.21.2 Get the list of all metadata versions

1.21.3 Create metadata version
1.21.4 Download version metadata
1.22 Metadata Synchronization
1.22.1 Sync metadata version
1.23 Data values
1.23.1 Sending data values
1.23.2 Sending bulks of data values
1.23.3 Import parameters
1.23.4 CSV data value format
1.23.5 Generating data value set template
1.23.6 Reading data values
1.23.7 Sending, reading and deleting individual data values
1.24 ADX data format
1.24.1 The adx root element
1.24.2 The group element
1.24.3 ADX period definitions
1.24.4 Data values
1.24.5 Importation de données
1.24.6 Exportation de données
1.25 Règles du programme
1.25.1 Program rule model
1.25.2 Creating program rules
1.26 Forms
1.27 Documents
1.28 Validation
1.29 Validation Results
1.30 Data analysis
1.30.1 Analyse des règles de validation
1.30.2 Standard deviation based outlier analysis
1.30.3 Min/max value based outlier analysis
1.30.4 Follow-up data analysis
1.31 Intégrité des données
1.31.1 Running data integrity
1.31.2 Fetching the result
1.32 Indicateurs
1.32.1 Aggregate indicators
1.32.2
1.32.3 Expressions
1.33 Complete data set registrations
1.33.1 Completing data sets
1.33.2 Reading complete data set registrations
1.33.3 Un-completing data sets
1.34 Approbation des données
1.34.1 Get approval status
1.34.2 Bulk get approval status
1.34.3 Approve data
1.34.4 Bulk approve data
1.34.5 Get data approval levels
1.35 Auditing
1.35.1 Aggregate data value audits
1.35.2 Tracked entity data value audits
1.35.3 Tracked entity attribute value audits
1.35.4 Tracked entity instance audits

4
Table des matières Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

1.35.5 Enrollment audits

1.35.6 Data approval audits
1.36 Message conversations
1.36.1 Writing and reading messages
1.36.2 Managing messages
1.36.3 Message Attachments
1.36.4 Tickets and Validation Result Notifications
1.37 Interprétations
1.37.1 Reading interpretations
1.37.2 Writing interpretations
1.37.3 Updating and removing interpretations
1.37.4 Creating interpretation comments
1.37.5 Updating and removing interpretation comments
1.37.6 Liking interpretations
1.38 Viewing analytical resource representations
1.39 Plugins
1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in
1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in
1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in
1.39.4 Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug-in
1.40 SQL views
1.40.1 Criteria
1.40.2 Variables
1.40.3 Filtering
1.41 Tableaux de bord
1.41.1 Browsing dashboards
1.41.2 Searching dashboards
1.41.3 Creating, updating and removing dashboards
1.41.4 Adding, moving and removing dashboard items and content
1.42 Visualization
1.42.1 Retrieving visualizations
1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations
1.43 Analytics
1.43.1 Request query parameters
1.43.2 Dimensions and items
1.43.3 The dx dimension
1.43.4 Response formats
1.43.5 Constraints and validation
1.43.6 Data value set format
1.43.7 Raw data format
1.43.8 Debugging
1.44 Event analytics
1.44.1 Dimensions and items
1.44.2 Request query parameters
1.44.3 Event query analytics
1.44.4 Event aggregate analytics
1.44.5 Event clustering analytics
1.44.6 Event count and extent analytics
1.44.7 Constraints and validation
1.45 Enrollment analytics
1.45.1 Dimensions and items
1.45.2 Enrollment query analytics
1.45.3 Request query parameters

5
Table des matières Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

1.45.4 Support of analytics across tracked entity instance relationships with

program indicators
1.46 Org unit analytics
1.46.1 Request query parameters
1.46.2 Response formats
1.46.3 Examples
1.47 Data set report
1.47.1 Request query parameters
1.47.2 Response formats
1.47.3 Custom forms
1.48 Push Analysis
1.49 Data usage analytics
1.49.1 Request query parameters
1.49.2 Create view events (POST)
1.49.3 Retrieve aggregated usage analytics report (GET)
1.49.4 Retrieve top favorites
1.49.5 Response format
1.49.6 Retrieve statistics for a favorite
1.50 Geospatial features
1.50.1 GeoJSON
1.51 Generating resource and analytics tables
1.52 Maintenance
1.53 System resource
1.53.1 Generate identifiers
1.53.2 View system information
1.53.3 Check if username and password combination is correct
1.53.4 View asynchronous task status
1.53.5 View asynchronous task summaries
1.53.6 Get appearance information
1.54 Locales
1.54.1 UI locales
1.54.2 Database content locales
1.55 Les traductions
1.55.1 Create a translation
1.55.2 Get translations
1.56 Short Message Service (SMS)
1.56.1 Outbound SMS service
1.56.2 Inbound SMS service
1.56.3 Gateway service administration
1.56.4 Gateway configuration
1.57 SMS Commands
1.58 Program Messages
1.58.1 Sending program messages
1.58.2 Retrieving and deleting program messages
1.58.3 Querying program messages
1.59 Utilisateurs
1.59.1 User query
1.59.2 User credentials query
1.59.3 User account create and update
1.59.4 User account invitations
1.59.5 User replication
1.60 Current user information and associations
1.61 Paramètres du système
1.62 Paramètres de l’utilisateur

6
Table des matières Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

1.63 Les unités d’organisation

1.63.1 Get list of organisation units
1.63.2 Get organisation unit with relations
1.64 Data sets
1.64.1 DataSet Notification Template
1.65 Filled organisation unit levels
1.66 Static content
1.67 Configuration
1.68 Read-Only configuration service
1.69 Internationalization
1.70 SVG conversion
1.71 Tracker Web API
1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management
1.71.2 Enrollment management
1.71.3 Événements
1.71.4 Relationships
1.71.5 Update strategies
1.71.6 Tracker bulk deletion
1.71.7 Identifier reuse and item deletion via POST and PUT methods
1.71.8 Import parameters
1.71.9 Tracker Ownership Management
1.72 Potential Duplicates
1.73 Adresses électronique
1.73.1 System notification
1.73.2 Outbound emails
1.73.3 Test message
1.74 Partage
1.74.1 Get sharing status
1.74.2 Set sharing status
1.75 Programmation
1.75.1 Get available job types
1.75.2 Create job
1.75.3 Get jobs
1.75.4 Update job
1.75.5 Delete job
1.76 Schema
1.77 UI customization
1.77.1 Javascript
1.77.2 CSS
1.78 Synchronization
1.78.1 Data value push
1.78.2 Metadata pull
1.78.3 Availability check
1.79 Applications
1.79.1 Get apps
1.79.2 Install an app
1.79.3 Delete an app
1.79.4 Reload apps
1.79.5 Share apps between instances
1.80 App store
1.80.1 Get apps
1.80.2 Install apps
1.81 Data store
1.81.1 Data store structure

7
Table des matières Destiné à être utilisé avec la version 2.34

1.81.2 Get keys and namespaces

1.81.3 Create values
1.81.4 Update values
1.81.5 Delete keys
1.81.6 Sharing datastore keys
1.82 User data store
1.82.1 User data store structure
1.82.2 Get namespaces
1.82.3 Get keys
1.82.4 Get values
1.82.5 Create value
1.82.6 Update values
1.82.7 Delete key
1.82.8 Delete namespace
1.83 Les prédicteurs
1.83.1 Creating a predictor
1.83.2 Generating predicted values
1.84 Min-max data elements
1.84.1 Add/Update min-max data element
1.84.2 Delete min-max data element
1.85 Exceptions de verrouillage
1.86 Tokens
1.86.1 Google Service Account
1.87 Analytics table hooks
1.87.1 Hook fields
1.87.2 Creating hooks
1.88 Metadata repository
1.89 Icons
2 Applications
2.1 Purpose of packaged Apps
2.2 Creating Apps
2.3 Installing Apps into DHIS2
2.4 Launching Apps
3 Development Infrastructure
3.1 Release process
4 DHIS2 and R integration
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Installing R
4.3 Using ODBC to retrieve data from DHIS2 into R
4.4 Mapping with R and PostgreSQL
4.5 Using R, DHIS2 and the Google Visualization API
4.6 Using PL/R with DHIS2
4.7 Using this DHIS2 Web API with R

8
1 Web API 1.1 Introduction

1 Web API
The Web API is a component which makes it possible for external systems to access and
manipulate data stored in an instance of DHIS2. More precisely, it provides a programmatic
interface to a wide range of exposed data and service methods for applications such as third-
party software clients, web portals and internal DHIS2 modules.

1.1 Introduction

The Web API adheres to many of the principles behind the REST architectural style. To mention
some few and important ones:

1. The fundamental building blocks are referred to as resources. A resource can be anything
exposed to the Web, from a document to a business process - anything a client might want
to interact with. The information aspects of a resource can be retrieved or exchanged
through resource representations. A representation is a view of a resource’s state at any
given time. For instance, the reportTable resource in DHIS2 represents a tabular report of
aggregated data for a certain set of parameters. This resource can be retrieved in a variety
of representation formats including HTML, PDF, and MS Excel.

2. All resources can be uniquely identified by a URI (also referred to as URL). All resources
have a default representation. You can indicate that you are interested in a specific
representation by supplying an Accept HTTP header, a file extension or a format query
parameter. So in order to retrieve the PDF representation of a report table you can supply
an Accept: application/pdf header or append .pdf or ?format=pdf to your request URL.

3. Interactions with the API requires the correct use of HTTP methods or verbs. This implies
that for a resource you must issue a GET request when you want to retrieve it, POST
request when you want to create one, PUT when you want to update it and DELETE when
you want to remove it. So if you want to retrieve the default representation of a report
table you can send a GET request to e.g. /reportTable/iu8j/hYgF6t, where the last part is
the report table identifier.

4. Resource representations are linkable, meaning that representations advertise other

resources which are relevant to the current one by embedding links into itself (please be
aware that you need to request href in your field filter to have this working. This feature
greatly improves the usability and robustness of the API as we will see later. For instance,
you can easily navigate to the indicators which are associated with a report table from the
reportTable resource through the embedded links using your preferred representation
format.

While all of this might sound complicated, the Web API is actually very simple to use. We will
proceed with a few practical examples in a minute.

1.2 Authentication

The DHIS2 Web API supports two protocols for authentication, Basic Authentication and OAuth 2.
You can verify and get information about the currently authenticated user by making a GET
request to the following URL:

/api/33/me

And more information about authorities (and if a user has a certain authority) by using the
endpoints:

9
1 Web API 1.2.1 Basic Authentication

/api/33/me/authorities
/api/33/me/authorities/ALL

1.2.1 Basic Authentication

The DHIS2 Web API supports Basic authentication. Basic authentication is a technique for clients
to send login credentials over HTTP to a web server. Technically speaking, the username is
appended with a colon and the password, Base64-encoded, prefixed Basic and supplied as the
value of the Authorization HTTP header. More formally that is:

Authorization: Basic base64encode(username:password)

Most network-aware development environments provide support for Basic authentication, such
as Apache HttpClient and Spring RestTemplate. An important note is that this authentication
scheme provides no security since the username and password are sent in plain text and can be
easily observed by an attacker. Using Basic is recommended only if the server is using SSL/TLS
(HTTPS) to encrypt communication with clients. Consider this a hard requirement in order to
provide secure interactions with the Web API.

1.2.2 Two-factor authentication

DHIS2 supports two-factor authentication. This can be enabled per user. When enabled, users
will be asked to enter a 2FA code when logging in. You can read more about 2FA here.

1.2.3 OAuth2

DHIS2 supports the OAuth2 authentication protocol. OAuth2 is an open standard for
authorization which allows third-party clients to connect on behalf of a DHIS2 user and get a
reusable bearer token for subsequent requests to the Web API. DHIS2 does not support fine-
grained OAuth2 roles but rather provides applications access based on user roles of the DHIS2
user.

Each client for which you want to allow OAuth 2 authentication must be registered in DHIS2. To
add a new OAuth2 client go to Apps > Settings > OAuth2 Clients in the user interface,
click Add new and enter the desired client name and the grant types.

[Link] Adding a client using the Web API

An OAuth2 client can be added through the Web API. As an example, we can send a payload like
this:

{
"name":
"OAuth2
Demo
Client",
"cid":
"demo",
"secret":
"1e6db50c-0fee-11e5-98d0-3c15c2c6caf6",
"grantTypes": ["password",
"refresh_token",
"authorization_code"],
"redirectUris":
["http://
[Link]"]
}

10
1 Web API 1.2.3 OAuth2

The payload can be sent with the following command:

SERVER="https://
[Link]/
dev"
curl -X POST -H "Content-Type: application/json" -
d @[Link]
-u admin:district
"$SERVER/api/
oAuth2Clients"

We will use this client as the basis for our next grant type examples.

[Link] Grant type password

The simplest of all grant types is the password grant type. This grant type is similar to basic
authentication in the sense that it requires the client to collect the user’s username and
password. As an example we can use our demo server:

SERVER="https://
[Link]/
dev"
SECRET="1e6db50c-0fee-11e5-98d0-3c15c2c6caf6"

curl -X POST -H "Accept: application/json" -u

demo:$SECRET "$SERVER/uaa/oauth/token"
-d grant_type=password -d username=admin -d
password=district

This will give you a response similar to this:

"expires_in":
43175,

"scope":
"ALL",
"access_token":
"07fc551c-806c-41a4-9a8c-10658bd15435",
"refresh_token":
"a4e4de45-4743-481d-9345-2cfe34732fcc",

"token_type":
"bearer"
}

For now, we will concentrate on the access_token, which is what we will use as our
authentication (bearer) token. As an example, we will get all data elements using our token:

SERVER="https://
[Link]/
dev"
curl -H "Authorization: Bearer 07fc551c-806c-41a4-9a8c-10658bd15435"
"$SERVER/api/33/[Link]"

[Link] Grant type refresh_token

In general the access tokens have limited validity. You can have a look at the expires_in
property of the response in the previous example to understand when a token expires. To get a
fresh access_token you can make another round trip to the server and use refresh_token

11
1 Web API 1.3 Error and info messages

which allows you to get an updated token without needing to ask for the user credentials one
more time.

SERVER="https://
[Link]/
dev"
SECRET="1e6db50c-0fee-11e5-98d0-3c15c2c6caf6"
REFRESH_TOKEN="a4e4de45-4743-481d-9345-2cfe34732fcc"

curl -X POST -H "Accept: application/json" -u

demo:$SECRET "$SERVER/uaa/oauth/token"
-d "grant_type=refresh_token" -d
"refresh_token=$REFRESH_TOKEN"

The response will be exactly the same as when you get a token to start with.

[Link] Grant type authorization_code

Authorized code grant type is the recommended approach if you don’t want to store the user
credentials externally. It allows DHIS2 to collect the username/password directly from the user
instead of the client collecting them and then authenticating on behalf of the user. Please be
aware that this approach uses the redirectUris part of the client payload.

Step 1: Visit the following URL using a web browser. If you have more than one redirect URIs, you
might want to add &redirect_uri=[Link] to the URL:

SERVER="https://
[Link]/
dev"
$SERVER/uaa/oauth/authorize?
client_id=demo&response_type=code

Step 2: After the user has successfully logged in and accepted your client access, it will redirect
back to your redirect uri like this:

[Link]

Step 3: This step is similar to what we did in the password grant type, using the given code, we
will now ask for an access token:

SERVER="https://
[Link]/
dev"
SECRET="1e6db50c-0fee-11e5-98d0-3c15c2c6caf6"

curl -X POST -u demo:$SECRET -H "Accept: application/

json" $SERVER/uaa/oauth/token
-d
"grant_type=authorization_code" -d
"code=XYZ"

1.3 Error and info messages

The Web API uses a consistent format for all error/warning and informational messages:

"httpStatus":
"Forbidden",

12
1 Web API 1.4 Date and period format
"message": "Vous n'avez pas la permission de
lire ce type d'objet.",

"httpStatusCode":
403,

"status":
"ERROR"
}

Here we can see from the message that the user tried to access a resource I did not have access
to. It uses the http status code 403, the http status message forbidden and a descriptive
message.

WebMessage properties

Name Description
httpStatus HTTP Status message for this response, see RFC 2616 (Section 10) for
more information.
httpStatusCode HTTP Status code for this response, see RFC 2616 (Section 10) for more
information.
status DHIS2 status, possible values are OK | WARNING | ERROR, where OK
means everything was successful, ERROR means that operation did not
complete and WARNING means the operation was partially successful, if
the message contains a response property, please look there for more
information.
message A user-friendly message telling whether the operation was a success or
not.
devMessage A more technical, developer-friendly message (not currently in use).
response Extension point for future extension to the WebMessage format. This will
be documented when it starts being used.

1.4 Date and period format

Throughout the Web API, we refer to dates and periods. The date format is:

yyyy-MM-dd

For instance, if you want to express March 20, 2014, you must use 2014-03-20.

The period format is described in the following table (also available on the API endpoint /api/
periodTypes)

Period format

Interval Format Example Description

Day yyyyMMdd 20040315 March 15, 2004
Week yyyyWn 2004W10 Week 10 2004
Week Wednesday yyyyWedWn 2015WedW5 Week 5 with start Wednesday
Week Thursday yyyyThuWn 2015ThuW6 Week 6 with start Thursday
Week Saturday yyyySatWn 2015SatW7 Week 7 with start Saturday
Week Sunday yyyySunWn 2015SunW8 Week 8 with start Sunday

13
1 Web API 1.4.1 Relative Periods

Interval Format Example Description

Bi-week yyyyBiWn 2015BiW1 Week 1-2 20015
Month yyyyMM 200403 March 2004
Bi-month yyyyMMB 200401B January-February 2004
Quarter yyyyQn 2004Q1 January-March 2004
Six-month yyyySn 2004S1 January-June 2004
Six-month April yyyyAprilSn 2004AprilS1 April-September 2004
Year yyyy 2004 2004
Financial Year April yyyyApril 2004April Apr 2004-Mar 2005
Financial Year July yyyyJuly 2004July July 2004-June 2005
Financial Year Oct yyyyOct 2004Oct Oct 2004-Sep 2005

1.4.1 Relative Periods

In some parts of the API, like for the analytics resource, you can utilize relative periods in addition
to fixed periods (defined above). The relative periods are relative to the current date and allow
e.g. for creating dynamic reports. The available relative period values are:

THIS_WEEK, LAST_WEEK, LAST_4_WEEKS, LAST_12_WEEKS, LAST_52_WEEKS,

THIS_MONTH, LAST_MONTH, THIS_BIMONTH, LAST_BIMONTH, THIS_QUARTER, LAST_QUARTER,
THIS_SIX_MONTH, LAST_SIX_MONTH, MONTHS_THIS_YEAR, QUARTERS_THIS_YEAR,
THIS_YEAR, MONTHS_LAST_YEAR, QUARTERS_LAST_YEAR, LAST_YEAR, LAST_5_YEARS, LAST_12_MONTHS,
LAST_3_MONTHS, LAST_6_BIMONTHS, LAST_4_QUARTERS, LAST_2_SIXMONTHS, THIS_FINANCIAL_YEAR,
LAST_FINANCIAL_YEAR, LAST_5_FINANCIAL_YEARS

1.5 Identifier schemes

This section provides an explanation of the identifier scheme concept. Identifier schemes are
used to map metadata objects to other metadata during import, and to render metadata as part
of exports. Please note that not all schemes work for all API calls, and not all schemes can be
used for both input and output. This is outlined in the sections explaining the various Web APIs.

The full set of identifier scheme object types available are listed below, using the name of the
property to use in queries:

• idScheme

• dataElementIdScheme

• categoryOptionComboIdScheme

• orgUnitIdScheme

• programIdScheme

• programStageIdScheme

• trackedEntityIdScheme

• trackedEntityAttributeIdScheme

The general idScheme applies to all types of objects. It can be overridden by specific object types.

14
1 Web API 1.6 Browsing the Web API

The default scheme for all parameters is UID (stable DHIS2 identifiers). The supported identifier
schemes are described in the table below.

Scheme Values

Scheme Description
ID, UID Match on DHIS2 stable Identifier, this is the default id scheme.
CODE Match on DHIS2 Code, mainly used to exchange data with an external
system.
NAME Match on DHIS2 Name, please note that this uses what is available as
[Link], and not the translated name. Also note that names are not
always unique, and in that case, they can not be used.
ATTRIBUTE:ID Match on metadata attribute, this attribute needs to be assigned to the
type you are matching on, and also that the unique property is set to true.
The main usage of this is also to exchange data with external systems, it
has some advantages over CODE since multiple attributes can be added,
so it can be used to synchronize with more than one system.

Note that identifier schemes is not an independent feature but needs to be used in combination
with resources such as data value import and metadata import.

As an example, to specify CODE as the general id scheme and override with UID for organisation
unit id scheme you can use these query parameters:

?idScheme=CODE&orgUnitIdScheme=UID

As another example, to specify an attribute for the organisation unit id scheme, code for the data
element id scheme and use the default UID id scheme for all other objects you can use these
parameters:

?orgUnitIdScheme=ATTRIBUTE:j38fk2dKFsG&dataElementIdScheme=CODE

1.6 Browsing the Web API

The entry point for browsing the Web API is /api. This resource provides links to all available
resources. Four resource representation formats are consistently available for all resources:
HTML, XML, JSON, and JSONP. Some resources will have other formats available, like MS Excel,
PDF, CSV, and PNG. To explore the API from a web browser, navigate to the /api entry point and
follow the links to your desired resource, for instance /api/dataElements. For all resources
which return a list of elements certain query parameters can be used to modify the response:

Query parameters

Option Default
Param Description
values option
paging true | false true Indicates whether to return lists of
elements in pages.
page number 1 Defines which page number to
return.

15
1 Web API 1.6.1 Translation

Option Default
Param Description
values option
pageSizenumber 50 Defines the number of elements to
return for each page.
order property:asc/ Order the output using a specified
iasc/desc/ order, only properties that are both
idesc persisted and simple (no collections,
idObjects etc) are supported. iasc and
idesc are case insensitive sorting.

An example of how these parameters can be used to get a full list of data element groups in XML
response format is:

/api/[Link]?links=false&paging=false

You can query for elements on the name property instead of returning a full list of elements
using the query query variable. In this example we query for all data elements with the word
“anaemia” in the name:

/api/dataElements?query=anaemia

You can get specific pages and page sizes of objects like this:

/api/[Link]?page=2&pageSize=20

You can completely disable paging like this:

/api/[Link]?paging=false

To order the result based on a specific property:

/api/[Link]?order=shortName:desc

You can find an object based on its ID across all object types through the identifiableObjects
resource:

/api/identifiableObjects/<id>

1.6.1 Translation

DHIS2 supports translations of database content, such as data elements, indicators, and
programs. All metadata objects in the Web API have properties meant to be used for display / UI
purposes, which include displayName, displayShortName and displayDescription.

Translate options

16
1 Web API 1.6.2 Translation API

Parameter Values Description

translate true | false Translate display* properties in metadata output
(displayName, displayShortName, displayDescription,
and displayFormName for data elements). Default value
is true.
locale Locale to Translate metadata output using a specified locale
use (requires translate=true).

1.6.2 Translation API

The translations for an object is rendered as part of the object itself in the translations array.
Note that the translations array in the JSON/XML payloads is normally pre-filtered for you, which
means they can not directly be used to import/export translations (as that would normally
overwrite locales other than current users).

Example of data element with translation array filtered on user locale:

{
"id":
"FTRrcoaog83",

"displayName":
"Accute
French",

"translations":
[
{

"property":
"SHORT_NAME",

"locale":
"fr",

"value":
"Accute
French"
},
{

"property":
"NAME",

"locale":
"fr",

"value":
"Accute
French"
}
]
}

Example of data element with translations turned off:

{
"id":
"FTRrcoaog83",
"displayName": "Accute Flaccid
Paralysis (Deaths < 5 yrs)",

"translations":
[

17
1 Web API 1.6.2 Translation API

"property":
"FORM_NAME",

"locale":
"en_FK",

"value":
"aa"
},
{

"property":
"SHORT_NAME",

"locale":
"en_GB",
"value":
"Accute
Flaccid
Paral"
},
{

"property":
"SHORT_NAME",

"locale":
"fr",

"value":
"Accute
French"
},
{

"property":
"NAME",

"locale":
"fr",

"value":
"Accute
French"
},
{

"property":
"NAME",

"locale":
"en_FK",

"value":
"aa"
},
{

"property":
"DESCRIPTION",

"locale":
"en_FK",

"value":
"aa"
}
]
}

18
1 Web API 1.6.3 Web API versions

Note that even if you get the unfiltered result, and are using the appropriate type endpoint i..e /
api/dataElements we do not allow updates, as it would be too easy to make mistakes and
overwrite the other available locales.

To read and update translations you can use the special translations endpoint for each object
resource. These can be accessed by GET or PUT on the appropriate /api/<object-type>/
<object-id>/translations endpoint.

As an example, for a data element with identifier FTRrcoaog83, you could use /api/
dataElements/FTRrcoaog83/translations to get and update translations. The fields
available are property with options NAME, SHORT_NAME, DESCRIPTION, locale which
supports any valid locale ID and the translated property value.

Example of NAME property for French locale:

"property":
"NAME",

"locale":
"fr",
"value": "Paralysie Flasque
Aiguë (Décès <5 ans)"
}

This payload would then be added to a translation array, and sent back to the appropriate
endpoint:

"translations":
[
{

"property":
"NAME",

"locale":
"fr",
"value": "Paralysie Flasque
Aiguë (Décès <5 ans)"
}
]
}

For a data element with ID FTRrcoaog83 you can PUT this to /api/dataElements/
FTRrcoaog83/translations. Make sure to send all translations for the specific object and not
just for a single locale (if not you will potentially overwrite existing locales for other locales).

1.6.3 Web API versions

The Web API is versioned starting from DHIS 2.25. The API versioning follows the DHIS2 major
version numbering. As an example, the API version for DHIS 2.33 is 33.

You can access a specific API version by including the version number after the /api component,
as an example like this:

/api/33/dataElements

19
1 Web API 1.7 Metadata object filter

If you omit the version part of the URL, the system will use the current API version. As an
example, for DHIS 2.25, when omitting the API part, the system will use API version 25. When
developing API clients it is recommended to use explicit API versions (rather than omitting the API
version), as this will protect the client from unforeseen API changes.

The last three API versions will be supported. As an example, DHIS version 2.27 will support API
version 27, 26 and 25.

Note that the metadata model is not versioned and that you might experience changes e.g. in
associations between objects. These changes will be documented in the DHIS2 major version
release notes.

1.7 Metadata object filter

To filter the metadata there are several filter operations that can be applied to the returned list
of metadata. The format of the filter itself is straight-forward and follows the pattern
property:operator:value, where property is the property on the metadata you want to filter on,
operator is the comparison operator you want to perform and value is the value to check against
(not all operators require value). Please see the schema section to discover which properties are
available. Recursive filtering, ie. filtering on associated objects or collection of objects, is
supported as well.

Available Operators

Value
Operator Types Description
required
eq string | boolean | integer | float | true Equality
enum | collection (checks for size)
| date
!eq string | boolean | integer | float | true Inequality
enum | collection (checks for size)
| date
ne string | boolean | integer | float | true Inequality
enum | collection (checks for size)
| date
like string true Case sensitive string,
match anywhere
!like string true Case sensitive string, not
match anywhere
$like string true Case sensitive string,
match start
!$like string true Case sensitive string, not
match start
like$ string true Case sensitive string,
match end
!like$ string true Case sensitive string, not
match end
ilike string true Case insensitive string,
match anywhere
!ilike string true Case insensitive string,
not match anywhere

20
1 Web API 1.7 Metadata object filter

Value
Operator Types Description
required
$ilike string true Case insensitive string,
match start
!$ilike string true Case insensitive string,
not match start
ilike$ string true Case insensitive string,
match end
!ilike$ string true Case insensitive string,
not match end
gt string | boolean | integer | float | true Greater than
collection (checks for size) | date
ge string | boolean | integer | float | true Greater than or equal
collection (checks for size) | date
lt string | boolean | integer | float | true Less than
collection (checks for size) | date
le string | boolean | integer | float | true Less than or equal
collection (checks for size) | date
null all false Property is null
!null all false Property is not null
empty collection false Collection is empty
token string true Match on multiple
tokens in search
property
!token string true Not match on multiple
tokens in search
property
in string | boolean | integer | float | true Find objects matching 1
date or more values
!in string | boolean | integer | float | true Find objects not
date matching 1 or more
values

Operators will be applied as logical and query, if you need a or query, you can have a look at our
in filter (also have a look at the section below). The filtering mechanism allows for recursion. See
below for some examples.

Get data elements with id property ID1 or ID2:

/api/dataElements?filter=id:eq:ID1&filter=id:eq:ID2

Get all data elements which have the dataSet with id ID1:

/api/dataElements?filter=[Link]:eq:ID1

Get all data elements with aggregation operator “sum” and value type “int”:

21
1 Web API 1.7.1 Logical operators

/api/[Link]?filter=aggregationOperator:eq:sum&filter=type:eq:int

You can do filtering within collections, e.g. to get data elements which are members of the “ANC”
data element group you can use the following query using the id property of the associated data
element groups:

/api/[Link]?filter=[Link]:eq:qfxEYY9xAl6

Since all operators are and by default, you can’t find a data element matching more than one id,
for that purpose you can use the in operator.

/api/[Link]?filter=id:in:[fbfJHSPpUQD,cYeuwXTCPkU]

1.7.1 Logical operators

As mentioned in the section before, the default logical operator applied to the filters is AND
which means that all object filters must be matched. There are however cases where you want to
match on one of several filters (maybe id and code field) and in those cases, it is possible to
switch the root logical operator from AND to OR using the rootJunction parameter.

Example: Normal filtering where both id and code must match to have a result returned

/api/[Link]?filter=id:in:[id1,id2]&filter=code:eq:code1

Example: Filtering where the logical operator has been switched to OR and now only one of the
filters must match to have a result returned

/api/[Link]?filter=id:in:[id1,id2]&filter=code:eq:code1&rootJunction=OR

1.7.2 Identifiable token filter

In addition to the specific property based filtering mentioned above, we also have token based
AND filtering across a set of properties: id, code, and name (also shortName if available). These
properties are commonly referred to as identifiable. The idea is to filter metadata whose id,
name, code or short name containing something.

Example: Filter all data elements containing 2nd in any of the following: id,name,code,
shortName

/api/[Link]?filter=identifiable:token:2nd

It is also possible to specify multiple filtering values.

Example: Get all data elements where ANC visit is found in any of the identifiable properties. The
system returns all data elements where both tokens (ANC and visit) are found anywhere in
identifiable properties.

/api/[Link]?filter=identifiable:token:ANC visit

22
1 Web API 1.7.3 Capture Scope filter

It is also possible to combine the identifiable filter with property-based filter and expect the
rootJunction to be applied.

/api/[Link]?filter=identifiable:token:ANC visit&filter=displayName:ilike:tt1

/api/[Link]?filter=identifiable:token:ANC visit
&filter=displayName:ilike:tt1&rootJunction=OR

1.7.3 Capture Scope filter

In addition to the filtering mentioned above, we have a special filtering query parameter named
restrictToCaptureScope. If restrictToCaptureScope is set to true, only those metadata objects that
are either unassigned to any organisation units or those that are assigned explicitly to the logged
in users capture scope org units will be returned in the response. In addition to filtering the
metadata object lists, an additional filtering of the associated organisation units to only include
the capture scoped organisation units will be done. This filtering parameter can be used for
Program and CategoryOption listing APIs.

This feature is generally beneficial to reduce the payload size if there are large number of
organisation units associated to various metadata objects.

Some examples

/api/[Link]?restrictToCaptureScope=true&fields=*

/api/[Link]?restrictToCaptureScope=true&fields=*

All existing filters will work in addition to the capture scope filter.

/api/[Link]?restrictToCaptureScope=true&fields=*&filter=displayName:ilike:11

1.8 Metadata field filter

In many situations, the default views of the metadata can be too verbose. A client might only
need a few fields from each object and want to remove unnecessary fields from the response. To
discover which fields are available for each object please see the schema section.

The format for include/exclude allows for infinite recursion. To filter at the “root” level you can
just use the name of the field, i.e. ?fields=id,name which would only display the id and name
fields for every object. For objects that are either collections or complex objects with properties
on their own, you can use the format ?fields=id,name,dataSets[id,name] which would
return id, name of the root, and the id and name of every data set on that object. Negation can
be done with the exclamation operator, and we have a set of presets of field select. Both XML
and JSON are supported.

Example: Get id and name on the indicators resource:

/api/indicators?fields=id,name

Example: Get id and name from dataElements, and id and name from the dataSets on
dataElements:

23
1 Web API 1.8 Metadata field filter

/api/dataElements?fields=id,name,dataSets[id,name]

To exclude a field from the output you can use the exclamation ! operator. This is allowed
anywhere in the query and will simply not include that property as it might have been inserted in
some of the presets.

A few presets (selected fields groups) are available and can be applied using the : operator.

Property operators

Operator Description
<field-name> Include property with name, if it exists.
<object>[<field- Includes a field within either a collection (will be applied to every
name>, …] object in that collection), or just on a single object.
!<field-name>, Do not include this field name, it also works inside objects/
<object>[!<field- collections. Useful when you use a preset to include fields.
name>
*, <object>[*] Include all fields on a certain object, if applied to a collection, it will
include all fields on all objects on that collection.
:<preset> Alias to select multiple fields. Three presets are currently available,
see the table below for descriptions.

Field presets

Preset Description
all All fields of the object
* Alias for all
identifiable Includes id, name, code, created and lastUpdated fields
nameable Includes id, name, shortName, code, description, created and
lastUpdated fields
persisted Returns all persisted property on an object, does not take into
consideration if the object is the owner of the relation.
owner Returns all persisted property on an object where the object is the
owner of all properties, this payload can be used to update
through the API.

Example: Include all fields from dataSets except organisationUnits:

/api/dataSets?fields=:all,!organisationUnits

Example: Include only id, name and the collection of organisation units from a data set, but
exclude the id from organisation units:

/api/dataSets/BfMAe6Itzgt?fields=id,name,organisationUnits[:all,!id]

Example: Include nameable properties from all indicators:

24
1 Web API 1.8.1 Field transformers

/api/[Link]?fields=:nameable

1.8.1 Field transformers

In DHIS2.17 we introduced field transformers, the idea is to allow further customization of the
properties on the server-side.

/api/dataElements/ID?fields=id~rename(i),name~rename(n)

This will rename the id property to i and name property to n.

Multiple transformers can be used by repeating the transformer syntax:

/api/[Link]?
fields=id,displayName,dataElements~isNotEmpty~rename(haveDataElements)

Available Transformers

Name Arguments Description

size Gives sizes of strings (length) and
collections
isEmpty Is string or collection empty
isNotEmpty Is string or collection not empty
rename Arg1: name Renames the property name
paging Arg1: Pages a collection, default pageSize is
page,Arg2: 50.
pageSize
pluck Optional Arg1: Converts an array of objects to an
fieldName array of a selected field of that object.
By default, the first field that is
returned by the collection is used
(normally the ID).

[Link] Examples

Examples of transformer usage.

/api/dataElements?fields=dataSets~size

/api/dataElements?fields=dataSets~isEmpty

/api/dataElements?fields=dataSets~isNotEmpty

/api/dataElements/ID?fields=id~rename(i),name~rename(n)

/api/dataElementGroups?fields=id,displayName,dataElements~paging(1;20)

# Include array with IDs of organisation units:

/api/[Link]?fields=id,organisationUnits~pluck

25
1 Web API 1.9 Metadata create, read, update, delete, validate

# Include array with names of organisation units (collection only returns field name):
/api/[Link]?fields=id,organisationUnits~pluck[name]

1.9 Metadata create, read, update, delete, validate

All metadata entities in DHIS2 have their own API endpoint which supports CRUD operations
(create, read, update and delete). The endpoint URLs follows this format:

/api/<entityName>

The entityName uses the camel-case notation. As an example, the endpoint for data elements is:

/api/dataElements

1.9.1 Create / update parameters

The following request query parameters are available across all metadata endpoints.

Available Query Filters

Param Type Required Options (default first) Description

preheatCache boolean false true | false Turn cache-map
preheating on/off.
This is on by default,
turning this off will
make initial load time
for importer much
shorter (but will make
the import itself
slower). This is mostly
used for cases where
you have a small
XML/JSON file you
want to import, and
don’t want to wait for
cache-map
preheating.
strategy enum false CREATE_AND_UPDATE Import strategy to
| CREATE | UPDATE | use, see below for
DELETE more information.

26
1 Web API 1.9.2 Creating and updating objects

Param Type Required Options (default first) Description

mergeMode enum false REPLACE, MERGE Strategy for merging
of objects when
doing updates.
REPLACE will just
overwrite the
property with the
new value provided,
MERGE will only set
the property if it is
not null (only if the
property was
provided).

1.9.2 Creating and updating objects

For creating new objects you will need to know the endpoint, the type format, and make sure
that you have the required authorities. As an example, we will create and update a constant. To
figure out the format, we can use the new schema endpoint for getting format description. So we
will start with getting that info:

[Link]

From the output, you can see that the required authorities for create are F_CONSTANT_ADD, and
the important properties are: name and value. From this, we can create a JSON payload and save
it as a file called [Link]:

"name":
"PI",

"value":
"3.14159265359"
}

The same content as an XML payload:

<constant name="PI"
xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/
dxf/2.0">

<value>3.14159265359</value>
</
constant>

We are now ready to create the new constant by sending a POST request to the
constantsendpoint with the JSON payload using curl:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

constants" -X POST
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
user:password

A specific example of posting the constant to the demo server:

27
1 Web API 1.9.3 Deleting objects

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

constants" -X POST
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
admin:district

If everything went well, you should see an output similar to:

"status":
"SUCCESS",

"importCount":
{

"imported":
1,

"updated":
0,

"ignored":
0,

"deleted":
0
},

"type":
"Constant"
}

The process will be exactly the same for updating, you make your changes to the JSON/XML
payload, find out the ID of the constant, and then send a PUT request to the endpoint including
ID:

curl -X PUT -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
-u user:password "[Link]
constants/ID"

1.9.3 Deleting objects

Deleting objects is very straight forward, you will need to know the ID and the endpoint of the
type you want to delete, let’s continue our example from the last section and use a constant. Let’s
assume that the id is abc123, then all you need to do is the send the DELETE request to the
endpoint + id:

curl -X DELETE -u user:password "[Link]

constants/ID"

A successful delete should return HTTP status 204 (no content).

1.9.4 Adding and removing objects in collections

The collections resource lets you modify collections of objects.

[Link] Adding or removing single objects

In order to add or remove objects to or from a collection of objects you can use the following
pattern:

28
1 Web API 1.9.4 Adding and removing objects in collections

/api/{collection-object}/{collection-object-id}/{collection-name}/{object-id}

You should use the POST method to add, and the DELETE method to remove an object. When
there is a many-to-many relationship between objects, you must first determine which object
owns the relationship. If it isn’t clear which object this is, try the call both ways to see which
works.

The components of the pattern are:

• collection object: The type of objects that owns the collection you want to modify.

• collection object id: The identifier of the object that owns the collection you want to
modify.

• collection name: The name of the collection you want to modify.

• object id: The identifier of the object you want to add or remove from the collection.

As an example, in order to remove a data element with identifier IDB from a data element group
with identifier IDA you can do a DELETE request:

DELETE /api/dataElementGroups/IDA/dataElements/IDB

To add a category option with identifier IDB to a category with identifier IDA you can do a POST
request:

POST /api/categories/IDA/categoryOptions/IDB

[Link] Adding or removing multiple objects

You can add or remove multiple objects from a collection in one request with a payload like this:

"identifiableObjects":
[
{

"id":
"IDA"
},
{

"id":
"IDB"
},
{

"id":
"IDC"
}
]
}

Using this payload you can add, replace or delete items:

Adding Items:

29
1 Web API 1.9.4 Adding and removing objects in collections

POST /api/categories/IDA/categoryOptions

Replacing Items:

PUT /api/categories/IDA/categoryOptions

Delete Items:

DELETE /api/categories/IDA/categoryOptions

[Link] Adding and removing objects in a single request

You can both add and remove objects from a collection in a single POST request to the following
URL:

POST /api/categories/IDA/categoryOptions

The payload format is:

"additions":
[
{

"id":
"IDA"
},
{

"id":
"IDB"
},
{

"id":
"IDC"
}
],

"deletions":
[
{

"id":
"IDD"
},
{

"id":
"IDE"
},
{

"id":
"IDF"
}
]
}

30
1 Web API 1.9.5 Validating payloads

1.9.5 Validating payloads

DHIS 2 supports system wide validation of metadata payloads, which means that create and
update operations on the API endpoints will be checked for valid payload before allowing
changes to be made. To find out what validations are in place for a specific endpoint, have a look
at the /api/schemas endpoint, i.e. to figure out which constraints a data element have, you
would go to /api/schemas/dataElement.

You can also validate your payload manually by sending it to the proper schema endpoint. If you
wanted to validate the constant from the create section before, you would send it like this:

POST /api/schemas/constant

A simple (non-validating) example would be:

curl -X POST -d "{\"name\": \"some

name\"}" -H "Content-Type:
application/json"
-u admin:district "[Link]
dataElement"

Which would yield the result:

[
{
"message": "Required
property
missing.",

"property":
"type"
},
{
"property":
"aggregationOperator",
"message": "Required
property
missing."
},
{

"property":
"domainType",
"message": "Required
property
missing."
},
{

"property":
"shortName",
"message": "Required
property
missing."
}
]

1.9.6 Partial updates

For cases where you don’t want or need to update all properties on a object (which means
downloading a potentially huge payload, change one property, then upload again) we now
support partial update, for one or more properties.

31
1 Web API 1.10 Metadata export

The payload for doing partial updates are the same as when you are doing a full update, the only
difference is that you only include the properties you want to update, i.e.:

"name":
"Updated
Name",

"zeroIsSignificant":
true
}

An example curl command looks like this:

curl -X PATCH -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
-u admin:district "[Link]
fbfJHSPpUQD"

1.10 Metadata export

This section explains the metatada API which is available at /api/metadata. XML and JSON
resource representations are supported.

/api/metadata

The most common parameters are described below in the “Export Parameter” table. You can also
apply this to all available types by using type:fields=<filter> and type:filter=<filter>.
You can also enable/disable the export of certain types by setting type=true|false.

Export Parameter

Name Options Description

fields Same as Default field filter to apply for all types, default is :owner.
metadata
field filter
filter Same as Default object filter to apply for all types, default is none.
metadata
object filter
order Same as Default order to apply to all types, default is name if
metadata available, or created if not.
order
translate false/true Enable translations. Be aware that this is turned off by
default (in other endpoints this is on by default).
locale <locale> Change from user locale, to your own custom locale.
defaults INCLUDE/ Should auto-generated category object be included or not in
EXCLUDE the payload. If you are moving metadata between 2 non-
synced instances, it might make sense to set this to
EXCLUDE to ease the handling of these generated objects.
skipSharing false/true Enabling this will strip the sharing properties from the
exported objects. This includes user, publicAccess,
userGroupAccesses, userAccesses, and externalAccess.

32
1 Web API 1.10.1 Metadata export examples

Name Options Description

download false/true Enabling this will add HTTP header Content-Disposition that
specifies that the data should be handled as an attachment
and will be offered by web browsers as a download.

1.10.1 Metadata export examples

Export all metadata. Be careful as the response might be very large depending on your metadata
configuration:

/api/metadata

Export all metadata ordered by lastUpdated descending:

/api/metadata?defaultOrder=lastUpdated:desc

Export metadata only including indicators and indicator groups:

/api/metadata?indicators=true&indicatorGroups=true

Export id and displayName for all data elements, ordered by displayName:

/api/metadata?dataElements:fields=id,name&dataElements:order=displayName:desc

Export data elements and indicators where name starts with “ANC”:

/api/metadata?filter=name:^like:ANC&dataElements=true&indicators=true

1.10.2 Metadata export with dependencies

When you want to exchange metadata for a data set, program or category combo from one
DHIS2 instance to another instance there are three dedicated endpoints available:

/api/dataSets/{id}/[Link]

/api/programs/{id}/[Link]

/api/categoryCombos/{id}/[Link]

/api/dashboards/{id}/[Link]

These exports can then be imported using /api/metadata.

These endpoints also support the following parameters:

Export Parameter

33
1 Web API 1.11 Metadata import

Name Options Description

skipSharing false/true Enabling this will strip the sharing properties from the
exported objects. This includes user, publicAccess,
userGroupAccesses, userAccesses, and externalAccess.
download false/true Enabling this will add HTTP header Content-Disposition that
specifies that the data should be handled as an attachment
and will be offered by web browsers as a download.

1.11 Metadata import

This section explains the metadata import API. XML and JSON resource representations are
supported. Metadata can be imported using a POST request.

/api/metadata

The importer allows you to import metadata payloads which may include many different entities
and any number of objects per entity. The metadata export generated by the metadata export
API can be imported directly.

The metadata import endpoint support a variety of parameters, which are listed below.

Import Parameter

Options (first is
Name Description
default)
importMode COMMIT, VALIDATE Sets overall import mode, decides
whether or not to only VALIDATE or also
COMMIT the metadata, this has similar
functionality as our old dryRun flag.
identifier UID, CODE, AUTO Sets the identifier scheme to use for
reference matching. AUTO means try UID
first, then CODE.
importReportMode ERRORS, FULL, DEBUG Sets the ImportReport mode, controls
how much is reported back after the
import is done. ERRORS only includes
ObjectReports for object which has
errors. FULL returns an ObjectReport for
all objects imported, and DEBUG returns
the same plus a name for the object (if
available).
preheatMode REFERENCE, ALL, Sets the preheater mode, used to signal if
NONE preheating should be done for ALL (as it
was before with preheatCache=true) or
do a more intelligent scan of the objects
to see what to preheat (now the default),
setting this to NONE is not recommended.
importStrategy CREATE_AND_UPDATE, Sets import strategy,
CREATE, UPDATE, CREATE_AND_UPDATE will try and match
DELETE on identifier, if it doesn’t exist, it will
create the object.

34
1 Web API 1.11 Metadata import

Options (first is
Name Description
default)
atomicMode ALL, NONE Sets atomic mode, in the old importer we
always did a best effort import, which
means that even if some references did
not exist, we would still import
(i.e. missing data elements on a data
element group import). Default for new
importer is to not allow this, and similar
reject any validation errors. Setting the
NONE mode emulated the old behavior.
mergeMode REPLACE, MERGE Sets the merge mode, when doing
updates we have two ways of merging the
old object with the new one, MERGE mode
will only overwrite the old property if the
new one is not-null, for REPLACE mode all
properties are overwritten regardless of
null or not.
flushMode AUTO, OBJECT Sets the flush mode, which controls when
to flush the internal cache. It is strongly
recommended to keep this to AUTO
(which is the default). Only use OBJECT
for debugging purposes, where you are
seeing hibernate exceptions and want to
pinpoint the exact place where the stack
happens (hibernate will only throw when
flushing, so it can be hard to know which
object had issues).
skipSharing false, true Skip sharing properties, does not merge
sharing when doing updates, and does
not add user group access when creating
new objects.
skipValidation false, true Skip validation for import. NOT
RECOMMENDED.
async false, true Asynchronous import, returns
immediately with a Location header
pointing to the location of the
importReport. The payload also contains
a json object of the job created.
inclusionStrategy NON_NULL, ALWAYS, NON_NULL includes properties which are
NON_EMPTY not null, ALWAYS include all properties,
NON_EMPTY includes non empty
properties (will not include strings of 0
length, collections of size 0, etc.)
userOverrideMode NONE, CURRENT, Allows you to override the user property
SELECTED of every object you are importing, the
options are NONE (do nothing), CURRENT
(use import user), SELECTED (select a
specific user using overrideUser=X)

35
1 Web API 1.11 Metadata import

Options (first is
Name Description
default)
overrideUser User ID If userOverrideMode is SELECTED, use
this parameter to select the user you
want override with.

An example of a metadata payload to be imported looks like this. Note how each entity type have
their own property with an array of objects:

"dataElements":
[
{
"name": "EPI -
IPV 3 doses
given",
"shortName": "EPI -
IPV 3 doses
given",

"aggregationType":
"SUM",

"domainType":
"AGGREGATE",
"valueType":
"INTEGER_ZERO_OR_POSITIVE"
},
{
"name": "EPI -
IPV 4 doses
given",
"shortName": "EPI -
IPV 4 doses
given",

"aggregationType":
"SUM",

"domainType":
"AGGREGATE",
"valueType":
"INTEGER_ZERO_OR_POSITIVE"
}
],

"indicators":
[
{
"name": "EPI
- ADS stock
used",

"shortName":
"ADS
stock
used",
"numerator": "#{LTb8XeeqeqI}
+#{Fs28ZQJET6V}-#{A3mHIZd2tPg}",
"numeratorDescription":
"ADS 0.05 ml used",

"denominator":
"1",

"denominatorDescription":
"1",

36
1 Web API 1.11 Metadata import

"annualized":
false,

"indicatorType":
{
"id":
"kHy61PbChXr"
}
}
]
}

When posting this payload to the metadata endpoint, the response will contain information
about the parameters used during the import and a summary per entity type including how
many objects were created, updated, deleted and ignored:

"importParams":
{

"userOverrideMode":
"NONE",

"importMode":
"COMMIT",

"identifier":
"UID",

"preheatMode":
"REFERENCE",
"importStrategy":
"CREATE_AND_UPDATE",

"atomicMode":
"ALL",

"mergeMode":
"REPLACE",

"flushMode":
"AUTO",

"skipSharing":
false,

"skipTranslation":
false,

"skipValidation":
false,

"metadataSyncImport":
false,

"firstRowIsHeader":
true,

"username":
"UNICEF_admin"
},

"status":
"OK",

"typeReports":
[
{
"klass":
"[Link]",

37
1 Web API 1.12 Metadata audit

"stats":
{

"created":
2,

"updated":
0,

"deleted":
0,

"ignored":
0,

"total":
2
}
},
{
"klass":
"[Link]",

"stats":
{

"created":
1,

"updated":
0,

"deleted":
0,

"ignored":
0,

"total":
1
}
}
],

"stats":
{

"created":
3,

"updated":
0,

"deleted":
0,

"ignored":
0,

"total":
3
}
}

1.12 Metadata audit

If you need information about who created, edited, or deleted DHIS2 metadata objects you can
enable metadata audit. There are two configuration options ([Link]) you can enable to
support this:

38
1 Web API 1.12.1 Metadata audit query

[Link] = on

This enables additional log output in your servlet container (e.g. tomcat [Link]) which
contains full information about the object created, object edited, or object deleted including full
JSON payload, date of audit event, and the user who did the action.

[Link] = on

This enables persisted audits, i.e. audits saved to the database. The information stored is the
same as with audit log; however this information is now placed into the metadataaudit table in
the database.

We do not recommended enabling these options on a empty database if you intend to bootstrap
your system, as it slows down the import and the audit might not be that useful.

1.12.1 Metadata audit query

If you have enabled persisted metadata audits on your DHIS2 instance, you can access metadata
audits at the following endpoint:

/api/33/metadataAudits

The endpoints supports the following query parameters:

Metadata audit API query parameters

Name Values Description

uid Object uid to query by (can be more than
one)
code Object code to query by (can be more than
one)
klass Object class to query by (can be more than
one), please note that the full java package
name is required here (to avoid name
collisions)
createdAt Query by creation date
createdBy Query by who made the change (username)
type CREATE, UPDATE, Query by audit type
DELETE

1.13 Render type (Experimental)

Some metadata types have a property named renderType. The render type property is a map
between a device and a renderingType. Applications can use this information as a hint on how
the object should be rendered on a specific device. For example, a mobile device might want to
render a data element differently than a desktop computer.

There is currently two different kinds of renderingTypes available:

1. Value type rendering

39
1 Web API 1.13 Render type (Experimental)

Program stage section rendering

2.
There is also 2 device types available:

1. MOBILE

2. DESKTOP

The following table lists the metadata and rendering types available. The value type rendering
has addition constraints based on the metadata configuration, which will be shown in a second
table.

Metadata and RenderingType overview

Metadata type Available RenderingTypes

Program Stage Section LISTING (default)
•
• SEQUENTIAL

• MATRIX

Data element DEFAULT

•
• DROPDOWN

• VERTICAL_RADIOBUTTONS

• HORIZONTAL_RADIOBUTTONS

• VERTICAL_CHECKBOXES

• HORIZONTAL_CHECKBOXES

• SHARED_HEADER_RADIOBUTTONS

• ICONS_AS_BUTTONS

• SPINNER

• ICON

• TOGGLE

• VALUE

• SLIDER

• LINEAR_SCALE

Since handling the default rendering of data elements and tracked entity attributes are
depending on the value type of the object, there is also a DEFAULT type to tell the client it should
be handled as normal. Program Stage Section is LISTING as default.

RenderingTypes allowed based on value types

40
1 Web API 1.13 Render type (Experimental)

Is object an
Value type RenderingTypes allowed
optionset?
TRUE_ONLY No DEFAULT,
VERTICAL_RADIOBUTTONS,
HORIZONTAL_RADIOBUTTONS,
VERTICAL_CHECKBOXES,
HORIZONTAL_CHECKBOXES,
TOGGLE
BOOLEAN No
- Yes DEFAULT, DROPDOWN,
VERTICAL_RADIOBUTTONS,
HORIZONTAL_RADIOBUTTONS,
VERTICAL_CHECKBOXES,
HORIZONTAL_CHECKBOXES,
SHARED_HEADER_RADIOBUTTONS,
ICONS_AS_BUTTONS, SPINNER,
ICON
INTEGER No DEFAULT, VALUE, SLIDER,
LINEAR_SCALE, SPINNER
INTEGER_POSITIVE No
INTEGER_NEGATIVE No
INTEGER_ZERO_OR_POSITIVE No
NUMBER No
UNIT_INTERVAL No
PERCENTAGE No

A complete reference of the previous table can also be retrieved using the following endpoint:

GET /api/staticConfiguration/renderingOptions

Value type rendering also has some additional properties that can be set, which is usually needed
when rendering some of the specific types:

renderType object properties

Property Description Type

type The RenderingType of the Enum (See list in the
object, as seen in the first Metadata and Rendering
table. This property is the Type table)
same for both value type
and program stage section,
but is the only property
available for program stage
section.
min Only for value type Integer
rendering. Represents the
minimum value this field
can have.

41
1 Web API 1.14 Object Style (Experimental)

Property Description Type

max Only for value type Integer
rendering. Represents the
maximum value this field
can have.
step Only for value type Integer
rendering. Represents the
size of the steps the value
should increase, for
example for SLIDER og
LINEAR_SCALE
decimalPoints Only for value type Integer
rendering. Represents the
number of decimal points
the value should use.

The renderingType can be set when creating or updating the metadata listed in the first table. An
example payload for the rendering type for program stage section looks like this:

"renderingType":
{

"type":
"MATRIX"
}
}

For data element and tracked entity attribute:

"renderingType":
{

"type":
"SLIDER",

"min":
0,

"max":
1000,

"step":
50,

"decimalPoints":
0
}
}

1.14 Object Style (Experimental)

Most metadata have a property names “style”. This property can be used by clients to represent
the object in a certain way. The properties currently supported by style is as follows:

Style properties

42
1 Web API 1.15 ActiveMQ Artemis / AMQP 1.0 integration

Property Description Type

color A color, represented by a String (#000000)
hexadecimal.
icon An icon, represented by a String
icon-name.

Currently, there is no official list or support for icon-libraries, so this is currently up to the client
to provide. The following list shows all objects that support style:

• Data element

• Data element category option

• Data set

• Indicator

• Option

• Programme

• Program Indicator

• Program Section

• Étape du programme

• Program Stage Section

• Relationship (Tracker)

• Tracked Entity Attribute

• Type d’entité suivie

When creating or updating any of these objects, you can include the following payload to change
the style:

"style":
{

"color":
"#ffffff",
"icon":
"my-
beautiful-
icon"
}
}

1.15 ActiveMQ Artemis / AMQP 1.0 integration

By default DHIS2 will start up an embedded instance of ActiveMQ Artemis when the instance is
booting up. For most use-cases, you do not need to configure anything to make use of this, but if
your infrastructure have an existing AMQP 1.0 compliant service you want to use, you can change
the defaults in your [Link] file using the keys in the table down below.

43
1 Web API 1.16 CSV metadata import

AMQP Configuration Keys

Key Value (default first) Description

[Link] EMBEDDED | The default EMBEDDED starts up an
NATIVE internal AMQP service when the
DHIS2 instance is starting up. If you
want to connect to an external
AMQP service you need to set the
mode to NATIVE.
[Link] [Link] Host to bind to.
[Link] 15672 If mode is EMBEDDED then start the
embedded server on this port, if
NATIVE then the client will use this
port to connect to.
[Link] guest Username to connect to if using
NATIVE mode.
[Link] guest Password to connect to if using
NATIVE mode.
[Link] false | true If mode is EMBEDDED, this property
controls persistence of the internal
queue.

1.16 CSV metadata import

DHIS2 supports import of metadata in the CSV format, such as data elements, organisation units
and validation rules. Properties for the various metadata objects are identified based on the
column order/column index (see below for details). You can omit non-required object properties/
columns, but since the column order is significant, an empty column must be included. In other
words, if you would like to specify properties/columns which appear late in the column order but
not specify certain columns which appear early in the order you can include empty/blank
columns for them.

The first row of the CSV file is considered to be a header and is ignored during import. The
comma character should be used as a text delimiter. Text which contains commas must be
enclosed in double quotes.

To upload metadata in CSV format you can make a POST request to the metadata endpoint:

POST /api/metadata?classKey=CLASS-KEY

The following object types are supported. The classKey query parameter is mandatory and can
be found next to each object type in the table below.

Object types and keys

Object type Class key

Data elements DATA_ELEMENT
Data element groups DATA_ELEMENT_GROUP
Category options CATEGORY_OPTION
Category option groups CATEGORY_OPTION_GROUP
Organisation units ORGANISATION_UNIT

44
1 Web API 1.16.1 Eléments de données

Organisation unit groups ORGANISATION_UNIT_GROUP

Validation rules VALIDATION_RULE
Option sets OPTION_SET
Translations TRANSLATION

Tip
If using curl, the --data-binary option should be used as it preserves
line breaks and newlines, which is essential for CSV data.

As an example, to upload a file of data elements in CSV format with curl you can use the
following command:

curl --data-binary @data_elements.csv "[Link]

classKey=DATA_ELEMENT"
-H "Content-Type:application/csv" -u
admin:district

The formats for the currently supported object types for CSV import are listed in the following
sections.

1.16.1 Eléments de données

Data Element CSV Format

Index Column Required Value (default first) Description

1 Name Yes Name. Max 230
char. Unique.
2 UID No UID Stable identifier.
Exactly 11 alpha-
numeric characters,
beginning with a
character. Will be
generated by
system if not
specified.
3 Code No Stable code. Max 50
char.
4 Short name No 50 first char of name Will fall back to first
50 characters of
name if unspecified.
Max 50 char.
Unique.
5 Description No Free text
description.
6 Form name No Max 230 char.
7 Domain No AGGREGATE | TRACKER Domain type for
type data element, can
be aggregate or
tracker. Max 16
char.

45
1 Web API 1.16.2 Les unités d’organisation

Index Column Required Value (default first) Description

8 Value type No INTEGER | NUMBER | Value type. Max 16
UNIT_INTERVAL | char.
PERCENTAGE |
INTEGER_POSITIVE |
INTEGER_NEGATIVE |
INTEGER_ZERO_OR_POSITIVE
| FILE_RESOURCE |
COORDINATE |TEXT |
LONG_TEXT | LETTER |
PHONE_NUMBER | EMAIL |
BOOLEAN | TRUE_ONLY |
DATE | DATETIME
9 Aggregation No SUM | AVERAGE | Aggregation type
type AVERAGE_SUM_ORG_UNIT | indicating how to
COUNT | STDDEV | aggregate data in
VARIANCE | MIN | MAX | various dimensions.
NONE Max 16 char.
10 Category No UID UID of category
combination combination. Will
default to default
category
combination if not
specified.
11 Url No URL to data
element resource.
Max 255 char.
12 Zero is No false | true Indicates whether
significant zero values will be
stored for this data
element.
13 Option set No UID UID of option set to
use for data.
14 Comment No UID UID of option set to
option set use for comments.

An example of a CSV file for data elements can be seen below. The first row will always be
ignored. Note how you can skip columns and rely on default values to be used by the system.
You can also skip columns which you do not use which appear to the right of the ones

name,uid,code,shortname,description
"Women participated skill development training",,"D0001","Women participated in training"
"Women participated community organizations",,"D0002","Women participated in organizations"

1.16.2 Les unités d’organisation

Organisation Unit CSV Format

46
1 Web API 1.16.3 Règles de validation

Value (default
Index Column Required Description
first)
1 Name Yes Name. Max 230 characters.
Unique.
2 UID No UID Stable identifier. Max 11 char.
Will be generated by system if
not specified.
3 Code No Stable code. Max 50 char.
4 Parent No UID UID of parent organisation unit.
5 Short No 50 first char of Will fall back to first 50
name name characters of name if
unspecified. Max 50 characters.
Unique.
6 Description No Free text description.
7 Opening No 1970-01-01 Opening date of organisation
date unit in YYYY-MM-DD format.
8 Closed No Closed date of organisation unit
date in YYYY-MM-DD format, skip if
currently open.
9 Comment No Free text comment for
organisation unit.
10 Feature No NONE | Geospatial feature type.
type MULTI_POLYGON
| POLYGON |
POINT | SYMBOL
11 Coordinates No Coordinates used for geospatial
analysis in Geo JSON format.
12 URL No URL to organisation unit
resource. Max 255 char.
13 Contact No Contact person for organisation
person unit. Max 255 char.
14 Address No Address for organisation unit.
Max 255 char.
15 Email No Email for organisation unit. Max
150 char.
16 Phone No Phone number for organisation
number unit. Max 150 char.

A minimal example for importing organisation units with a parent unit looks like this:

name,uid,code,parent
"West province",,"WESTP","ImspTQPwCqd"
"East province",,"EASTP","ImspTQPwCqd"

1.16.3 Règles de validation

Validation Rule CSV Format

47
1 Web API 1.16.3 Règles de validation

Index Column Required Value (default first) Description

1 Name Yes Name. Max 230
characters. Unique.
2 UID No UID Stable identifier.
Max 11 char. Will be
generated by
system if not
specified.
3 Code No Stable code. Max 50
4 Description No Free text
description.
5 Instruction No Free text
instruction.
6 Importance No MEDIUM | HIGH | LOW Importance of
validation rule.
7 Rule type No VALIDATION | SURVEILLANCE Type of validation
(ignored) rule.
8 Operator No equal_to | not_equal_to | Expression
greater_than | operator.
greater_than_or_equal_to |
less_than |
less_than_or_equal_to |
compulsory_pair |
exclusive_pair
9 Period No Monthly | Daily | Weekly | Period type.
type Quarterly | SixMontly |
Yearly
10 Left side Yes Mathematical
expression formula based on
data element and
option combo UIDs.
11 Left side Yes Free text.
expression
description
12 Left side No SKIP_IF_ANY_VALUE_MISSING Behavior in case of
missing | missing values in
value SKIP_IF_ALL_VALUES_MISSING left side expression.
strategy | NEVER_SKIP
13 Right side Yes Mathematical
expression formula based on
data element and
option combo UIDs.
14 Right side Yes Free text.
expression
description
15 Right side No SKIP_IF_ANY_VALUE_MISSING Behavior in case of
missing | missing values in
value SKIP_IF_ALL_VALUES_MISSING right side
strategy | NEVER_SKIP expression.

48
1 Web API 1.16.4 Option sets

1.16.4 Option sets

Option Set CSV Format

Value
Index Column Required (default Description
first)
1 OptionSetName Yes Name. Max 230 characters. Unique.
Should be repeated for each option.
2 OptionSetUID No UID Stable identifier. Max 11 char. Will
be generated by system if not
specified. Should be repeated for
each option.
3 OptionSetCode No Stable code. Max 50 char. Should be
repeated for each option.
4 OptionName Yes Option name. Max 230 characters.
5 OptionUID No UID Stable identifier. Max 11 char. Will
be generated by system if not
specified.
6 OptionCode Yes Stable code. Max 50 char.

The format for option sets is special. The three first values represent an option set. The three last
values represent an option. The first three values representing the option set should be repeated
for each option.

optionsetname,optionsetuid,optionsetcode,optionname,optionuid,optioncode
"Color",,"COLOR","Blue",,"BLUE"
"Color",,"COLOR","Green",,"GREEN"
"Color",,"COLOR","Yellow",,"YELLOW"
"Sex",,,"Male",,"MALE"
"Sex",,,"Female",,"FEMALE"
"Sex",,,"Unknown",,"UNKNOWN"
"Result",,,"High",,"HIGH"
"Result",,,"Medium",,"MEDIUM"
"Result",,,"Low",,"LOW"
"Impact","cJ82jd8sd32","IMPACT","Great",,"GREAT"
"Impact","cJ82jd8sd32","IMPACT","Medium",,"MEDIUM"
"Impact","cJ82jd8sd32","IMPACT","Poor",,"POOR"

1.16.5 Option group

Option Group CSV Format

49
1 Web API 1.16.5 Option group

Value
Index Column Required (default Description
first)
1 OptionGroupName Yes Name.
Max 230
characters.
Unique.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
2 OptionGroupUid No Stable
identifier.
Max 11
char. Will
be
generated
by system
if not
specified.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
3 OptionGroupCode No Stable
code. Max
50 char.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
4 OptionGroupShortName Yes Short
Name.
Max 50
characters.
Unique.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
5 OptionSetUid Yes Stable
identifier.
Max 11
char.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
6 OptionUid No Stable
identifier.
Max 11
char.

50
1 Web API 1.16.6 Option Group Set

Value
Index Column Required (default Description
first)
7 OptionCode No Stable
code. Max
50 char.

Sample OptionGroup CSV payload

optionGroupName,optionGroupUid,optionGroupCode,optionGroupShortName,optionSetUid,optionUid,optionCode
optionGroupA,,,groupA,xmRubJIhmaK,,OptionA
optionGroupA,,,groupA,xmRubJIhmaK,,OptionB
optionGroupB,,,groupB,QYDAByFgTr1,,OptionC

1.16.6 Option Group Set

Option Group Set CSV Format

Value
Index Column Required (default Description
first)
1 OptionGroupSetName Yes Name. Max
230
characters.
Unique.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
2 OptionGroupSetUid No Stable
identifier.
Max 11
char. Will
be
generated
by system if
not
specified.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
3 OptionGroupSetCode No Stable
code. Max
50 char.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.

51
1 Web API 1.16.7 Collection membership

Value
Index Column Required (default Description
first)
4 OptionGroupSetDescription No Description.
Should be
repeated
for each
option.
5 DataDimension No TRUE,
FALSE
6 OptionSetUid No OptionSet
UID. Stable
identifier.
Max 11
char.

Sample OptionGroupSet CSV payload

name,uid,code,description,datadimension,optionsetuid
optiongroupsetA,,,,,xmRubJIhmaK
optiongroupsetB,,,,false,QYDAByFgTr1

To add OptionGroups to an imported OptionGroupSet, follow the steps as importing collection

membership

1.16.7 Collection membership

In addition to importing objects, you can also choose to only import the group-member
relationship between an object and a group. Currently, the following group and object pairs are
supported

• Organisation Unit Group - Organisation Unit

• Data Element Group - Data Element

• Indicator Group - Indicator

• Option Group Set - Option Group

The CSV format for these imports are the same

Collection membership CSV Format

Value (default
Index Column Required Description
first)
1 UID Yes UID The UID of the
collection to add
an object to
2 UID Yes UID The UID of the
object to add to
the collection

52
1 Web API 1.16.8 Other objects

1.16.8 Other objects

Data Element Group, Category Option, Category Option Group, Organisation Unit Group CSV
Format

Value
Index Column Required (default Description
first)
1 Name Yes Name. Max 230 characters. Unique.
2 UID No UID Stable identifier. Max 11 chars. Will be
generated by system if not specified.
3 Code No Stable code. Max 50 char.
4 Short No Short name. Max 50 characters.
name

An example of category options looks like this:

name,uid,code,shortname
"Male",,"MALE"
"Female",,"FEMALE"

1.17 Deleted objects

The deleted objects resource provides a log of metadata objects being deleted.

/api/deletedObjects

Whenever an object of type metadata is deleted, a log is being kept of the uid, code, the type and
the time of when it was deleted. This API is available at /api/deletedObjects field filtering and
object filtering works similarly to other metadata resources.

Get deleted objects of type data elements:

GET /api/[Link]?klass=DataElement

Get deleted object of type indicator which was deleted in 2015 and forward:

GET /api/[Link]?klass=Indicator&deletedAt=2015-01-01

1.18 Favorites

Certain types of metadata objects can be marked as favorites for the currently logged in user.
This applies currently for dashboards.

/api/dashboards/<uid>/favorite

To make a dashboard a favorite you can make a POST request (no content type required) to a
URL like this:

53
1 Web API 1.19 Subscriptions

/api/dashboards/iMnYyBfSxmM/favorite

To remove a dashboard as a favorite you can make a DELETE request using the same URL as
above.

The favorite status will appear as a boolean favorite field on the object (e.g. the dashboard) in the
metadata response.

1.19 Subscriptions

A logged user can subscribe to certain types of objects. Currently subscribable objects are those
of type Chart, EventChart, EventReport, Map, ReportTable and Visualization.

Note
The Chart and ReportTable objects are deprecated. Use Visualization
instead.

To get the subscribers of an object (return an array of user IDs) you can make a GET request:

/api/<object-type>/<object-id>/subscribers

See example as follows:

/api/charts/DkPKc1EUmC2/subscribers

To check whether the current user is subscribed to an object (returns a boolean) you can perform
a GET call:

/api/<object-type>/<object-id>/subscribed

See example as follows:

/api/charts/DkPKc1EUmC2/subscribed

To subscribe/de-subscribe to an object you perform a POST/DELETE request (no content type

required):

/api/<object-type>/<object-id>/subscriber

1.20 File resources

File resources are objects used to represent and store binary content. The FileResource object
itself contains the file meta-data (name, Content-Type, size, etc.) as well as a key allowing retrieval
of the contents from a database-external file store. The FileResource object is stored in the
database like any other but the content (file) is stored elsewhere and is retrievable using the
contained reference (storageKey).

54
1 Web API 1.20 File resources

/api/fileResources

The contents of file resources are not directly accessible but are referenced from other objects
(such as data values) to store binary content of virtually unlimited size.

Creation of the file resource itself is done through the /api/fileResources endpoint as a
multipart upload POST-request:

curl "[Link]
fileResources" -X POST
-F "file=@/Path/to/file;filename=name-
[Link]"

The only form parameter required is the file which is the file to upload. The filename and
content-type should also be included in the request but will be replaced with defaults when not
supplied.

On successfully creating a file resource the returned data will contain a response field which in
turn contains the fileResource like this:

"httpStatus":
"Accepted",

"httpStatusCode":
202,

"status":
"OK",

"response":
{

"responseType":
"FileResource",

"fileResource":
{
"name":
"name-
of-
[Link]",
"created":
"2015-10-16T[Link].654+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2015-10-16T[Link].667+0000",

"externalAccess":
false,

"publicAccess":
"--------",

"user":
{ ... },
"displayName":
"name-of-
[Link]",

"contentType":
"image/
png",

"contentLength":
512571,
"contentMd5":
"4e1fc1c3f999e5aa3228d531e4adde58",

55
1 Web API 1.20.1 File resource constraints

"storageStatus":
"PENDING",
"id":
"xm4JwRwke0i"
}
}
}

Note that the response is a 202 Accepted, indicating that the returned resource has been
submitted for background processing (persisting to the external file store in this case). Also, note
the storageStatus field which indicates whether the contents have been stored or not. At this
point, the persistence to the external store is not yet finished (it is likely being uploaded to a
cloud-based store somewhere) as seen by the PENDING status.

Even though the content has not been fully stored yet the file resource can now be used, for
example as referenced content in a data value (see Working with file data values). If we need to
check the updated storageStatus or otherwise retrieve the metadata of the file, the
fileResources endpoint can be queried.

curl "[Link] -H
"Accept: application/json"

This request will return the FileResource object as seen in the response of the above example.

1.20.1 File resource constraints

• File resources must be referenced (assigned) from another object in order to be persisted
in the long term. A file resource which is created but not referenced by another object such
as a data value is considered to be in staging. Any file resources which are in this state and
are older than two hours will be marked for deletion and will eventually be purged from
the system.

• The ID returned by the initial creation of the file resource is not retrievable from any other
location unless the file resource has been referenced (in which the ID will be stored as the
reference), so losing it will require the POST request to be repeated and a new object to be
created. The orphaned file resource will be cleaned up automatically.

• File resource objects are immutable, meaning modification is not allowed and requires
creating a completely new resource instead.

1.21 Metadata versioning

This section explains the Metadata Versioning APIs available starting 2.24

• /api/metadata/version: This endpoint will return the current metadata version of the
system on which it is invoked.

Query Parameters

Name Required Description

versionName false If this parameter is not specified, it will return the
current version of the system or otherwise it will
return the details of the versionName passed as
parameter. (versionName is of the syntax
“Version_<id>”

56
1 Web API 1.21.1 Get metadata version examples

1.21.1 Get metadata version examples

Example: Get the current metadata version of this system

Request:

/api/metadata/version

Response:

"name":
"Version_4",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].684+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2016-06-30T[Link].685+0000",

"externalAccess":
false,

"displayName":
"Version_4",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"hashCode":
"848bf6edbaf4faeb7d1a1169445357b0",
"id":
"Ayz2AEMB6ry"
}

Example: Get the details of version with name “Version_2”

Request:

/api/metadata/version?versionName=Version_2

Response:

"name":
"Version_2",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].238+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2016-06-30T[Link].239+0000",

"externalAccess":
false,

"displayName":
"Version_2",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"hashCode":
"8050fb1a604e29d5566675c86d02d10b",

57
1 Web API 1.21.2 Get the list of all metadata versions
"id":
"SaNyhusVxBG"
}

• /api/metadata/version/history: This endpoint will return the list of all metadata

versions of the system on which it is invoked.

Query Parameters

Name Required Description

baseline false If this parameter is not specified, it will return list

of all metadata versions. Otherwise we need to
pass a versionName parameter of the form
“Version_<id>”. It will then return the list of
versions present in the system which were created
after the version name supplied as the query
parameter.

1.21.2 Get the list of all metadata versions

Example: Get the list of all versions in this system

Request:

/api/metadata/version/history

Response:

"metadataversions":
[
{

"name":
"Version_1",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].139+0000",
"id":
"SjnhUp6r4hG",
"hashCode":
"fd1398ff7ec9fcfd5b59d523c8680798"
},
{

"name":
"Version_2",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].238+0000",
"id":
"SaNyhusVxBG",
"hashCode":
"8050fb1a604e29d5566675c86d02d10b"
},

58
1 Web API 1.21.2 Get the list of all metadata versions

"name":
"Version_3",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].680+0000",
"id":
"FVkGzSjAAYg",
"hashCode":
"70b779ea448b0da23d8ae0bd59af6333"
}
]
}

Example: Get the list of all versions in this system created after “Version_2”

Request:

/api/metadata/version/history?baseline=Version_2

Response:

"metadataversions":
[
{

"name":
"Version_3",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].680+0000",
"id":
"FVkGzSjAAYg",
"hashCode":
"70b779ea448b0da23d8ae0bd59af6333"
},
{

"name":
"Version_4",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].684+0000",
"id":
"Ayz2AEMB6ry",
"hashCode":
"848bf6edbaf4faeb7d1a1169445357b0"
}
]
}

• /api/metadata/version/create: This endpoint will create the metadata version for the
version type as specified in the parameter.

Query Parameters

59
1 Web API 1.21.3 Create metadata version

Name Required Description

type true The type of metadata version which needs to be

created.

• BEST_EFFORT

• ATOMIC

Users can select the type of metadata which needs to be created. Metadata Version type governs
how the importer should treat the given version. This type will be used while importing the
metadata. There are two types of metadata.

• BEST_EFFORT: This type suggests that missing references can be ignored and the importer
can continue importing the metadata (e.g. missing data elements on a data element group
import).

• ATOMIC: This type ensures a strict type checking of the metadata references and the
metadata import will fail if any of the references do not exist.

Note
It’s recommended to have an ATOMIC type of versions to ensure that all
systems (central and local) have the same metadata. Any missing
reference is caught in the validation phase itself. Please see the
importer details for a full explanation.

1.21.3 Create metadata version

Example: Create metadata version of type BEST_EFFORT

Request:

curl -X POST -u admin:district "[Link]

type=BEST_EFFORT"

Response:

"name":
"Version_1",
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].139+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2016-06-30T[Link].333+0000",

"externalAccess":
false,

"publicAccess":
"--------",

"user":
{

"name":
"John
Traore",
"created":
"2013-04-18T[Link].407+0000",

60
1 Web API 1.21.4 Download version metadata
"lastUpdated":
"2016-04-06T[Link].571+0000",

"externalAccess":
false,

"displayName":
"John
Traore",
"id":
"xE7jOejl9FI"
},

"displayName":
"Version_1",

"type":
"BEST_EFFORT",
"hashCode":
"fd1398ff7ec9fcfd5b59d523c8680798",
"id":
"SjnhUp6r4hG"
}

• /api/metadata/version/{versionName}/data: This endpoint will download the

actual metadata specific to the version name passed as path parameter.

• /api/metadata/version/{versionName}/[Link]: This endpoint will download the

actual metadata specific to the version name passed as path parameter in a compressed
format (gzipped).

Path parameters

Name Required Description

versionName true Path parameter of the

form “Version_<id>” so that
the API downloads the
specific version

1.21.4 Download version metadata

Example: Get the actual metadata for “Version 5”

Request:

curl -u admin:district "[Link]

Version_5/data"

Response:

{
"date":
"2016-06-30T[Link].120+0000",

"dataElements":
[
{
"code":
"ANC
5th
Visit",

61
1 Web API 1.22 Metadata Synchronization
"created":
"2016-06-30T[Link].870+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2016-06-30T[Link].870+0000",
"name":
"ANC
5th
Visit",
"id":
"sCuZKDsix7Y",

"shortName":
"ANC 5th
Visit ",

"aggregationType":
"SUM",

"domainType":
"AGGREGATE",

"zeroIsSignificant":
false,

"valueType":
"NUMBER",

"categoryCombo":
{
"id":
"p0KPaWEg3cf"
},

"user":
{
"id":
"xE7jOejl9FI"
}
}
]
}

1.22 Metadata Synchronization

This section explains the Metadata Synchronization API available starting 2.24

• /api/metadata/sync: This endpoint performs metadata sync of the version name

passed in the query parameter by downloading and importing the specified version from
the remote server as defined in the settings app.

Query parameters

Name Required Description

versionName true versionName query

parameter of the form
“Version_<id>” . The api
downloads this version
from the remote server
and imports it in the local
system.

• This API should be used with utmost care. Please note that there is an alternate way to
achieve sync in a completely automated manner by leveraging the Metadata Sync Task

62
1 Web API 1.22.1 Sync metadata version

from the “Data Administration” app. See Chapter 22, Section 22.17 of User Manual for
more details regarding Metadata Sync Task.

• This sync API can alternatively be used to sync metadata for the versions which have failed
from the metadata sync scheduler. Due to its dependence on the given metadata version
number, care should be taken for the order in which this gets invoked. E.g. If this api is
used to sync some higher version from the central instance, then the sync might fail as the
metadata dependencies are not present in the local instance.

• Assume the local instance is at Version_12 and if this endpoint is used to sync
Version_15 (of type BEST_EFFORT) from the central instance, the scheduler will start
syncing metadata from Version_16. So the local instance will not have the metadata
versions between Version_12 and Version_15. You need to manually sync the missing
versions using these endpoints only.

1.22.1 Sync metadata version

Example: Sync Version_6 from central system to this system

Request:

curl -u admin:district "[Link]

versionName=Version_6"

1.23 Data values

This section is about sending and reading data values.

/api/33/dataValueSets

1.23.1 Sending data values

A common use-case for system integration is the need to send a set of data values from a third-
party system into DHIS. In this example, we will use the DHIS2 demo on http://
[Link]/demo as basis. We assume that we have collected case-based data using a
simple software client running on mobile phones for the Mortality <5 years data set in the
community of Ngelehun CHC (in Badjia chiefdom, Bo district) for the month of January 2014. We
have now aggregated our data into a statistical report and want to send that data to the DHIS2
instance. The base URL to the demo API is [Link] The following
links are relative to the base URL.

The resource which is most appropriate for our purpose of sending data values is the /api/
dataValueSets resource. A data value set represents a set of data values which have a
relationship, usually from being captured off the same data entry form. The format looks like
this:

<dataValueSet xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/
2.0" dataSet="dataSetID"
completeDate="date"
period="period"
orgUnit="orgUnitID"
attributeOptionCombo="aocID">
<dataValue
dataElement="dataElementID"

categoryOptionCombo="cocID"
value="1"
comment="comment1"/>

63
1 Web API 1.23.1 Sending data values
<dataValue
dataElement="dataElementID"

categoryOptionCombo="cocID"
value="2"
comment="comment2"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="dataElementID"

categoryOptionCombo="cocID"
value="3"
comment="comment3"/>
</
dataValueSet>

JSON is supported in this format:

"dataSet":
"dataSetID",

"completeDate":
"date",

"period":
"period",

"orgUnit":
"orgUnitID",

"attributeOptionCombo":
"aocID",

"dataValues":
[
{

"dataElement":
"dataElementID",

"categoryOptionCombo":
"cocID",

"value":
"1",

"comment":
"comment1"
},
{

"dataElement":
"dataElementID",

"categoryOptionCombo":
"cocID",

"value":
"2",

"comment":
"comment2"
},
{

"dataElement":
"dataElementID",

"categoryOptionCombo":
"cocID",

"value":
"3",

64
1 Web API 1.23.1 Sending data values

"comment":
"comment3"
}
]
}

CSV is supported in this format:

"dataelement","period","orgunit","catoptcombo","attroptcombo","value","strby","lstupd","cmt"
"dataElementID","period","orgUnitID","cocID","aocID","1","username","2015-04-01","comment1"
"dataElementID","period","orgUnitID","cocID","aocID","2","username","2015-04-01","comment2"
"dataElementID","period","orgUnitID","cocID","aocID","3","username","2015-04-01","comment3"

Note
Please refer to the date and period section above for time formats.

From the example, we can see that we need to identify the period, the data set, the org unit
(facility) and the data elements for which to report.

To obtain the identifier for the data set we make a request to the /api/dataSets resource.
From there we find and follow the link to the Mortality < 5 years data set which leads us to /api/
dataSets/pBOMPrpg1QX. The resource representation for the Mortality < 5 years data set
conveniently advertises links to the data elements which are members of it. From here we can
follow these links and obtain the identifiers of the data elements. For brevity we will only report
on three data elements: Measles with id f7n9E0hX8qk, Dysentery with id Ix2HsbDMLea and
Cholera with id eY5ehpbEsB7.

What remains is to get hold of the identifier of the organisation unit. The dataSet representation
conveniently provides a link to organisation units which report on it so we search for Ngelehun
CHC and follow the link to the HTML representation at /api/organisationUnits/
DiszpKrYNg8, which tells us that the identifier of this org unit is DiszpKrYNg8.

From our case-based data, we assume that we have 12 cases of measles, 14 cases of dysentery
and 16 cases of cholera. We have now gathered enough information to be able to put together
the XML data value set message:

<dataValueSet xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/2.0"
dataSet="pBOMPrpg1QX"

completeDate="2014-02-03"
period="201401"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8">
<dataValue
dataElement="f7n9E0hX8qk"
value="12"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="Ix2HsbDMLea"
value="14"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="eY5ehpbEsB7"
value="16"/>
</
dataValueSet>

In JSON format:

65
1 Web API 1.23.1 Sending data values

"dataSet":
"pBOMPrpg1QX",

"completeDate":
"2014-02-03",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"dataValues":
[
{

"dataElement":
"f7n9E0hX8qk",

"value":
"1"
},
{

"dataElement":
"Ix2HsbDMLea",

"value":
"2"
},
{

"dataElement":
"eY5ehpbEsB7",

"value":
"3"
}
]
}

To perform functional testing we will use the curl tool which provides an easy way of transferring
data using HTTP. First, we save the data value set XML content in a file called
[Link]. From the directory where this file resides we invoke the following from the
command line:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

dataValueSets"
-H "Content-Type:application/xml" -u
admin:district

For sending JSON content you must set the content-type header accordingly:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

dataValueSets"
-H "Content-Type:application/json" -u
admin:district

The command will dispatch a request to the demo Web API, set application/xml as the
content-type and authenticate using admin/district as username/password. If all goes well
this will return a 200 OK HTTP status code. You can verify that the data has been received by
opening the data entry module in DHIS2 and select the org unit, data set and period used in this
example.

66
1 Web API 1.23.2 Sending bulks of data values

The API follows normal semantics for error handling and HTTP status codes. If you supply an
invalid username or password, 401 Unauthorized is returned. If you supply a content-type
other than application/xml, 415 Unsupported Media Type is returned. If the XML content
is invalid according to the DXF namespace, 400 Bad Request is returned. If you provide an
invalid identifier in the XML content, 409 Conflict is returned together with a descriptive
message.

1.23.2 Sending bulks of data values

The previous example showed us how to send a set of related data values sharing the same
period and organisation unit. This example will show us how to send large bulks of data values
which don’t necessarily are logically related.

Again we will interact with the /api/dataValueSets resource. This time we will not specify the
dataSet and completeDate attributes. Also, we will specify the period and orgUnit attributes
on the individual data value elements instead of on the outer data value set element. This will
enable us to send data values for various periods and organisation units:

<dataValueSet xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/
2.0">
<dataValue
dataElement="f7n9E0hX8qk"

period="201401"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"
value="12"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="f7n9E0hX8qk"

period="201401"
orgUnit="FNnj3jKGS7i"
value="14"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="f7n9E0hX8qk"

period="201402"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"
value="16"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="f7n9E0hX8qk"

period="201402"
orgUnit="Jkhdsf8sdf4"
value="18"/>
</
dataValueSet>

In JSON format:

"dataValues":
[
{

"dataElement":
"f7n9E0hX8qk",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"value":
"12"

67
1 Web API 1.23.2 Sending bulks of data values

},
{

"dataElement":
"f7n9E0hX8qk",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"FNnj3jKGS7i",

"value":
"14"
},
{

"dataElement":
"f7n9E0hX8qk",

"period":
"201402",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"value":
"16"
},
{

"dataElement":
"f7n9E0hX8qk",

"period":
"201402",

"orgUnit":
"Jkhdsf8sdf4",

"value":
"18"
}
]
}

In CSV format:

"dataelement","period","orgunit","categoryoptioncombo","attributeoptioncombo","value"
"f7n9E0hX8qk","201401","DiszpKrYNg8","bRowv6yZOF2","bRowv6yZOF2","1"
"Ix2HsbDMLea","201401","DiszpKrYNg8","bRowv6yZOF2","bRowv6yZOF2","2"
"eY5ehpbEsB7","201401","DiszpKrYNg8","bRowv6yZOF2","bRowv6yZOF2","3"

We test by using curl to send the data values in XML format:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

dataValueSets"
-H "Content-Type:application/xml" -u
admin:district

Note that when using CSV format you must use the binary data option to preserve the line-
breaks in the CSV file:

68
1 Web API 1.23.3 Import parameters

curl --data-binary @[Link] "[Link]

dataValueSets"
-H "Content-Type:application/csv" -u
admin:district

The data value set resource provides an XML response which is useful when you want to verify
the impact your request had. The first time we send the data value set request above the server
will respond with the following import summary:

<importSummary>

<dataValueCount
imported="2"
updated="1"
ignored="1"/>

<dataSetComplete>false</dataSetComplete>
</
importSummary>

This message tells us that 3 data values were imported, 1 data value was updated while zero data
values were ignored. The single update comes as a result of us sending that data value in the
previous example. A data value will be ignored if it references a non-existing data element,
period, org unit or data set. In our case, this single ignored value was caused by the last data
value having an invalid reference to org unit. The data set complete element will display the date
of which the data value set was completed, or false if no data element attribute was supplied.

1.23.3 Import parameters

The import process can be customized using a set of import parameters:

Import parameters

Parameter Values (default first) Description

dataElementIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the data element
attribute:ID object to use to map the data
values.
orgUnitIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the org unit object
attribute:ID to use to map the data values.
categoryOptionComboIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the category
attribute:ID option combo and attribute
option combo objects to use
to map the data values.
idScheme id | name | code| Property of all objects
attribute:ID including data elements, org
units and category option
combos, to use to map the
data values.
preheatCache false | true Indicates whether to preload
metadata caches before
starting to import data values,
will speed up large import
payloads with high metadata
cardinality.

69
1 Web API 1.23.3 Import parameters

Parameter Values (default first) Description

dryRun false | true Whether to save changes on
the server or just return the
import summary.
importStrategy CREATE | UPDATE | Save objects of all, new or
CREATE_AND_UPDATE update import status on the
| DELETE server.
skipExistingCheck false | true Skip checks for existing data
values. Improves
performance. Only use for
empty databases or when the
data values to import do not
exist already.
skipAudit false | true Skip audit, meaning audit
values will not be generated.
Improves performance at the
cost of ability to audit
changes. Requires authority
“F_SKIP_DATA_IMPORT_AUDIT”.
async false | true Indicates whether the import
should be done asynchronous
or synchronous. The former is
suitable for very large imports
as it ensures that the request
does not time out, although it
has a significant performance
overhead. The latter is faster
but requires the connection to
persist until the process is
finished.
force false | true Indicates whether the import
should be forced. Data import
could be rejected for various
reasons of data set locking for
example due to approval, data
input period, expiry days, etc.
In order to override such locks
and force data input one can
use data import with
force=true. However, one
needs to be a superuser for
this parameter to work.

All parameters are optional and can be supplied as query parameters in the request URL like this:

/api/33/dataValueSets?dataElementIdScheme=code&orgUnitIdScheme=name
&dryRun=true&importStrategy=CREATE

They can also be supplied as XML attributes on the data value set element like below. XML
attributes will override query string parameters.

70
1 Web API 1.23.3 Import parameters

<dataValueSet xmlns="[Link]
schema/dxf/2.0"
dataElementIdScheme="code"

orgUnitIdScheme="name"
dryRun="true"
importStrategy="CREATE">
</
dataValueSet>

Note that the preheatCache parameter can have a huge impact on performance. For small
import files, leaving it to false will be fast. For large import files which contain a large number of
distinct data elements and organisation units, setting it to true will be orders of magnitude faster.

[Link] Data value requirements

Data value import supports a set of value types. For each value type, there is a special
requirement. The following table lists the edge cases for value types.

Value type requirements

Value
Requirements Comment
type
BOOLEAN true | True | TRUE | Used when the value is a boolean, true or false
false | False | FALSE | 1 value. The import service does not care if the
|0|t|f| input begins with an uppercase or lowercase
letter, or if it’s all uppercase.

[Link] Identifier schemes

Regarding the id schemes, by default the identifiers used in the XML messages use the DHIS2
stable object identifiers referred to as UID. In certain interoperability situations we might
experience that an external system decides the identifiers of the objects. In that case we can use
the code property of the organisation units and other objects to set fixed identifiers. When
importing data values we hence need to reference the code property instead of the identifier
property of these metadata objects. Identifier schemes can be specified in the XML message as
well as in the request as query parameters. To specify it in the XML payload you can do this:

<dataValueSet xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/
2.0"

dataElementIdScheme="CODE"
orgUnitIdScheme="UID"
idScheme="CODE">
</
dataValueSet>

The parameter table above explains how the id schemes can be specified as query parameters.
The following rules apply for what takes precedence:

• Id schemes defined in the XML or JSON payload take precedence over id schemes defined
as URL query parameters.

• Specific id schemes including dataElementIdScheme and orgUnitIdScheme take

precedence over the general idScheme.

• The default id scheme is UID, which will be used if no explicit id scheme is defined.

71
1 Web API 1.23.4 CSV data value format

The following identifier schemes are available.

• uid (default)

• code

• name

• attribute (followed by UID of attribute)

The attribute option is special and refers to meta-data attributes which have been marked as
unique. When using this option, attribute must be immediately followed by the identifier of
the attribute, e.g. “attribute:DnrLSdo4hMl”.

[Link] Async data value import

Data values can be sent and imported in an asynchronous fashion by supplying an async query
parameter set to true:

/api/33/dataValueSets?async=true

This will initiate an asynchronous import job for which you can monitor the status at the task
summaries API. The API response indicates the unique identifier of the job, type of job and the
URL you can use to monitor the import job status. The response will look similar to this:

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",
"message":
"Initiated
dataValueImport",

"response":
{
"name":
"dataValueImport",
"id":
"YR1UxOUXmzT",
"created":
"2018-08-20T[Link].429",
"jobType":
"DATAVALUE_IMPORT",
"relativeNotifierEndpoint": "/api/system/tasks/
DATAVALUE_IMPORT/YR1UxOUXmzT"
}
}

Please read the section on asynchronous task status for more information.

1.23.4 CSV data value format

The following section describes the CSV format used in DHIS2. The first row is assumed to be a
header row and will be ignored during import.

CSV format of DHIS2

72
1 Web API 1.23.5 Generating data value set template

Column Required Description

Data element Yes Refers to ID by default, can also be name and code
based on selected id scheme
Period Yes In ISO format
Org unit Yes Refers to ID by default, can also be name and code
based on selected id scheme
Category option No Refers to ID
combo
Attribute option No Refers to ID (from version 2.16)
combo
Value No Data value
Stored by No Refers to username of user who entered the value
Last updated No Date in ISO format
Comment No Free text comment
Follow up No true or false

An example of a CSV file which can be imported into DHIS2 is seen below.

"dataelement","period","orgunit","catoptcombo","attroptcombo","value","storedby","timestamp"
"DUSpd8Jq3M7","201202","gP6hn503KUX","Prlt0C1RF0s",,"7","bombali","2010-04-17"
"DUSpd8Jq3M7","201202","gP6hn503KUX","V6L425pT3A0",,"10","bombali","2010-04-17"
"DUSpd8Jq3M7","201202","OjTS752GbZE","V6L425pT3A0",,"9","bombali","2010-04-06"

1.23.5 Generating data value set template

To generate a data value set template for a certain data set you can use the /api/dataSets/
<id>/dataValueSet resource. XML and JSON response formats are supported. Example:

/api/dataSets/BfMAe6Itzgt/[Link]

The parameters you can use to further adjust the output are described below:

Data values query parameters

Query parameter Required Description

period No Period to use, will be included without any
checks.
orgUnit No Organisation unit to use, supports multiple
orgUnits, both id and code can be used.
comment No Should comments be include, default: Yes.
orgUnitIdScheme No Organisation unit scheme to use, supports id |
code.
dataElementIdScheme No Data-element scheme to use, supports id | code.

73
1 Web API 1.23.6 Reading data values

1.23.6 Reading data values

This section explains how to retrieve data values from the Web API by interacting with the
dataValueSets resource. Data values can be retrieved in XML, JSON and CSV format. Since we
want to read data we will use the GET HTTP verb. We will also specify that we are interested in
the XML resource representation by including an Accept HTTP header with our request. The
following query parameters are required:

Data value set query parameters

Parameter Description
dataSet Data set identifier. Can be repeated any number of
times.
dataElementGroup Data element group identifier. Can be repeated any
number of times.
period Period identifier in ISO format. Can be repeated any
number of times.
startDate Start date for the time span of the values to export.
endDate End date for the time span of the values to export.
orgUnit Organisation unit identifier. Can be repeated any
number of times.
children Whether to include the children in the hierarchy of the
organisation units.
orgUnitGroup Organisation unit group identifier. Can be repeated any
number of times.
attributeOptionCombo Attribute option combo identifier. Can be repeated any
number of times.
includeDeleted Whether to include deleted data values.
lastUpdated Include only data values which are updated since the
given time stamp.
lastUpdatedDuration Include only data values which are updated within the
given duration. The format is <value><time-unit>, where
the supported time units are “d” (days), “h” (hours), “m”
(minutes) and “s” (seconds).
limit The max number of results in the response.
idScheme Property of meta data objects to use for data values in
response.
dataElementIdScheme Property of the data element object to use for data
values in response.
orgUnitIdScheme Property of the org unit object to use for data values in
response.
categoryOptionComboIdScheme Property of the category option combo and attribute
option combo objects to use for data values in
response.
dataSetIdScheme Property of the data set object to use in the response.

74
1 Web API 1.23.6 Reading data values

The following response formats are supported:

• xml (application/xml)

• json (application/json)

• csv (application/csv)

• adx (application/adx+xml)

Assuming that we have posted data values to DHIS2 according to the previous section called
Sending data values we can now put together our request for a single data value set and request
it using cURL:

curl "[Link]
dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&period=201401&orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8"
-H "Accept:application/xml" -u
admin:district

We can also use the start and end dates query parameters to request a larger bulk of data
values. I.e. you can also request data values for multiple data sets and org units and a time span
in order to export larger chunks of data. Note that the period query parameter takes precedence
over the start and end date parameters. An example looks like this:

curl "[Link]
dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&dataSet=BfMAe6Itzgt

&startDate=2013-01-01&endDate=2013-01-31&orgUnit=YuQRtpLP10I&orgUnit=vWbkYPRmKyS&children=true"
-H "Accept:application/xml" -u
admin:district

To retrieve data values which have been created or updated within the last 10 days you can make
a request like this:

/api/dataValueSets?dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&lastUpdatedDuration=10d

The response will look like this:

<?xml version='1.0'
encoding='UTF-8'?>
<dataValueSet xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/2.0"
dataSet="pBOMPrpg1QX"

completeDate="2014-01-02"
period="201401"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8">
<dataValue
dataElement="eY5ehpbEsB7"
period="201401"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"

categoryOptionCombo="bRowv6yZOF2"
value="10003"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="Ix2HsbDMLea"
period="201401"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"

categoryOptionCombo="bRowv6yZOF2"
value="10002"/>

75
1 Web API 1.23.6 Reading data values
<dataValue
dataElement="f7n9E0hX8qk"
period="201401"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"

categoryOptionCombo="bRowv6yZOF2"
value="10001"/>
</
dataValueSet>

You can request the data in JSON format like this:

/api/[Link]?dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&period=201401&orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8

The response will look something like this:

"dataSet":
"pBOMPrpg1QX",

"completeDate":
"2014-02-03",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"dataValues":
[
{

"dataElement":
"eY5ehpbEsB7",

"categoryOptionCombo":
"bRowv6yZOF2",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"value":
"10003"
},
{

"dataElement":
"Ix2HsbDMLea",

"categoryOptionCombo":
"bRowv6yZOF2",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"value":
"10002"
},
{

"dataElement":
"f7n9E0hX8qk",

76
1 Web API 1.23.7 Sending, reading and deleting individual data values

"categoryOptionCombo":
"bRowv6yZOF2",

"period":
"201401",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"value":
"10001"
}
]
}

Note that data values are softly deleted, i.e. a deleted value has the deleted property set to true
instead of being permanently deleted. This is useful when integrating multiple systems in order
to communicate deletions. You can include deleted values in the response like this:

/api/33/[Link]?dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&period=201401
&orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&includeDeleted=true

You can also request data in CSV format like this:

/api/33/[Link]?dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&period=201401
&orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8

The response will look like this:

dataelement,period,orgunit,catoptcombo,attroptcombo,value,storedby,lastupdated,comment,flwup
f7n9E0hX8qk,201401,DiszpKrYNg8,bRowv6yZOF2,bRowv6yZOF2,12,system,
2015-04-05T[Link].000,comment1,false
Ix2HsbDMLea,201401,DiszpKrYNg8,bRowv6yZOF2,bRowv6yZOF2,14,system,
2015-04-05T[Link].000,comment2,false
eY5ehpbEsB7,201401,DiszpKrYNg8,bRowv6yZOF2,bRowv6yZOF2,16,system,
2015-04-05T[Link].000,comment3,false
FTRrcoaog83,201401,DiszpKrYNg8,bRowv6yZOF2,bRowv6yZOF2,12,system,
2014-03-02T[Link].519,comment4,false

The following constraints apply to the data value sets resource:

• At least one data set must be specified.

• Either at least one period or a start date and end date must be specified.

• At least one organisation unit must be specified.

• Organisation units must be within the hierarchy of the organisation units of the
authenticated user.

• Limit cannot be less than zero.

1.23.7 Sending, reading and deleting individual data values

This example will show how to send individual data values to be saved in a request. This can be
achieved by sending a POST request to the dataValues resource:

77
1 Web API 1.23.7 Sending, reading and deleting individual data values

/api/dataValues

The following query parameters are supported for this resource:

Data values query parameters

Query
Required Description
parameter
de Yes Data element identifier
pe Yes Period identifier
ou Yes Organisation unit identifier
co No Category option combo identifier, default will be used if
omitted
cc No (must be Attribute category combo identifier
combined
with cp)
cp No (must be Attribute category option identifiers, separated with ; for
combined multiple values
with cc)
ds No Data set, to check if POST or DELETE is allowed for period
and organisation unit. If specified, the data element must
be assigned to this data set. If not specified, a data set
containing the data element will be chosen to check if the
operation is allowed.
value No Data value. For boolean values, the following will be
accepted: true | True | TRUE | false | False | FALSE | 1 | 0
|t|f|
comment No Data comment
followUp No Follow up on data value, will toggle the current boolean
value

If any of the identifiers given are invalid, if the data value or comment is invalid or if the data is
locked, the response will contain the 409 Conflict status code and descriptive text message. If the
operation leads to a saved or updated value, 200 OK will be returned. An example of a request
looks like this:

curl "[Link]
de=s46m5MS0hxu

&pe=201301&ou=DiszpKrYNg8&co=Prlt0C1RF0s&value=12"
-X POST -u
admin:district

This resource also allows a special syntax for associating the value to an attribute option
combination. This can be done by sending the identifier of the attribute category combination,
together with the identifiers of the attribute category options which the value represents within
the combination. The category combination is specified with the cc parameter, while the
category options are specified as a semi-colon separated string with the cp parameter. It is
necessary to ensure that the category options are all part of the category combination. An
example looks like this:

78
1 Web API 1.24 ADX data format

curl "[Link]
de=s46m5MS0hxu&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

&pe=201308&cc=dzjKKQq0cSO&cp=wbrDrL2aYEc;btOyqprQ9e8&value=26"
-X POST -u
admin:district

You can retrieve a data value with a request using the GET method. The value, comment and
followUp params are not applicable in this regard:

curl "[Link]
de=s46m5MS0hxu

&pe=201301&ou=DiszpKrYNg8&co=Prlt0C1RF0s"
-u
admin:district

You can delete a data value with a request using the DELETE method.

[Link] Working with file data values

When dealing with data values which have a data element of type file there is some deviation
from the method described above. These data values are special in that the contents of the value
is a UID reference to a FileResource object instead of a self-contained constant. These data values
will behave just like other data values which store text content, but should be handled differently
in order to produce meaningful input and output.

The process of storing one of these data values roughly goes like this:

1. Upload the file to the /api/fileResources endpoint as described in the file resource
section.

2. Retrieve the id property of the returned FileResource.

3. Store the retrieved id as the value to the data value using any of the methods described
above.

Only one-to-one relationships between data values and file resources are allowed. This is
enforced internally so that saving a file resource id in several data values is not allowed and will
return an error. Deleting the data value will delete the referenced file resource. Direct deletion of
file resources are not possible.

The data value can now be retrieved as any other but the returned data will be the UID of the file
resource. In order to retrieve the actual contents (meaning the file which is stored in the file
resource mapped to the data value) a GET request must be made to /api/dataValues/files
mirroring the query parameters as they would be for the data value itself. The /api/
dataValues/files endpoint only supports GET requests.

It is worth noting that due to the underlying storage mechanism working asynchronously the file
content might not be immediately ready for download from the /api/dataValues/files
endpoint. This is especially true for large files which might require time consuming uploads
happening in the background to an external file store (depending on the system configuration).
Retrieving the file resource meta-data from the /api/fileResources/<id> endpoint allows
checking the storageStatus of the content before attempting to download it.

1.24 ADX data format

From version 2.20 we have included support for an international standard for aggregate data
exchange called ADX. ADX is developed and maintained by the Quality Research and Public

79
1 Web API 1.24 ADX data format

Health committee of the IHE (Integrating the HealthCare Enterprise). The wiki page detailing
QRPH activity can be found at [Link]. ADX is still under active development and has now
been published for trial implementation. Note that what is implemented currently in DHIS2 is the
functionality to read and write adx formatted data, i.e. what is described as Content Consumer
and Content Producer actors in the ADX profile.

The structure of an ADX data message is quite similar to what you might already be familiar with
from DXF 2 data described earlier. There are a few important differences. We will describe these
differences with reference to a small example:

<adx xmlns="urn:ihe:qrph:adx:2015"
xmlns:xsi="[Link]
XMLSchema-instance"
xsi:schemaLocation="urn:ihe:qrph:adx:2015 ../
schema/adx_loose.xsd"

exported="2015-02-08T[Link]Z">
<group
orgUnit="OU_559"
period="2015-06-01/P1M"

completeDate="2015-07-01"
dataSet="(TB/
HIV)VCCT">

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_0"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="32"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_1"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="20"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_2"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_0"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_1"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="10"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_0"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="32"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_1"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="20"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_2"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="10"/>

80
1 Web API 1.24 ADX data format
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_0"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_1"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE0-14"
value="10"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_0"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="32"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_1"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="20"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_2"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_0"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_1"
GENDER="FMLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="10"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_0"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="32"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_1"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="20"/>

<dataValue
dataElement="VCCT_2"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_0"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="10"/>
<dataValue
dataElement="PLHIV_TB_1"
GENDER="MLE"
HIV_AGE="AGE15-24"
value="10"/>
</
group>
</adx>

81
1 Web API 1.24.1 The adx root element

1.24.1 The adx root element

The adx root element has only one mandatory attribute, which is the exported timestamp. In
common with other adx elements, the schema is extensible in that it does not restrict additional
application specific attributes.

1.24.2 The group element

Unlike dxf2, adx requires that the datavalues are grouped according to orgUnit, period and
dataSet. The example above shows a data report for the “(TB/HIV) VCCT” dataset from the online
demo database. This example is using codes as identifiers instead of dhis2 uids. Codes are the
preferred form of identifier when using adx.

The orgUnit, period and dataSet attributes are mandatory in adx. The group element may contain
additional attributes. In our DHIS2 implementation any additional attributes are simply passed
through to the underlying importer. This means that all attributes which currently have meaning
in dxf2 (such as completeDate in the example above) can continue to be used in adx and they will
be processed in the same way.

A significant difference between adx and dxf2 is in the way that periods are encoded. Adx makes
strict use of ISO8601 and encodes the reporting period as (date|datetime)/(duration). So the
period in the example above is a period of 1 month (P1M) starting on 2015-06-01. So it is the data
for June 2015. The notation is a bit more verbose, but it is very flexible and allows us to support
all existing period types in DHIS2

1.24.3 ADX period definitions

DHIS2 supports a limited number of periods or durations during import. Periods should begin
with the date in which the duration begins, followed by a “/” and then the duration notation as
noted in the table. The following table details all of the ADX supported period types, along with
examples.

ADX Periods

Period type Duration notation Example Duration

Daily P1D 2017-10-01/P1M Oct 01 2017
Weekly P7D 2017-10-01/P7D Oct 01 2017-Oct
07-2017
Monthly P1M 2017-10-01/P1M Oct 01 2017-Oct 31
2017
Bi-monthly P2M 2017-11-01/P1M Nov 01 2017-Dec
31 2017
Quarterly P3M 2017-09-01/P3M Sep 01 2017-Dec 31
2017
Six-monthly P6M 2017-01-01/P6M Jan 01 2017-Jun 30
2017
Yearly P1Ý 2017-01-01/P1Y Jan 01 2017-Dec 31
2017
Financial October P1Y 2017-10-01/P1Y Oct 01 2017-Sep 30
2018
Financial April P1Y 2017-04-01/P1Y April 1 2017-Mar 31
2018

82
1 Web API 1.24.4 Data values

Period type Duration notation Example Duration

Financial July P1Y 2017-07-01/P1Y July 1 2017-June 30
2018

1.24.4 Data values

The dataValue element in adx is very similar to its equivalent in DXF. The mandatory attributes
are dataElement and value. The orgUnit and period attributes don’t appear in the dataValue as
they are required at the group level.

The most significant difference is the way that disaggregation is represented. DXF uses the
categoryOptionCombo to indicate the disaggregation of data. In adx the disaggregations
(e.g. AGEGROUP and SEX) are expressed explicitly as attributes. One important constraint on
using adx is that the categories used for dataElements in the dataSet MUST have a code assigned
to them, and further, that code must be of a form which is suitable for use as an XML attribute.
The exact constraint on an XML attribute name is described in the W3C XML standard - in
practice, this means no spaces, no non-alphanumeric characters other than ’’ and it may not start
with a letter. The example above shows examples of ‘good’ category codes (‘GENDER’ and
‘HIV_AGE’).

This restriction on the form of codes applies only to categories. Currently, the convention is not
enforced by DHIS2 when you are assigning codes, but you will get an informative error message
if you try to import adx data and the category codes are either not assigned or not suitable.

The main benefits of using explicit dimensions of disaggregated data are that

• The system producing the data does not have to be synchronised with the
categoryOptionCombo within DHIS2.

• The producer and consumer can match their codes to a 3rd party authoritative source,
such as a vterminology service. Note that in the example above the Gender and AgeGroup
codes are using code lists from the WHO Global Health Observatory.

Note that this feature may be extremely useful, for example when producing disaggregated data
from an EMR system, but there may be cases where a categoryOptionCombo mapping is easier
or more desirable. The DHIS2 implementation of adx will check for the existence of a
categoryOptionCombo attribute and, if it exists, it will use that it preference to exploded
dimension attributes. Similarly, an attributeOptionCombo attribute on the group element will be
processed in the legacy way. Otherwise, the attributeOptionCombo can be treated as exploded
categories just as on the dataValue.

In the simple example above, each of the dataElements in the dataSet have the same
dimensionality (categorycombo) so the data is neatly rectangular. This need not be the case.
dataSets may contain dataElements with different categoryCombos, resulting in a ragged-right
adx data message.

1.24.5 Importation de données

DHIS2 exposes an endpoint for POST adx data at /api/dataValueSets using application/
xml+adx as content type. So, for example, the following curl command can be used to POST the
example data above to the DHIS2 demo server:

curl -u admin:district -X POST -H "Content-Type:

application/adx+xml"
-d @[Link] "[Link]
dataElementIdScheme=code&orgUnitIdScheme=code"

83
1 Web API 1.24.6 Exportation de données

Note the query parameters are the same as are used with DXF data. The adx endpoint should
interpret all the existing DXF parameters with the same semantics as DXF.

1.24.6 Exportation de données

DHIS2 exposes an endpoint to GET adx data sets at /api/dataValueSets using application/
xml+adx as the accepted content type. So, for example, the following curl command can be used
to retrieve the adx data:

curl -u admin:district -H "Accept:

application/adx+xml"
"[Link]
orgUnit=M_CLINIC&dataSet=MALARIA&period=201501"

Note the query parameters are the same as are used with DXF data. An important difference is
that the identifiers for dataSet and orgUnit are assumed to be codes rather than uids.

1.25 Règles du programme

This section is about sending and reading program rules, and explains the program rules data
model. The program rules give functionality to configure dynamic behaviour in the programs in
DHIS2.

1.25.1 Program rule model

The program rules data model consists of programRuleVariables, programRules and

programRuleActions. The programRule contains an expression - when this expression is true, the
child programRuleActions is triggered. The programRuleVariables is used to address data
elements, tracked entity data values and other data values needed to run the expressions. All
programRules in a program share the same library of programRuleVariables, and one
programRuleVariable can be used in several programRules’ expressions.

[Link] Program rule model details

The following table gives a detailed overview over the programRule model.

programRule

84
1 Web API 1.25.1 Program rule model

name description Compulsory

program The program of which the programRule is executed in. Compulsory
name The name with which the program rule will be displayed to Compulsory
dhis2 configurators. Not visible to the end user of the
program.
description The description of the program rule, can be used by Compulsory
configurators to describe the rule. Not visible to the end
user of the program.
programStage If a programStage is set for a program rule, the rule will optional
only be evaluated inside the specified program stage.
condition The expression that needs to be evaluated to true in order Compulsory
for the program rule to trigger its child actions. The
expression is written using operators, function calls, hard
coded values, constants and program rule variables.

d2:hasValue('hemoglobin') && #{hemoglobin} <= 7

priority The priority to run the rule in cases where the order of the optional
rules matters. In most cases the rules does not depend on
being run before or after other rules, and in these cases
the priority can be omitted. If no priority is set, the rule
will be run after any rules that has a priority defined. If a
priority(integer) is set, the rule with the lowest priority will
be run before rules with higher priority.

[Link] Program rule action model details

The following table gives a detailed overview over the programRuleAction model.

programRuleAction

name description Compulsory

programRule The programRule that is the parent of this action. Compulsory

85
1 Web API 1.25.1 Program rule model

programRule- The type of action that is to be performed. Compulsory

ActionType
• DISPLAYTEXT - Displays a text in a given widget.

• DISPLAYKEYVALUEPAIR - Displays a key and value

pair(like a program indicator) in a given widget.

• HIDEFIELD - Hide a specified dataElement or

trackedEntityAttribute.

◦ content - if defined, the text in content will

be displayed to the end user in the instance
where a value is previously entered into a
field that is now about to be hidden (and
therefore blanked). If content is not defined,
a standard message will be shown to the
user in this instance.

◦ dataElement - if defined, the HIDEFIELD

action will hide this dataElement when the
rule is effective.

◦ trackedEntityDataValue - if defined, the

HIDEFIELD action will hide this
trackedEntityDataValue when the rule is
effective.

• HIDESECTION - Hide a specified section.

◦ programStageSection - must be defined.

This is the programStageSection that will be
hidden in case the parent rule is effective.

• ASSIGN - Assign a dataElement a value(help the

user calculate something or fill in an obvious value
somewhere)

◦ content - if defined, the value in data is

assigned to this variable. If content id
defined, and thus a variable is assigned for
use in other rules, it is important to also
assign a [Link] to make sure
the rule with an ASSIGN action runs before
the rule that will in turn evaluate the
assigned variable.

◦ data - must be defined, data forms an

expression that is evaluated and assigned to
either a variable(#{myVariable}), a
dataElement, or both.

◦ dataElement - if defined, the value in data is

assigned to this data element.

Either the content or dataElement must be defined

for the ASSIGN action to be effective.

• SHOWWARNING - Show a warning to the user, not

blocking the user from completing the event or
86 registration.
1 Web API 1.25.1 Program rule model

name description Compulsory

location Used for actionType DISPLAYKEYVALUEPAIR and See
DISPLAYTEXT to designate which widget to display the description
text or keyvaluepair in. Compulsory for
DISPLAYKEYVALUEPAIR and DISPLAYTEXT.
content Used for user messages in the different actions. See the See
actionType overview for a detailed explanation for how it description
is used in each of the action types. Compulsory for
SHOWWARNING, SHOWERROR,
WARNINGONCOMPLETION, ERRORONCOMPLETION,
DISPLAYTEXT and DISPLAYKEYVALUEPAIR. Optional for
HIDEFIELD and ASSIGN.
data Used for expressions in the different actions. See the See
actionType overview for a detailed explanation for how it description
is used in each of the action types. Compulsory for
ASSIGN. Optional for SHOWWARNING, SHOWERROR,
WARNINGONCOMPLETION, ERRORONCOMPLETION,
DISPLAYTEXT, CREATEEVENT and DISPLAYKEYVALUEPAIR
dataElement Used for linking rule actions to dataElements. See the See
actionType overview for a detailed explanation for how it description
is used in each of the action types. Optional for
SHOWWARNING, SHOWERROR,
WARNINGONCOMPLETION, ERRORONCOMPLETION,
ASSIGN and HIDEFIELD
trackedEntity- Used for linking rule actions to trackedEntityAttributes. See
Attribute See the actionType overview for a detailed explanation description
for how it is used in each of the action types. Optional for
SHOWWARNING, SHOWERROR and HIDEFIELD.
option Used for linking rule actions to options. See the See
actionType overview for a detailed explanation for how it description
is used in each of the action types. Optional for
HIDEOPTION
optionGroup Used for linking rule actions to optionGroups. See the See
actionType overview for a detailed explanation for how it description
is used in each of the action types. Compulsory for
SHOWOPTIONGROUP, HIDEOPTIONGROUP.
programStage Only used for CREATEEVENT rule actions. Compulsory for See
CREATEEEVENT. description
programStage- Only used for HIDESECTION rule actions. Compulsory for See
Section HIDESECTION description

[Link] Program rule variable model details

The following table gives a detailed overview over the programRuleVariable model.

programRuleVariable

87
1 Web API 1.25.1 Program rule model

name description Compulsory

name the name for the programRuleVariable - this name is used Compulsory
in expressions.

#{myVariable} > 5

sourceType Defines how this variable is populated with data from the Compulsory
enrollment and events.

• DATAELEMENT_NEWEST_EVENT_PROGRAM_STAGE -
In tracker capture, gets the newest value that exists
for a data element, within the events of a given
program stage in the current enrollment. In event
capture, gets the newest value among the 10
newest events on the organisation unit.

• DATAELEMENT_NEWEST_EVENT_PROGRAM - In
tracker capture, get the newest value that exists for
a data element across the whole enrollment. In
event capture, gets the newest value among the 10
newest events on the organisation unit.

• DATAELEMENT_CURRENT_EVENT - Gets the value of

the given data element in the current event only.

• DATAELEMENT_PREVIOUS_EVENT - In tracker
capture, gets the newest value that exists among
events in the program that precedes the current
event. In event capture, gets the newvest value
among the 10 preceeding events registered on the
organisation unit.

• CALCULATED_VALUE - Used to reserve a variable

name that will be assigned by a ASSIGN program
rule action

• TEI_ATTRIBUTE - Gets the value of a given tracked

entity attribute

dataElement Used for linking the programRuleVariable to a See

dataElement. Compulsory for all sourceTypes that starts description
with DATAELEMENT_.
trackedEntity- Used for linking the programRuleVariable to a See
Attribute trackedEntityAttribute. Compulsory for sourceType description
TEI_ATTRIBUTE.
useCodeFor- If checked, the variable will be populated with the code -
OptionSet not the name - from any linked option set. Default is
unchecked, meaning that the name of the option is
populated.
programStage Used for specifying a specific program stage to retreive See
the programRuleVariable value from. Compulsory for description
DATAELEMENT_NEWEST_EVENT_PROGRAM_STAGE.

88
1 Web API 1.25.2 Creating program rules

1.25.2 Creating program rules

• TODO Coming -

1.26 Forms

To retrieve information about a form (which corresponds to a data set and its sections) you can
interact with the form resource. The form response is accessible as XML and JSON and will
provide information about each section (group) in the form as well as each field in the sections,
including labels and identifiers. By supplying period and organisation unit identifiers the form
response will be populated with data values.

Form query parameters

Parameter Option Description

pe ISO Period for which to populate form data values.
period
ou UID Organisation unit for which to populate form data values.
metaData false | Whether to include metadata about each data element of form
true sections.

To retrieve the form for a data set you can do a GET request like this:

/api/dataSets/<dataset-id>/[Link]

To retrieve the form for the data set with identifier “BfMAe6Itzgt” in XML:

/api/dataSets/BfMAe6Itzgt/form

To retrieve the form including metadata in JSON:

/api/dataSets/BfMAe6Itzgt/[Link]?metaData=true

To retrieve the form filled with data values for a specific period and organisation unit in XML:

/api/dataSets/BfMAe6Itzgt/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8&pe=201401

When it comes to custom data entry forms, this resource also allows for creating such forms
directly for a data set. This can be done through a POST or PUT request with content type text/
html where the payload is the custom form markup such as:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/dataSets/

BfMAe6Itzgt/form"
-H "Content-Type:text/html" -u
admin:district -X PUT

1.27 Documents

References to files can be stored with the document resource.

89
1 Web API 1.28 Validation

Document fields

Field name Description

name unique name of document
external flag identifying the location of the
document. TRUE for external files, FALSE for
internal ones
url the location of the file. URL for external
files. File resource id for internal ones (see
File resources)

A GET request to the documents endpoint will return all documents:

/api/documents

A POST request to the documents endpoint will create a new document:

curl -X POST -d @[Link] -H "Content-type:

application/json"
"[Link]
documents"

"name":
"dhis
home",

"external":
true,
"url":
"https://
[Link]"
}

A GET request with the id of a document appended will return information about the document.
A PUT request to the same endpoint will update the fields of the document:

/api/documents/<documentId>

Appending /data to the GET request will return the actual file content of the document:

/api/documents/<documentId>/data

1.28 Validation

To generate a data validation summary you can interact with the validation resource. The dataSet
resource is optimized for data entry clients for validating a data set / form, and can be accessed
like this:

/api/33/validation/dataSet/[Link]?pe=201501&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

90
1 Web API 1.28 Validation

In addition to validate rules based on data set, there are two additional methods for performing
validation: Custom validation and Scheduled validation.

Custom validation can be initiated through the “Data Quality” app, where you can configure the
periods, validation rule groups and organisation units to be included in the analysis and if you
want to send out notifications for and/or persist the results found. The result of this analysis will
be a list of violations found using your criteria.

The first path variable is an identifier referring to the data set to validate. XML and JSON resource
representations are supported. The response contains violations of validation rules. This will be
extended with more validation types in the coming versions.

To retrieve validation rules which are relevant for a specific data set, meaning validation rules
with formulas where all data elements are part of the specific data set, you can make a GET
request to to validationRules resource like this:

/api/validationRules?dataSet=<dataset-id>

The validation rules have a left side and a right side, which is compared for validity according to
an operator. The valid operator values are found in the table below.

Operators

Value Description
equal_to Equal to
not_equal_to Not equal to
greater_than Greater than
greater_than_or_equal_to Greater than or equal to
less_than Less than
less_than_or_equal_to Less than or equal to
compulsory_pair If either side is present, the other must also be
exclusive_pair If either side is present, the other must not be

The left side and right side expressions are mathematical expressions which can contain
references to data elements and category option combinations on the following format:

${<dataelement-id>.<catoptcombo-id>}

The left side and right side expressions have a missing value strategy. This refers to how the
system should treat data values which are missing for data elements / category option
combination references in the formula in terms of whether the validation rule should be checked
for validity or skipped. The valid missing value strategies are found in the table below.

Missing value strategies

Value Description
SKIP_IF_ANY_VALUE_MISSING Skip validation rule if any data value is missing
SKIP_IF_ALL_VALUES_MISSING Skip validation rule if all data values are missing

91
1 Web API 1.29 Validation Results

Value Description
NEVER_SKIP Never skip validation rule irrespective of missing data
values

1.29 Validation Results

Validation results are persisted results of violations found during a validation analysis. If you
choose “persist results” when starting or scheduling a validation analysis, any violations found
will be stored in the database. When a result is stored in the database it will be used for 3 things:

1. Generating analytics based on the stored results.

2. Persisted results that have not generated a notification, will do so, once.

3. Keeping track of whether or not the result has generated a notification.

4. Skipping rules that have been already checked when running validation analysis.

This means if you don’t persist your results, you will be unable to generate analytics for validation
results, if checked, results will generate notifications every time it’s found and running validation
analysis might be slower.

The validation results persisted can be viewed at the following endpoint:

/api/33/validationResults

You can also inspect an individual result using the validation result id in this endpoint:

/api/33/validationResults/<id>

Validation results are sent out to the appropriate users once every day, but can also be manually
triggered to run on demand using the following api endpoint:

/api/33/validation/sendNotifications

Only unsent results are sent using this endpoint.

1.30 Data analysis

Several resources for performing data analysis and finding data quality and validation issues are
provided.

1.30.1 Analyse des règles de validation

To run validation rules and retrieve violations:

/api/dataAnalysis/validationRules

The following query parameters are supported:

Validation rule analysis query parameters

92
1 Web API 1.30.1 Analyse des règles de validation

Query parameter Description Option

vrg Validation rule group ID
ou Organisation unit ID
startDate Start date for the timespan Date
endDate End date for the timespan Date
persist Whether to persist false | true
violations in the system
notification Whether to send false | true
notifications about
violations

Sample output:

[
{

"validationRuleId":
"kgh54Xb9LSE",
"validationRuleDescription":
"Malaria outbreak",

"organisationUnitId":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"organisationUnitDisplayName":
"Ngelehun CHC",
"organisationUnitPath": "/ImspTQPwCqd/O6uvpzGd5pu/
YuQRtpLP10I/DiszpKrYNg8",
"organisationUnitAncestorNames": "Sierra
Leone / Bo / Badjia / ",

"periodId":
"201901",

"periodDisplayName":
"January
2019",

"importance":
"MEDIUM",

"leftSideValue":
10.0,

"operator":
">",

"rightSideValue":
14.0
},
{

"validationRuleId":
"ZoG4yXZi3c3",
"validationRuleDescription": "ANC 2 cannot be
higher than ANC 1",

"organisationUnitId":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"organisationUnitDisplayName":
"Ngelehun CHC",
"organisationUnitPath": "/ImspTQPwCqd/O6uvpzGd5pu/
YuQRtpLP10I/DiszpKrYNg8",
"organisationUnitAncestorNames": "Sierra
Leone / Bo / Badjia / ",

93
1 Web API 1.30.2 Standard deviation based outlier analysis

"periodId":
"201901",

"periodDisplayName":
"January
2019",

"importance":
"MEDIUM",

"leftSideValue":
22.0,

"operator":
"<=",

"rightSideValue":
19.0
}
]

1.30.2 Standard deviation based outlier analysis

To identify data outliers based on standard deviations of the average value:

/api/dataAnalysis/stdDevOutlier

The following query parameters are supported:

Standard deviation outlier analysis query parameters

Query parameter Description Option

ou Organisation unit ID
startDate Start date for the timespan Date
endDate End date for the timespan Date
ds Data sets, parameter can ID
be repeated
standardDeviation Number of standard Numeric value
deviations from the
average

1.30.3 Min/max value based outlier analysis

To identify data outliers based on min/max values:

/api/dataAnalysis/minMaxOutlier

The supported query parameters are equal to the std dev based outlier analysis resource
described above.

1.30.4 Follow-up data analysis

To identify data marked for follow-up:

/api/dataAnalysis/followup

94
1 Web API 1.31 Intégrité des données

The supported query parameters are equal to the std dev based outlier analysis resource
described above.

1.31 Intégrité des données

The data integrity capabilities of the data administration module are available through the web
API. This section describes how to run the data integrity process as well as retrieving the result.
The details of the analysis performed are described in the user manual.

1.31.1 Running data integrity

The operation of measuring data integrity is a fairly resource (and time) demanding task. It is
therefore run as an asynchronous process and only when explicitly requested. Starting the task is
done by forming an empty POST request to the dataIntegrity endpoint like so (demonstrated in
curl syntax):

curl -X POST "[Link]

dataIntegrity"

If successful the request will return HTTP 202 immediately. The location header of the response
points to the resource used to check the status of the request. The payload also contains a json
object of the job created. Forming a GET request to the given location yields an empty JSON
response if the task has not yet completed and a JSON taskSummary object when the task is
done. Polling (conservatively) to this resource can hence be used to wait for the task to finish.

1.31.2 Fetching the result

Once data integrity is finished running the result can be fetched from the system/
taskSummaries resource like so:

curl "[Link]
DATAINTEGRITY"

The returned object contains a summary for each point of analysis, listing the names of the
relevant integrity violations. As stated in the leading paragraph for this section the details of the
analysis (and the resulting data) can be found in the user manual chapter on Data
Administration.

1.32 Indicateurs

This section describes indicators and indicator expressions.

1.32.1 Aggregate indicators

To retrieve indicators you can make a GET request to the indicators resource like this:

/api/indicators

Indicators represent expressions which can be calculated and presented as a result. The indicator
expressions are split into a numerator and denominator. The numerators and denominators are
mathematical expressions which can contain references to data elements, other indicators,
constants and organisation unit groups. The variables will be substituted with data values when
used e.g. in reports. Variables which are allowed in expressions are described in the following
table.

95
1 Web API 1.32.1 Aggregate indicators

Indicator variables

Variable Object Description

#{<dataelement- Data element Refers to a combination of an
id>.<categoryoptcombo- operand aggregate data element and a
id>.<attributeoptcombo-id>} category option combination.
Both category and attribute
option combo ids are optional,
and a wildcard "*" symbol can
be used to indicate any value.
#{<dataelement- Category Option Refers to an aggregate data
id>.<categoryoptiongroup- Group element and a category option
id>.<attributeoptcombo-id>} group, containing multiple
category option combinations.
#{<dataelement-id>} Aggregate data Refers to the total value of an
element aggregate data element across
all category option
combinations.
D{<program-id>.<dataelement- Program data Refers to the value of a tracker
id> element data element within a program.
A{<program-id>.<attribute-id> Program tracked Refers to the value of a tracked
entity attribute entity attribute within a
program.
I{program-indicator-id> Program Refers to the value of a
indicator program indicator.
R{<dataset-id>.<metric>} Reporting rate Refers to a reporting rate
metric. The metric can be
REPORTING_RATE,
REPORTING_RATE_ON_TIME,
ACTUAL_REPORTS,
ACTUAL_REPORTS_ON_TIME,
EXPECTED_REPORTS.
C{<constant-id>} Constant Refers to a constant value.
N{<indicator-id>} Indicator Refers to an existing Indicator.
OUG{<orgunitgroup-id>} Organisation Refers to the count of
unit group organisation units within an
organisation unit group.

The syntax looks like this:

#{<dataelement-id>.<catoptcombo-id>} + C{<constant-id>} + OUG{<orgunitgroup-id>}

A corresponding example looks like this:

#{P3jJH5Tu5VC.S34ULMcHMca} + C{Gfd3ppDfq8E} + OUG{CXw2yu5fodb}

96
1 Web API 1.32.2

Note that for data element variables the category option combo identifier can be omitted. The
variable will then represent the total for the data element, e.g. across all category option combos.
Example:

#{P3jJH5Tu5VC} + 2

Data element operands can include any of category option combination and attribute option
combination, and use wildcards to indicate any value:

#{P3jJH5Tu5VC.S34ULMcHMca} + #{P3jJH5Tu5VC.*.j8vBiBqGf6O} + #{P3jJH5Tu5VC.S34ULMcHMca.*}

An example which uses a program data element and a program attribute:

( D{eBAyeGv0exc.vV9UWAZohSf} * A{IpHINAT79UW.cejWyOfXge6} ) / D{eBAyeGv0exc.GieVkTxp4HH}

An example which combines program indicators and aggregate indicators:

I{EMOt6Fwhs1n} * 1000 / #{WUg3MYWQ7pt}

An example which uses a reporting rate looks like this:

R{BfMAe6Itzgt.REPORTING_RATE} * #{P3jJH5Tu5VC.S34ULMcHMca}

Another example which uses actual data set reports:

R{BfMAe6Itzgt.ACTUAL_REPORTS} / R{BfMAe6Itzgt.EXPECTED_REPORTS}

An example which uses an existing indicator would look like this:

N{Rigf2d2Zbjp} * #{P3jJH5Tu5VC.S34ULMcHMca}

Expressions can be any kind of valid mathematical expression, as an example:

( 2 * #{P3jJH5Tu5VC.S34ULMcHMca} ) / ( #{FQ2o8UBlcrS.S34ULMcHMca} - 200 ) * 25

1.32.2

To retrieve program indicators you can make a GET request to the program indicators resource
like this:

/api/programIndicators

Program indicators can contain information collected in a program. Indicators have an

expression which can contain references to data elements, attributes, constants and program
variables. Variables which are allowed in expressions are described in the following table.

97
1 Web API 1.32.3 Expressions

Program indicator variables

Variable Description
#{<programstage- Refers to a combination of program stage and data element
id>.<dataelement-id>} id.
A{<attribute-id>} Refers to a tracked entity attribute.
V{<variable-id>} Refers to a program variable.
C{<constant-id>} Refers to a constant.

The syntax looks like this:

#{<programstage-id>.<dataelement-id>} + #{<attribute-id>} + V{<varible-id>} + C{<constant-id>}

A corresponding example looks like this:

#{A03MvHHogjR.a3kGcGDCuk6} + A{OvY4VVhSDeJ} + V{incident_date} + C{bCqvfPR02Im}

1.32.3 Expressions

Expressions are mathematical formulas which can contain references to data elements,
constants and organisation unit groups. To validate and get the textual description of an
expression, you can make a GET request to the expressions resource:

/api/expressions/description?expression=<expression-string>

The response follows the standard JSON web message format. The status property indicates the
outcome of the validation and will be “OK” if successful and “ERROR” if failed. The message
property will be “Valid” if successful and provide a textual description of the reason why the
validation failed if not. The description provides a textual description of the expression.

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",

"message":
"Valid",
"description": "Acute
Flaccid
Paralysis"
}

1.33 Complete data set registrations

This section is about complete data set registrations for data sets. A registration marks as a data
set as completely captured.

98
1 Web API 1.33.1 Completing data sets

1.33.1 Completing data sets

This section explains how to register data sets as complete. This is achieved by interacting with
the completeDataSetRegistrations resource:

/api/33/completeDataSetRegistrations

The endpoint supports the POST method for registering data set completions. The endpoint is
functionally very similar to the dataValueSets endpoint, with support for bulk import of complete
registrations.

Importing both XML and JSON formatted payloads are supported. The basic format of this
payload, given as XML in this example, is like so:

<completeDataSetRegistrations xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/2.0">

<completeDataSetRegistration
period="200810"
dataSet="eZDhcZi6FLP"
organisationUnit="qhqAxPSTUXp"
attributeOptionCombo="bRowv6yZOF2"
storedBy="imported"/>

<completeDataSetRegistration
period="200811"
dataSet="eZDhcZi6FLP"
organisationUnit="qhqAxPSTUXp"
attributeOptionCombo="bRowv6yZOF2"
storedBy="imported"/>
</
completeDataSetRegistrations>

The storedBy attribute is optional (as it is a nullable property on the complete registration
object). You can also optionally set the date property (time of registration) as an attribute. It the
time is not set, the current time will be used.

The import process supports the following query parameters:

Complete data set registrations query parameters

Parameter Values Description

dataSetIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the data set to
attribute:ID use to map the complete
registrations.
orgUnitIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the organisation
attribute:ID unit to use to map the
complete registrations.
attributeOptionComboIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the attribute
attribute:ID option combos to use to
map the complete
registrations.
idScheme id | name | code | Property of all objects
attribute:ID including data sets, org units
and attribute option combos,
to use to map the complete
registrations.

99
1 Web API 1.33.2 Reading complete data set registrations

Parameter Values Description

preheatCache false | true Whether to save changes on
the server or just return the
import summary.
dryRun false | true Whether registration applies
to sub units
importStrategy CREATE | UPDATE | Save objects of all, new or
CREATE_AND_UPDATE update import status on the
| DELETE server.
skipExistingCheck false | true Skip checks for existing
complete registrations.
Improves performance. Only
use for empty databases or
when the registrations to
import do not exist already.
async false | true Indicates whether the import
should be done
asynchronous or
synchronous. The former is
suitable for very large
imports as it ensures that the
request does not time out,
although it has a significant
performance overhead. The
latter is faster but requires
the connection to persist
until the process is finished.

1.33.2 Reading complete data set registrations

This section explains how to retrieve data set completeness registrations. We will be using the
completeDataSetRegistrations resource. The query parameters to use are these:

Data value set query parameters

Parameter Description
dataSet Data set identifier, multiple data sets are allowed
period Period identifier in ISO format. Multiple periods are
allowed.
startDate Start date for the time span of the values to export
endDate End date for the time span of the values to export
created Include only registrations which were created since the
given timestamp
createdDuration Include only registrations which were created within the
given duration. The format is <value><time-unit>,
where the supported time units are “d”, “h”, “m”, “s”
(days, hours, minutes, seconds). The time unit is relative
to the current time.
orgUnit Organisation unit identifier, can be specified multiple
times. Not applicable if orgUnitGroup is given.

100
1 Web API 1.33.3 Un-completing data sets

Parameter Description
orgUnitGroup Organisation unit group identifier, can be specified
multiple times. Not applicable if orgUnit is given.
children Whether to include the children in the hierarchy of the
organisation units
limit The maximum number of registrations to include in the
response.
idScheme Identifier property used for meta data objects in the
response.
dataSetIdScheme Identifier property used for data sets in the response.
Overrides idScheme.
orgUnitIdScheme Identifier property used for organisation units in the
response. Overrides idScheme.
attributeOptionComboIdScheme Identifier property used for attribute option combos in
the response. Overrides idScheme.

The dataSet and orgUnit parameters can be repeated in order to include multiple data sets and
organisation units.

The period, start/end date, created and createdDuration parameters provide multiple ways to set
the time dimension for the request, thus only one can be used. For example, it doesn’t make
sense to both set the start/end date and to set the periods.

Voici donc un exemple de requête :

curl "[Link]
dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX

&dataSet=pBOMPrpg1QX&startDate=2014-01-01&endDate=2014-01-31&orgUnit=YuQRtpLP10I

&orgUnit=vWbkYPRmKyS&children=true"
-H "Accept:application/xml" -u
admin:district

You can get the response in xml and json format. You can indicate which response format you
prefer through the Accept HTTP header like in the example above. For xml you use application/
xml; for json you use application/json.

1.33.3 Un-completing data sets

This section explains how you can un-register the completeness of a data set. To un-complete a
data set you will interact with the completeDataSetRegistrations resource:

/api/33/completeDataSetRegistrations

This resource supports DELETE for un-registration. The following query parameters are
supported:

Complete data set registrations query parameters

Query
Required Description
parameter
ds Yes Data set identifier

101
1 Web API 1.34 Approbation des données

Query
Required Description
parameter
pe Yes Period identifier
ou Yes Organisation unit identifier
cc No (must Attribute combo identifier (for locking check)
combine
with cp)
cp No (must Attribute option identifiers, separated with ; for multiple
combine values (for locking check)
with cp)
multiOu No (default Whether registration applies to sub units
false)

1.34 Approbation des données

This section explains how to approve, unapprove and check approval status using the
dataApprovals resource. Approval is done per data approval workflow, period, organisation unit
and attribute option combo.

/api/33/dataApprovals

A data approval workflow is associated with several entities:

• A period type which defines the frequency of approval

• An optional category combination
• One or many data approval levels which are part of the workflow
• One or many data sets which are used for data collection

1.34.1 Get approval status

To get approval information for a data set you can issue a GET request:

/api/dataApprovals?wf=rIUL3hYOjJc&pe=201801&ou=YuQRtpLP10I

Data approval query parameters

Query
Required Description
parameter
wf Yes Data approval workflow identifier
pe Yes Period identifier
ou Yes Organisation unit identifier
aoc No Attribute option combination identifier

102
1 Web API 1.34.1 Get approval status

Note
For backward compatibility, the parameter ds for data set may be given
instead of wf for workflow in this and other data approval requests as
described below. If the data set is given, the workflow associated with
that data set will be used.

This will produce a response similar to this:

"mayApprove":
false,

"mayUnapprove":
false,

"mayAccept":
false,

"mayUnaccept":
false,
"state":
"UNAPPROVED_ELSEWHERE"
}

The returned parameters are:

Data approval returned parameters

Return Parameter Description

mayApprove Whether the current user may approve this data selection.
mayUnapprove Whether the current user may unapprove this data selection.
mayAccept Whether the current user may accept this data selection.
mayUnaccept Whether the current user may unaccept this data selection.
state One of the data approval states from the table below.

Data approval states

State Description
UNAPPROVABLE Data approval does not apply to this selection. (Data is
neither approved nor unapproved.)
UNAPPROVED_WAITING Data could be approved for this selection, but is waiting for
some lower-level approval before it is ready to be
approved.
UNAPPROVED_ELSEWHERE Data is unapproved, and is waiting for approval somewhere
else (not approvable here.)
UNAPPROVED_READY Data is unapproved, and is ready to be approved for this
selection.
APPROVED_HERE Data is approved, and was approved here (so could be
unapproved here.)

103
1 Web API 1.34.2 Bulk get approval status

State Description
APPROVED_ELSEWHERE Data is approved, but was not approved here (so cannot be
unapproved here.) This covers the following cases:

• Data is approved at a higher level.

• Data is approved for wider scope of category

options.

• Data is approved for all sub-periods in selected

period.

In the first two cases, there is a single data approval object

that covers the selection. In the third case there is not.
ACCEPTED_HERE Data is approved and accepted here (so could be
unapproved here.)
ACCEPTED_ELSEWHERE Data is approved and accepted, but elsewhere.

Note that when querying for the status of data approval, you may specify any combination of the
query parameters. The combination you specify does not need to describe the place where data
is to be approved at one of the approval levels. For example:

• The organisation unit might not be at an approval level. The approval status is determined
by whether data is approved at an approval level for an ancestor of the organisation unit.

• You may specify individual attribute category options. The approval status is determined
by whether data is approved for an attribute category option combination that includes
one or more of these options.

• You may specify a time period that is longer than the period for the data set at which the
data is entered and approved. The approval status is determined by whether the data is
approved for all the data set periods within the period you specify.

For data sets which are associated with a category combo you might want to fetch data approval
records for individual attribute option combos from the following resource with a GET request:

/api/dataApprovals/categoryOptionCombos?wf=rIUL3hYOjJc&pe=201801&ou=YuQRtpLP10I

1.34.2 Bulk get approval status

To get a list of multiple approval statuses, you can issue a GET request similar to this:

/api/dataApprovals/approvals?wf=rIUL3hYOjJc&pe=201801,201802&ou=YuQRtpLP10I

The parameters wf, pe, ou, and aoc are the same as for getting a single approval status, except
that you can provide a comma-separated list of one or more values for each parameter.

This will give you a response containing a list of approval parameters and statuses, something
like this:

[
{

104
1 Web API 1.34.2 Bulk get approval status

"aoc":
"HllvX50cXC0",

"pe":
"201801",

"level":
"KaTJLhGmU95",
"ou":
"YuQRtpLP10I",

"permissions":
{

"mayApprove":
false,

"mayUnapprove":
true,

"mayAccept":
true,

"mayUnaccept":
false,

"mayReadData":
true
},

"state":
"APPROVED_HERE",
"wf":
"rIUL3hYOjJc"
},
{

"aoc":
"HllvX50cXC0",

"pe":
"201802",
"ou":
"YuQRtpLP10I",

"permissions":
{

"mayApprove":
true,

"mayUnapprove":
false,

"mayAccept":
false,

"mayUnaccept":
false,

"mayReadData":
true
},
"state":
"UNAPPROVED_READY",
"wf":
"rIUL3hYOjJc"
}
]

The returned fields are described in the table below.

105
1 Web API 1.34.3 Approve data

Field Description
aoc Attribute option combination identifier
pe Period identifier
ou Organisation Unit identifier
permissions The permissions: ‘mayApprove’, ‘mayUnapprove’, ‘mayAccept’,
‘mayUnaccept’, and ‘mayReadData’ (same definitions as for get single
approval status).
state One of the data approval states (same as for get single approval status.)
wf Data approval workflow identifier

1.34.3 Approve data

To approve data you can issue a POST request to the dataApprovals resource. To un-approve
data, you can issue a DELETE request to the dataApprovals resource.

POST DELETE /api/33/dataApprovals

To accept data that is already approved you can issue a POST request to the dataAcceptances
resource. To un-accept data, you can issue a DELETE request to the dataAcceptances resource.

POST DELETE /api/33/dataAcceptances

These requests contain the following parameters:

Data approval action parameters

Action
Required Description
parameter
wf Yes Data approval workflow identifier
pe Yes Period identifier
ou Yes Organisation unit identifier
aoc No Attribute option combination identifier

Note that, unlike querying the data approval status, you must specify parameters that
correspond to a selection of data that could be approved. In particular, both of the following
must be true:

• The organisation unit’s level must be specified by an approval level in the workflow.

• The time period specified must match the period type of the workflow.

1.34.4 Bulk approve data

You can approve a bulk of data records by posting to the /api/dataApprovals/approvals

resource.

POST /api/33/dataApprovals/approvals

106
1 Web API 1.34.5 Get data approval levels

You can unapprove a bulk of data records by posting to the /api/dataApprovals/

unapprovals resource.

POST /api/33/dataApprovals/unapprovals

You can accept a bulk of records by posting to the /api/dataAcceptances/acceptances

resource.

POST /api/33/dataAcceptances/acceptances

You can unaccept a bulk of records by posting to the /api/dataAcceptances/unacceptances

resource.

POST /api/33/dataAcceptances/unacceptances

The approval payload is supported as JSON and looks like this:

{
"wf":
["pBOMPrpg1QX",
"lyLU2wR22tC"],
"pe":
["201601",
"201602"],

"approvals":
[
{
"ou":
"cDw53Ej8rju",

"aoc":
"ranftQIH5M9"
},
{
"ou":
"cDw53Ej8rju",

"aoc":
"fC3z1lcAW5x"
}
]
}

1.34.5 Get data approval levels

To retrieve data approval workflows and their data approval levels you can make a GET request
similar to this:

/api/dataApprovalWorkflows?
fields=id,name,periodType,dataApprovalLevels[id,name,level,orgUnitLevel]

107
1 Web API 1.35 Auditing

1.35 Auditing

DHIS2 does automatic auditing on all updates and deletions of aggregate data values, tracked
entity data values, tracked entity attribute values, and data approvals. This section explains how
to fetch this data.

1.35.1 Aggregate data value audits

The endpoint for aggregate data value audits is located at /api/audits/dataValue, and the
available parameters are displayed in the table below.

Aggregate data value query parameters

Parameter Option Description

ds Data Set One or more data set identifiers to get data elements from.
de Data One or more data element identifiers.
Element
pe ISO Period One or more period ISO identifiers.
ou Organisation One or more org unit identifiers.
Unit
auditType UPDATE | Filter by audit type.
DELETE
skipPaging false | true Turn paging on / off
page 1 (default) If paging is enabled, this parameter decides which page to
show

Get all audits for data set with ID lyLU2wR22tC:

/api/33/audits/dataValue?ds=lyLU2wR22tC

1.35.2 Tracked entity data value audits

The endpoint for tracked entity data value audits is located at /api/audits/
trackedEntityDataValue, and the available parameters are displayed in the table below.

Tracked entity data value query parameters

Parameter Option Description

de Data One or more data element identifiers.
Element
ps Program One or more program stage instance identifiers.
Stage
Entity
auditType UPDATE | Filter by audit type.
DELETE
skipPaging false | Turn paging on / off
true
page 1 (default) If paging is enabled, this parameter decides which page to
show

108
1 Web API 1.35.3 Tracked entity attribute value audits

Get all audits which have data element ID eMyVanycQSC or qrur9Dvnyt5:

/api/33/audits/trackedEntityDataValue?de=eMyVanycQSC&de=qrur9Dvnyt5

1.35.3 Tracked entity attribute value audits

The endpoint for tracked entity attribute value audits is located at /api/audits/
trackedEntityAttributeValue, and the available parameters are displayed in the table
below.

Tracked entity attribute value query parameters

Parameter Option Description

tea Tracked One or more tracked entity attribute identifiers.
Entity
Attributes
te Tracked One or more tracked entity instance identifiers.
Entity
Instances
auditType UPDATE | Filter by audit type.
DELETE
skipPaging false | Turn paging on / off
true
page 1 (default) If paging is enabled, this parameter decides which page to
show

Get all audits which have attribute with ID VqEFza8wbwA:

/api/33/audits/trackedEntityAttributeValue?tea=VqEFza8wbwA

1.35.4 Tracked entity instance audits

Once auditing is enabled for tracked entity instances (by setting allowAuditLog of tracked entity
types to true), all read and search operations are logged. The endpoint for accessing audit logs is
api/audits/trackedEntityInstance. Below are available parameters to interact with this endpoint.

Tracked entity instance audit query parameters

Parameter Option Description

tei Tracked Entity Instance One or more tracked entity
instance identifiers
user User One or more user
identifiers
auditType SEARCH | READ Audit type to filter for
startDate Start date Start date for audit filtering
in yyyy-mm-dd format.
endDate End date End date for audit filtering
in yyyy-mm-dd format.
skipPaging false | true Turn paging on / off.

109
1 Web API 1.35.5 Enrollment audits

Parameter Option Description

page 1 (default) Specific page to ask for.
pageSize 50 (default) Page size.

Get all tracked entity instance audits of type READ with startDate=2018-03-01 and
endDate=2018-04-24 in a page size of 5:

/api/33/audits/[Link]?startDate=2018-03-01
&endDate=2018-04-24&auditType=READ&pageSize=5

1.35.5 Enrollment audits

Once auditing is enabled for enrollments (by setting allowAuditLog of tracker programs to true),
all read operations are logged. The endpoint for accessing audit logs is api/audits/enrollment.
Below are available parameters to interact with this endpoint.

Enrollment audit query parameters

Parameter Option Description

en Enrollment One or more tracked entity
instance identifiers
user User One or more user
identifiers
startDate Start date Start date for audit filtering
in yyyy-mm-dd format.
endDate End date End date for audit filtering
in yyyy-mm-dd format.
skipPaging false | true Turn paging on / off.
page 1 (default) Specific page to ask for.
pageSize 50 (default) Page size.

Get all enrollment audits with startDate=2018-03-01 and endDate=2018-04-24 in a page size of 5:

/api/audits/[Link]?startDate=2018-03-01&endDate=2018-04-24&pageSize=5

Get all enrollment audits for user admin:

/api/audits/[Link]?user=admin

1.35.6 Data approval audits

The endpoint for data approval audits is located at /api/audits/dataApproval, and the available
parameters are displayed in the table below.

Data approval query parameters

110
1 Web API 1.36 Message conversations

Parameter Option Description

dal Data One or more data approval level identifiers.
Approval
Level
wf Workflow One or more data approval workflow identifiers.
ou Organisation One or more organisation unit identifiers.
Unit
aoc Attribute One or more attribute option combination identifiers.
Option
Combo
startDate Start Date Starting Date for approvals in yyyy-mm-dd format.
endDate End Date Ending Date for approvals in yyyy-mm-dd format.
skipPaging false | true Turn paging on / off
page 1 (default) If paging is enabled, this parameter decides which page to
show.

Get all audits for data approval workflow RwNpkAM7Hw7:

/api/33/audits/dataApproval?wf=RwNpkAM7Hw7

1.36 Message conversations

DHIS2 features a mechanism for sending messages for purposes such as user feedback,
notifications, and general information to users. Messages are grouped into conversations. To
interact with message conversations you can send POST and GET request to the
messageConversations resource.

/api/33/messageConversations

Messages are delivered to the DHIS2 message inbox but can also be sent to the user’s email
addresses and mobile phones as SMS. In this example, we will see how we can utilize the Web
API to send, read and manage messages. We will pretend to be the DHIS2 Administrator user and
send a message to the Mobile user. We will then pretend to be the mobile user and read our new
message. Following this, we will manage the admin user inbox by marking and removing
messages.

1.36.1 Writing and reading messages

The resource we need to interact with when sending and reading messages is the
messageConversations resource. We start by visiting the Web API entry point at http://
[Link]/demo/api where we find and follow the link to the messageConversations
resource at [Link] The description tells us that
we can use a POST request to create a new message using the following XML format for sending
to multiple users:

111
1 Web API 1.36.1 Writing and reading messages

<message xmlns="http://
[Link]/
schema/dxf/2.0">
<subject>This is the
subject</
subject>
<text>This is
the
text</
text>

<users>

<user
id="user1ID" />

<user
id="user2ID" />

<user
id="user3ID" />
</
users>
</
message>

For sending to all users contained in one or more user groups, we can use:

<message xmlns="http://
[Link]/
schema/dxf/2.0">
<subject>This is the
subject</
subject>
<text>This is
the
text</
text>

<userGroups>

<userGroup
id="userGroup1ID" />

<userGroup
id="userGroup2ID" />

<userGroup
id="userGroup3ID" />
</
userGroups>
</
message>

For sending to all users connected to one or more organisation units, we can use:

<message xmlns="http://
[Link]/
schema/dxf/2.0">
<subject>This is the
subject</
subject>
<text>This is
the
text</
text>

<organisationUnits>

<organisationUnit
id="ou1ID" />

112
1 Web API 1.36.1 Writing and reading messages

<organisationUnit
id="ou2ID" />

<organisationUnit
id="ou3ID" />
</
organisationUnits>
</
message>

Since we want to send a message to our friend the mobile user we need to look up her identifier.
We do so by going to the Web API entry point and follow the link to the users resource at /api/
users. We continue by following link to the mobile user at /api/users/PhzytPW3g2J where
we learn that her identifier is PhzytPW3g2J. We are now ready to put our XML message together
to form a message where we want to ask the mobile user whether she has reported data for
January 2014:

<message xmlns="http://
[Link]/
schema/dxf/2.0">
<subject>Mortality data
reporting</subject>
<text>Have you reported data for the Mortality data set for
January 2014?</text>

<users>

<user
id="PhzytPW3g2J" />
</
users>
</
message>

To test this we save the XML content into a file called [Link]. We use cURL to dispatch the
message the DHIS2 demo instance where we indicate that the content-type is XML and
authenticate as the admin user:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

messageConversations"
-H "Content-Type:application/xml" -u
admin:district -X POST

A corresponding payload in JSON and POST command looks like this:

"subject":
"Hey",

"text":
"How
are
you?",

"users":
[
{
"id":
"OYLGMiazHtW"
},
{
"id":
"N3PZBUlN8vq"
}

113
1 Web API 1.36.1 Writing and reading messages

],

"userGroups":
[
{
"id":
"ZoHNWQajIoe"
}
],

"organisationUnits":
[
{
"id":
"DiszpKrYNg8"
}
]
}

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

messageConversations"
-H "Content-Type:application/json" -u
admin:district -X POST

If all is well we receive a 201 Created HTTP status code. Also, note that we receive a Location
HTTP header which value informs us of the URL of the newly created message conversation
resource - this can be used by a consumer to perform further action.

We will now pretend to be the mobile user and read the message which was just sent by
dispatching a GET request to the messageConversations resource. We supply an Accept header
with application/xml as the value to indicate that we are interested in the XML resource
representation and we authenticate as the mobile user:

curl "[Link]
messageConversations"
-H "Accept:application/xml" -u
mobile:district

In response we get the following XML:

<messageConversations xmlns="http://
[Link]/schema/dxf/2.0"
link="[Link]
messageConversations">
<messageConversation
name="Mortality data
reporting" id="ZjHHSjyyeJ2"
link="[Link]
messageConversations/ZjHHSjyyeJ2"/>
<messageConversation name="DHIS2
version 2.7 is deployed"
id="GDBqVfkmnp2"
link="[Link]
messageConversations/GDBqVfkmnp2"/>
</
messageConversations>

From the response, we are able to read the identifier of the newly sent message which is
ZjHHSjyyeJ2. Note that the link to the specific resource is embedded and can be followed in order
to read the full message. We can reply directly to an existing message conversation once we
know the URL by including the message text as the request payload. We are now able to
construct a URL for sending our reply:

114
1 Web API 1.36.2 Managing messages

curl -d "Yes the Mortality data set has

been reported"
"[Link]
ZjHHSjyyeJ2"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
mobile:district -X POST

If all went according to plan you will receive a 200 OK status code.

In 2.30 we added an URL search parameter:

queryString=?&queryOperator=?

The filter searches for matches in subject, text, and senders for message conversations. The
default query operator is token, however other operators can be defined in the query.

1.36.2 Managing messages

As users receive and send messages, conversations will start to pile up in their inboxes,
eventually becoming laborious to track. We will now have a look at managing a user’s messages
inbox by removing and marking conversations through the Web-API. We will do so by performing
some maintenance in the inbox of the “DHIS Administrator” user.

First, let’s have a look at removing a few messages from the inbox. Be sure to note that all
removal operations described here only remove the relation between a user and a message
conversation. In practical terms this means that we are not deleting the messages themselves (or
any content for that matter) but are simply removing the message thread from the user such that
it is no longer listed in the /api/messageConversations resource.

To remove a message conversation from a users inbox we need to issue a DELETE request to the
resource identified by the id of the message conversation and the participating user. For
example, to remove the user with id xE7jOejl9FI from the conversation with id jMe43trzrdi:

curl "[Link]
messageConversations/jMe43trzrdi

If the request was successful the server will reply with a 200 OK. The response body contains an
XML or JSON object (according to the accept header of the request) containing the id of the
removed user.

"removed":
["xE7jOejl9FI"]
}

On failure the returned object will contain a message payload which describes the error.

{
"message": "No user
with uid:
dMV6G0tPAEa"
}

The observant reader will already have noticed that the object returned on success in our
example is actually a list of ids (containing a single entry). This is due to the endpoint also

115
1 Web API 1.36.2 Managing messages

supporting batch removals. The request is made to the same messageConversations resource
but follows slightly different semantics. For batch operations, the conversation ids are given as
query string parameters. The following example removes two separate message conversations
for the current user:

curl "[Link]
mc=WzMRrCosqc0&mc=lxCjiigqrJm"
-X DELETE -u
admin:district

If you have sufficient permissions, conversations can be removed on behalf of another user by
giving an optional user id parameter.

curl "[Link]
mc=WzMRrCosqc0&mc=lxCjiigqrJm&user=PhzytPW3g2J"
-X DELETE -u
admin:district

As indicated, batch removals will return the same message format as for single operations. The
list of removed objects will reflect successful removals performed. Partially erroneous requests
(i.e. non-existing id) will therefore not cancel the entire batch operation.

Messages carry a boolean read property. This allows tracking whether a user has seen (opened) a
message or not. In a typical application scenario (e.g. the DHIS2 web portal) a message will be
marked read as soon as the user opens it for the first time. However, users might want to
manage the read or unread status of their messages in order to keep track of certain
conversations.

Marking messages read or unread follows similar semantics as batch removals, and also
supports batch operations. To mark messages as read we issue a POST to the
messageConversations/read resource with a request body containing one or more message
ids. To mark messages as unread we issue an identical request to the messageConversations/
unread resource. As is the case for removals, an optional user request parameter can be given.

Let’s mark a couple of messages as read by the current user:

curl "[Link]
messageConversations/read"
-d
'["ZrKML5WiyFm","Gc03smoTm6q"]' -X POST
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
admin:district

The response is a 200 OK with the following JSON body:

{
"markedRead":
["ZrKML5WiyFm",
"Gc03smoTm6q"]
}

You can add recipients to an existing message conversation. The resource is located at:

/api/33/messageConversations/id/recipients

The options for this resource is a list of users, user groups and organisation units. The request
should look like this:

116
1 Web API 1.36.3 Message Attachments

"users":
[
{
"id":
"OYLGMiazHtW"
},
{
"id":
"N3PZBUlN8vq"
}
],

"userGroups":
[
{
"id":
"DiszpKrYNg8"
}
],

"organisationUnits":
[
{
"id":
"DiszpKrYNg8"
}
]
}

1.36.3 Message Attachments

Creating messages with attachments is done in two steps: uploading the file to the attachments
resource, and then including one or several of the attachment IDs when creating a new message.

A POST request to the attachments resource will upload the file to the server.

curl -F file=@[Link] "[Link]

-u admin:district

The request returns an object that represents the attachment. The id of this object must be used
when creating a message in order to link the attachment with the message.

{
"created":
"2018-07-20T[Link].210",
"lastUpdated":
"2018-07-20T[Link].212",

"externalAccess":
false,

"publicAccess":
"--------",

"user":
{

"name":
"John
Traore",
"created":
"2013-04-18T[Link].407",
"lastUpdated":
"2018-03-09T[Link].512",

117
1 Web API 1.36.3 Message Attachments

"externalAccess":
false,

"displayName":
"John
Traore",

"favorite":
false,
"id":
"xE7jOejl9FI"
},

"lastUpdatedBy":
{
"id":
"xE7jOejl9FI",

"name":
"John
Traore"
},

"favorite":
false,
"id":
"fTpI4GOmujz"
}

When creating a new message, the ids can be passed in the request body to link the uploaded
files to the message being created.

"subject":
"Hey",

"text":
"How
are
you?",

"users":
[
{
"id":
"OYLGMiazHtW"
},
{
"id":
"N3PZBUlN8vq"
}
],

"userGroups":
[
{
"id":
"ZoHNWQajIoe"
}
],

"organisationUnits":
[
{
"id":
"DiszpKrYNg8"
}
],

118
1 Web API 1.36.4 Tickets and Validation Result Notifications
"attachments":
["fTpI4GOmujz",
"h2ZsOxMFMfq"]
}

When replying to a message, the ids can be passed as a request parameter.

curl -d "Yes the Mortality data set has

been reported"
"[Link]
attachments=fTpI4GOmujz,h2ZsOxMFMfq"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
mobile:district -X POST

Once a message with an attachment has been created, the attached file can be accessed with a
GET request to the following URL:

/api/messageConversations/<mcv-id>/<msg-id>/attachments/<attachment-id>

Where is the message conversation ID, is the ID of the message that contains the attachment and
is the ID of the specific message attachment.

1.36.4 Tickets and Validation Result Notifications

You can use the “write feedback” tool to create tickets and messages. The only difference
between a ticket and a message is that you can give a status and a priority to a ticket. To set the
status:

POST /api/messageConversations/<uid>/status

To set the priority:

POST /api/messageConversations/<uid>/priority

In 2.29, messages generated by validation analysis now also be used in the status and priority
properties. By default, messages generated by validation analysis will inherit the priority of the
validation rule in question, or the highest importance if the message contains multiple rules.

In 2.30, validation rules can be assigned to any user while tickets still need to be assigned to a
user in the system’s feedback recipient group.

A list of valid status and

priority values

Status Priority
OPEN LOW
PENDING MEDIUM
INVALID HIGH
SOLVED

119
1 Web API 1.37 Interprétations

You can also add an internal message to a ticket, which can only be seen by users who have
“Manage tickets” permissions. To create an internal reply, include the “internal” parameter, and
set it to

curl -d "This is an
internal
message"
"[Link]
internal=true"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
admin:district -X POST

1.37 Interprétations

For resources related to data analysis in DHIS2, such as pivot tables, charts, maps, event reports
and event charts, you can write and share data interpretations. An interpretation can be a
comment, question, observation or interpretation about a data report or visualization.

/api/interpretations

1.37.1 Reading interpretations

To read interpretations we will interact with the /api/interpretations resource. A typical GET
request using field filtering can look like this:

GET /api/interpretations?fields=*,comments[id,text,user,mentions]

The output in JSON response format could look like below (additional fields omitted for brevity):

"interpretations":
[
{
"id":
"XSHiFlHAhhh",
"created":
"2013-05-30T[Link].181+0000",
"text": "Data looks suspicious, could be a
data entry mistake.",

"type":
"REPORT_TABLE",

"likes":
2,

"user":
{
"id":
"uk7diLujYif"
},

"reportTable":
{
"id":
"LcSxnfeBxyi"
},

"visualization":
{
"id":
"LcSxnfeBxyi"

120
1 Web API 1.37.1 Reading interpretations

}
},
{
"id":
"kr4AnZmYL43",
"created":
"2013-05-29T[Link].081+0000",
"text": "Delivery rates
in Bo looks high.",

"type":
"CHART",

"likes":
3,

"user":
{
"id":
"uk7diLujYif"
},

"chart":
{
"id":
"HDEDqV3yv3H"
},

"visualization":
{
"id":
"HDEDqV3yv3H"
},

"mentions":
[

{
"created":
"2018-06-25T[Link].498",

"username":
"boateng"
}
],

"comments":
[

{
"id":
"iB4Etq8yTE6",
"text": "This report
indicates a surge.",

"user":
{
"id":
"B4XIfwOcGyI"
}
},

{
"id":
"iB4Etq8yTE6",
"text": "Likely caused by
heavy rainfall.",

"user":
{
"id":
"B4XIfwOcGyI"
}
},

121
1 Web API 1.37.1 Reading interpretations

{
"id":
"SIjkdENan8p",
"text": "Have a look
at this @boateng.",

"user":
{
"id":
"xE7jOejl9FI"
},

"mentions":
[

{
"created":
"2018-06-25T[Link].316",

"username":
"boateng"
}
]
}
]
}
]
}

Interpretation fields

Field Description
id The interpretation identifier.
created The time of when the interpretation was created.
type The type of analytical object being interpreted. Valid options:
REPORT_TABLE, CHART, MAP, EVENT_REPORT, EVENT_CHART,
DATASET_REPORT.
user Association to the user who created the interpretation.
reportTable Association to the report table if type is REPORT_TABLE.
chart Association to the chart if type is CHART.
visualization Association to the visualization if type is CHART or REPORT_TABLE
(both types are in deprecation process in favour of VISUALIZATION).
map Association to the map if type is MAP.
eventReport Association to the event report is type is EVENT_REPORT.
eventChart Association to the event chart if type is EVENT_CHART.
dataSet Association to the data set if type is DATASET_REPORT.
comments Array of comments for the interpretation. The text field holds the
actual comment.
mentions Array of mentions for the interpretation. A list of users identifiers.

For all analytical objects you can append /data to the URL to retrieve the data associated with the
resource (as opposed to the metadata). As an example, by following the map link and appending
/data one can retrieve a PNG (image) representation of the thematic map through the following
URL:

122
1 Web API 1.37.2 Writing interpretations

[Link]

For all analytical objects you can filter by mentions. To retrieve all the interpretations/comments
where a user has been mentioned you have three options. You can filter by the interpretation
mentions (mentions in the interpretation description):

GET /api/interpretations?fields=*,comments[*]&filter=[Link]:in:[boateng]

You can filter by the interpretation comments mentions (mentions in any comment):

GET /api/interpretations?fields=*,comments[*]
&filter=[Link]:in:[boateng]

You can filter by intepretations which contains the mentions either in the interpretation or in any
comment (OR junction):

GET /api/interpretations?fields=*,comments[*]&filter=mentions:in:[boateng]

1.37.2 Writing interpretations

When writing interpretations you will supply the interpretation text as the request body using a
POST request with content type “text/plain”. The URL pattern looks like the below, where {object-
type} refers to the type of the object being interpreted and {object-id} refers to the identifier of
the object being interpreted.

/api/interpretations/{object-type}/{object-id}

Valid options for object type are reportTable, chart, map, eventReport, eventChart and
dataSetReport.

Some valid examples for interpretations are listed below.

Note
The charts and reportTables APIs are deprecated. We recommend
using the visualizations API instead.

/api/interpretations/reportTable/yC86zJxU1i1
/api/interpretations/chart/ZMuYVhtIceD
/api/interpretations/visualization/hQxZGXqnLS9
/api/interpretations/map/FwLHSMCejFu
/api/interpretations/eventReport/xJmPLGP3Cde
/api/interpretations/eventChart/nEzXB2M9YBz
/api/interpretations/dataSetReport/tL7eCjmDIgM

As an example, we will start by writing an interpretation for the chart with identifier
EbRN2VIbPdV. To write chart interpretations we will interact with the /api/interpretations/
chart/{chartId} resource. The interpretation will be the request body. Based on this we can
put together the following request using cURL:

123
1 Web API 1.37.3 Updating and removing interpretations

curl -d "This chart shows a significant ANC 1-3

dropout" -X POST
"[Link]
EbRN2VIbPdV"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
admin:district

Notice that the response provides a Location header with a value indicating the location of the
created interpretation. This is useful from a client perspective when you would like to add a
comment to the interpretation.

1.37.3 Updating and removing interpretations

To update an existing interpretation you can use a PUT request where the interpretation text is
the request body using the following URL pattern, where {id} refers to the interpretation
identifier:

/api/interpretations/{id}

Based on this we can use curl to update the interpretation:

curl -d "This charts shows a high

dropout" -X PUT
"[Link]
EV08iI1cJRA"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
admin:district

You can use the same URL pattern as above using a DELETE request to remove the
interpretation.

1.37.4 Creating interpretation comments

When writing comments to interpretations you will supply the comment text as the request body
using a POST request with content type “text/plain”. The URL pattern looks like the below, where
{interpretation-id} refers to the interpretation identifier.

/api/interpretations/{interpretation-id}/comments

Second, we will write a comment to the interpretation we wrote in the example above. By looking
at the interpretation response you will see that a Location header is returned. This header tells us
the URL of the newly created interpretation and from that, we can read its identifier. This
identifier is randomly generated so you will have to replace the one in the command below with
your own. To write a comment we can interact with the /api/interpretations/{id}/
comments resource like this:

curl -d "An intervention is

needed" -X POST
"[Link]
comments"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
admin:district

124
1 Web API 1.37.5 Updating and removing interpretation comments

1.37.5 Updating and removing interpretation comments

To updating an interpretation comment you can use a PUT request where the comment text is
the request body using the following URL pattern:

/api/interpretations/{interpretation-id}/comments/{comment-id}

Based on this we can use curl to update the comment:

curl "[Link]
comments/idAzzhVWvh2"
-d "I agree with that." -X PUT -H "Content-Type:text/
plain" -u admin:district

You can use the same URL pattern as above using a DELETE request to the remove the
interpretation comment.

1.37.6 Liking interpretations

To like an interpretation you can use an empty POST request to the like resource:

POST /api/interpretations/{id}/like

A like will be added for the currently authenticated user. A user can only like an interpretation
once.

To remove a like for an interpretation you can use a DELETE request to the same resource as for
the like operation.

The like status of an interpretation can be viewed by looking at the regular Web API
representation:

GET /api/interpretations/{id}

The like information is found in the likes field, which represents the number of likes, and the
likedBy array, which enumerates the users who have liked the interpretation.

{
"id":
"XSHiFlHAhhh",
"text": "Data looks suspicious, could be a
data entry mistake.",

"type":
"REPORT_TABLE",

"likes":
2,

"likedBy":
[
{
"id":
"k7Hg12fJ2f1"
},
{
"id":
"gYhf26fFkjFS"

125
1 Web API 1.38 Viewing analytical resource representations

}
]
}

1.38 Viewing analytical resource representations

DHIS2 has several resources for data analysis. These resources include charts, maps,
reportTables, reports and documents. By visiting these resources you will retrieve information
about the resource. For instance, by navigating to /api/charts/R0DVGvXDUNP the response will
contain the name, last date of modification and so on for the chart. To retrieve the analytical
representation, for instance, a PNG representation of the chart, you can append /data to all these
resources. For instance, by visiting /api/charts/R0DVGvXDUNP/data the system will return a
PNG image of the chart.

Analytical resources

Resource Description Data URL Resource representations

charts Charts /api/charts/<identifier>/ png
data
eventCharts Event charts /api/eventCharts/ png
<identifier>/data
maps Maps /api/maps/<identifier>/ png
data
reportTables Pivot tables /api/reportTables/ json | jsonp | html | xml |
<identifier>/data pdf | xls | csv
reports Standard /api/reports/<identifier>/ pdf | xls | html
reports data
documents Resources /api/documents/ <follows document>
<identifier>/data

The data content of the analytical representations can be modified by providing a date query
parameter. This requires that the analytical resource is set up for relative periods for the period
dimension.

Data query parameters

Query
Value Description
parameter
date Date in yyyy-MM-dd Basis for relative periods in report (requires
format relative periods)

Query parameters for png / image types (charts, maps)

Query
Description
parameter
width Width of image in pixels
height Height of image in pixels

Some examples of valid URLs for retrieving various analytical representations are listed below.

126
1 Web API 1.39 Plugins

/api/charts/R0DVGvXDUNP/data
/api/charts/R0DVGvXDUNP/data?date=2013-06-01

/api/reportTables/jIISuEWxmoI/[Link]
/api/reportTables/jIISuEWxmoI/[Link]?date=2013-01-01
/api/reportTables/FPmvWs7bn2P/[Link]
/api/reportTables/FPmvWs7bn2P/[Link]

/api/maps/DHE98Gsynpr/data
/api/maps/DHE98Gsynpr/data?date=2013-07-01

/api/reports/OeJsA6K1Otx/[Link]
/api/reports/OeJsA6K1Otx/[Link]?date=2014-01-01

1.39 Plugins

DHIS2 comes with plugins which enable you to embed live data directly in your web portal or web
site. Currently, plugins exist for charts, maps and pivot tables.

Please be aware that all of the code examples in this section are for demonstration purposes
only. They should not be used as is in production systems. To make things simple, the credentials
(admin/district) have been embedded into the scripts. In a real scenario, you should never
expose credentials in javascript as it opens a vulnerability to the application. In addition, you
would create a user with more minimal privileges rather than make use of a superuser to fetch
resources for your portal.

It is possible to workaround exposing the credentials by using a reverse proxy such as nginx or
apache2. The proxy can be configured to inject the required Authorization header for only the
endpoints that you wish to make public. There is some documentation to get you started in the
section of the implementers manual which describes reverse proxy configuration.

1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in

In this example, we will see how we can embed good-looking, light-weight html pivot tables with
data served from a DHIS2 back-end into a Web page. To accomplish this we will use the Pivot
table plug-in. The plug-in is written in Javascript and depends on the jQuery library only. A
complete working example can be found at [Link] Open the
page in a web browser and view the source to see how it is set up.

We start by having a look at what the complete html file could look like. This setup puts two
tables in our web page. The first one is referring to an existing table. The second is configured
inline.

<!
DOCTYPE
html>
<html>
<head>
<script src="[Link]
[Link]"></script>
<script src="[Link]
plugin/[Link]"></script>

<script>
[Link] =
"[Link]

[Link]
=
"admin";

127
1 Web API 1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in

[Link]
=
"district";

[Link]
= true;

// Referring to an existing table through the id parameter, render to

"report1" div

var r1 = { el:
"report1",
id:
"R0DVGvXDUNP" };

// Table configuration, render to

"report2" div

var
r2
=
{

el:
"report2",

columns: [

dimension:
"dx",
items: [{ id:
"YtbsuPPo010" }, { id:
"l6byfWFUGaP" }]
}
],
rows: [{ dimension:
"pe", items: [{ id:
"LAST_12_MONTHS" }] }],
filters: [{
dimension: "ou",
items: [{ id:
"USER_ORGUNIT" }] }],

// All following properties

are optional
title:
"My
custom
title",

showColTotals:
false,

showRowTotals:
false,

showColSubTotals:
false,

showRowSubTotals:
false,

showDimensionLabels:
false,

hideEmptyRows:
true,

skipRounding:
true,

aggregationType:
"AVERAGE",

128
1 Web API 1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in

showHierarchy:
true,

completedOnly:
true,

displayDensity:
"COMFORTABLE",

fontSize:
"SMALL",

digitGroupSeparator:
"COMMA",

legendSet:
{ id:
"fqs276KXCXi" }
};

[Link]([r1,
r2]);
</
script>
</
head>

<body>

<div
id="report1"></div>

<div
id="report2"></div>
</
body>
</html>

Two files are included in the header section of the HTML document. The first file is the jQuery
JavaScript library (we use the DHIS2 content delivery network in this case). The second file is the
Pivot table plug-in. Make sure the path is pointing to your DHIS2 server installation.

Now let us have a look at the various options for the Pivot tables. One property is required: el
(please refer to the table below). Now, if you want to refer to pre-defined tables already made
inside DHIS2 it is sufficient to provide the additional id parameter. If you instead want to
configure a pivot table dynamically you should omit the id parameter and provide data
dimensions inside a columns array, a rows array and optionally a filters array instead.

A data dimension is defined as an object with a text property called dimension. This property
accepts the following values: dx (indicator, data element, data element operand, data set, event
data item and program indicator), pe (period), ou (organisation unit) or the id of any organisation
unit group set or data element group set (can be found in the web api). The data dimension also
has an array property called items which accepts objects with an id property.

To sum up, if you want to have e.g. “ANC 1 Coverage”, “ANC 2 Coverage” and “ANC 3 Coverage” on
the columns in your table you can make the following columns config:

columns:
[{

dimension:
"dx",
items:
[

129
1 Web API 1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in
{id:
"Uvn6LCg7dVU"}, //
the id
of ANC 1
Coverage
{id:
"OdiHJayrsKo"}, //
the id
of ANC 2
Coverage
{id:
"sB79w2hiLp8"} //
the id of
ANC 3
Coverage
]
}]

Pivot table plug-in configuration

Options
Param Type Required (default Description
first)
url string Yes Base URL of the DHIS2
server
username string Yes (if Used for authentication if
cross- the server is running on a
domain) different domain
password string Yes (if Used for authentication if
cross- the server is running on a
domain) different domain
loadingIndicator boolean No Whether to show a loading
indicator before the table
appears

Pivot table configuration

Param Type Required Options (default first)

el string Yes

id string No

columns array Yes (if

no id
provided)

130
1 Web API 1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in

Param Type Required Options (default first)

rows array Yes (if
no id
provided)

filter array No

title string No

showColTotals boolean No true | false

showRowTotals boolean No true | false

showColSubTotals boolean No true | false

showRowSubTotals boolean No true | false

showDimensionLabels boolean No true | false

hideEmptyRows boolean No false | true

skipRounding boolean No false | true

completedOnly boolean No false | true

131
1 Web API 1.39.1 Embedding pivot tables with the Pivot Table plug-in

Param Type Required Options (default first)

showHierarchy boolean No false | true

aggregationType string No “SUM” |“AVERAGE” |

“AVERAGE_SUM_ORG_UNIT”|“LAST”|“LAST_AVERAGE_ORG
“COUNT” | “STDDEV” | “VARIANCE” | “MIN” | “MAX”

displayDensity string No “NORMAL” | “COMFORTABLE” | “COMPACT”

fontSize string No “NORMAL” | “LARGE” | “SMALL”

digitGroupSeparator string No “SPACE” | “COMMA” | “NONE”

legendSet object No

userOrgUnit string / No
array

relativePeriodDate string No

132
1 Web API 1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in

1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in

In this example, we will see how we can embed good-looking Highcharts charts (http://
[Link]) with data served from a DHIS2 back-end into a Web page. To accomplish
this we will use the DHIS2 Visualizer plug-in. The plug-in is written in JavaScript and depends on
the jQuery library. A complete working example can be found at [Link]
[Link]. Open the page in a web browser and view the source to see how it is set up.

We start by having a look at what the complete html file could look like. This setup puts two
charts on our web page. The first one is referring to an existing chart. The second is configured
inline.

<!
DOCTYPE
html>
<html>
<head>
<script src="[Link]
[Link]"></script>
<script src="[Link]
v227/plugin/[Link]"></script>

<script>
[Link] =
"[Link]
demo";

[Link]
=
"admin";

[Link]
=
"district";

[Link]
= true;

// Referring to an existing chart through the id parameter, render to

"report1" div

var r1 = { el:
"report1",
id:
"R0DVGvXDUNP" };

// Chart configuration, render to

"report2" div

var
r2
=
{

el:
"report2",

columns: [

dimension:
"dx",
items: [{ id:
"YtbsuPPo010" }, { id:
"l6byfWFUGaP" }]
}
],

133
1 Web API 1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in
rows: [{ dimension:
"pe", items: [{ id:
"LAST_12_MONTHS" }] }],
filters: [{
dimension: "ou",
items: [{ id:
"USER_ORGUNIT" }] }],

// All following properties

are optional
title:
"Custom
title",

type:
"line",

showValues:
false,

hideEmptyRows:
true,

regressionType:
"LINEAR",

completedOnly:
true,

targetLineValue:
100,
targetLineTitle: "My
target line title",

baseLineValue:
20,
baseLineTitle:
"My base line
title",

aggregationType:
"AVERAGE",

rangeAxisMaxValue:
100,

rangeAxisMinValue:
20,

rangeAxisSteps:
5,

rangeAxisDecimals:
2,
rangeAxisTitle:
"My range axis
title",
domainAxisTitle: "My
domain axis title",

hideLegend:
true
};

// Render
the
charts

[Link](r1,
r2);
</
script>
</
head>

134
1 Web API 1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in

<body>

<div
id="report1"></div>

<div
id="report2"></div>
</
body>
</html>

Two files are included in the header section of the HTML document. The first file is the jQuery
JavaScript library (we use the DHIS2 content delivery network in this case). The second file is the
Visualizer chart plug-in. Make sure the path is pointing to your DHIS2 server installation.

Now let us have a look at the various options for the charts. One property is required: el (please
refer to the table below). Now, if you want to refer to pre-defined charts already made inside
DHIS2 it is sufficient to provide the additional id parameter. If you instead want to configure a
chart dynamically you should omit the id parameter and provide data dimensions inside a
columns array, a rows array and optionally a filters array instead.

A data dimension is defined as an object with a text property called dimension. This property
accepts the following values: dx (indicator, data element, data element operand, data set, event
data item and program indicator), pe (period), ou (organisation unit) or the id of any organisation
unit group set or data element group set (can be found in the web api). The data dimension also
has an array property called items which accepts objects with an id property.

To sum up, if you want to have e.g. “ANC 1 Coverage”, “ANC 2 Coverage” and “ANC 3 Coverage” on
the columns in your chart you can make the following columns config:

columns:
[{

dimension:
"dx",
items:
[
{id:
"Uvn6LCg7dVU"}, //
the id
of ANC 1
Coverage
{id:
"OdiHJayrsKo"}, //
the id
of ANC 2
Coverage
{id:
"sB79w2hiLp8"} //
the id of
ANC 3
Coverage
]
}]

Chart plug-in configuration

Options
Param Type Required (default Description
first)
url string Yes Base URL of the DHIS2
server

135
1 Web API 1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in

Options
Param Type Required (default Description
first)
username string Yes (if Used for authentication if
cross- the server is running on a
domain) different domain
password string Yes (if Used for authentication if
cross- the server is running on a
domain) different domain
loadingIndicator boolean No Whether to show a loading
indicator before the chart
appears

Chart configuration

Param Type Required Options (default first)

el string Yes

id string No

type string No column | stackedcolumn | bar | stackedbar | line | area | p

radar | gauge
columns array Yes (if
no id
provided)

rows array Yes (if

no id
provided)

filter array No

title string No

136
1 Web API 1.39.2 Embedding charts with the Visualizer chart plug-in

Param Type Required Options (default first)

showValues boolean No false | true

hideEmptyRows boolean No false | true

completedOnly boolean No false | true

regressionType string No “NONE” | “LINEAR”

targetLineValue number No

targetLineTitle string No

baseLineValue number No

baseLineTitle string No

rangeAxisTitle number No

rangeAxisMaxValue number No

rangeAxisMinValue number No

137
1 Web API 1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

Param Type Required Options (default first)

rangeAxisSteps number No

rangeAxisDecimals number No

domainAxisTitle number No

aggregationType string No “SUM” |“AVERAGE” |

“AVERAGE_SUM_ORG_UNIT”|“LAST”|“LAST_AVERAGE_ORG_U
“COUNT” | “STDDEV” | “VARIANCE” | “MIN” | “MAX”

hideLegend boolean No false | true

hideTitle boolean No false | true

userOrgUnit string / No
array

relativePeriodDate string No

1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

In this example we will see how we can embed maps with data served from a DHIS2 back-end
into a Web page. To accomplish this we will use the GIS map plug-in. The plug-in is written in
JavaScript and depends on the Ext JS library only. A complete working example can be found at

138
1 Web API 1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

[Link] Open the page in a web browser and view the source to
see how it is set up.

We start by having a look at what the complete html file could look like. This setup puts two maps
on our web page. The first one is referring to an existing map. The second is configured inline.

<!
DOCTYPE
html>
<html>
<head>

<link

rel="stylesheet"

type="text/css"
href="[Link]
[Link]"
/>
<script src="[Link]
v215/ext/[Link]"></script>
<script src="[Link]
api/js?sensor=false"></script>
<script src="[Link]
openlayers/[Link]"></script>
<script src="[Link]
v215/plugin/[Link]"></script>

<script>
var base = "https://
[Link]/demo";

// Login - if OK, call the

setLinks function

[Link](function()
{

[Link]({
url: base + "dhis-web-commons-
security/[Link]",

method:
"POST",
params: {
j_username:
"portal",
j_password:
"Portal123" },
success:
setLinks
});
});

function
setLinks()
{
[Link]({ url:
base, el: "map1",
id:
"ytkZY3ChM6J" });

[Link]({
url:
base,

139
1 Web API 1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

el:
"map2",

mapViews: [

{
columns: [{
dimension: "in", items:
[{ id:
"Uvn6LCg7dVU" }] }], //
data

rows: [

dimension:
"ou",
items: [{ id:
"LEVEL-3" }, { id:
"ImspTQPwCqd" }]
}
], //
organisation units,
filters: [{ dimension:
"pe", items: [{ id:
"LAST_3_MONTHS" }] }], //
period
// All following options
are optional

classes:
7,

colorLow:
"02079c",

colorHigh:
"e5ecff",

opacity:
0.9,

legendSet: {
id:
"fqs276KXCXi" }
}
]
});
}
</
script>
</
head>

<body>

<div
id="map1"></div>

<div
id="map2"></div>
</
body>
</html>

Four files and Google Maps are included in the header section of the HTML document. The first
two files are the Ext JS JavaScript library (we use the DHIS2 content delivery network in this case)
and its stylesheet. The third file is the OpenLayers JavaScript mapping framework (http://
[Link]) and finally we include the GIS map plug-in. Make sure the path is pointing to your
DHIS2 server installation.

140
1 Web API 1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="[Link]

[Link]" />
<script src="[Link]
<script src="[Link]
<script src="[Link]
<script src="[Link]

To authenticate with the DHIS2 server we use the same approach as in the previous section. In
the header of the HTML document we include the following Javascript inside a script element.
The setLinks method will be implemented later. Make sure the base variable is pointing to your
DHIS2 installation.

[Link]( function() {
[Link]({
url: base + "dhis-web-commons-security/[Link]",
method: "POST",
params: { j_username: "portal", j_password: "Portal123" },
success: setLinks
});
});

Now let us have a look at the various options for the GIS plug-in. Two properties are required: el
and url (please refer to the table below). Now, if you want to refer to pre-defined maps already
made in the DHIS2 GIS it is sufficient to provide the additional id parameter. If you instead want
to configure a map dynamically you should omit the id parameter and provide mapViews (layers)
instead. They should be configured with data dimensions inside a columns array, a rows array
and optionally a filters array instead.

A data dimension is defined as an object with a text property called dimension. This property
accepts the following values: in (indicator), de (data element), ds (data set), dc (data element
operand), pe (period), ou (organisation unit) or the id of any organisation unit group set or data
element group set (can be found in the web api). The data dimension also has an array property
called items which accepts objects with an id property.

To sum up, if you want to have a layer with e.g. “ANC 1 Coverage” in your map you can make the
following columns config:

columns:
[{
dimension:
"in", //
could be
"in",
"de",
"ds",
"dc",
"pe",
"ou" or
any
dimension
id
items: [{id:
"Uvn6LCg7dVU"}], //
the id
of ANC
1
Coverage
}]

141
1 Web API 1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

GIS map plug-in configuration

Param Type Required Options (default first) Description

el string Yes Identifier of the
HTML element to
render the map in
your web page
url string Yes Base URL of the
DHIS2 server
id string No Identifier of a pre-
defined map
(favorite) in DHIS
baseLayer string/ No ‘gs’, ‘googlestreets’ | Show background
boolean ‘gh’, ‘googlehybrid’ | map
‘osm’, ‘openstreetmap’
| false, null, ‘none’, ‘off’
hideLegend boolean No false | true Hide legend panel
mapViews array Yes (if no Array of layers
id
provided)

If no id is provided you must add map view objects with the following config options:

Map plug-in configuration

layer string No “thematic1” | The layer to which the

“thematic2” | map view content should
“thematic3” | be added
“thematic4” |
“boundary” | “facility” |
columns array Yes Indicator, data element,
data operand or data set
(only one will be used)
rows array Yes Organisation units
(multiple allowed)
filter array Yes Period (only one will be
used)
classes integer No 5 | 1-7 The number of automatic
legend classes
method integer No 2|3 Legend calculation
method where 2 = equal
intervals and 3 = equal
counts
colorLow string No “ff0000” (red) | Any hex The color representing
color the first automatic legend
class
colorHigh string No “00ff00” (green) | Any The color representing
hex color the last automatic legend
class

142
1 Web API 1.39.3 Embedding maps with the GIS map plug-in

radiusLow integer No 5 | Any integer Only applies for facilities

(points) - radius of the
point with lowest value
radiusHigh integer No 15 | Any integer Only applies for facilities
(points) - radius of the
point with highest value
opacity double No 0.8 | 0 - 1 Opacity/transparency of
the layer content
legendSet object No Pre-defined legend set.
Will override the
automatic legend set.
labels boolean/ No false | true | object Show labels on the map
object properties: fontSize
(integer), color (hex
string), strong
(boolean), italic
(boolean)
width integer No Width of map
height integer No Height of map
userOrgUnit string / No Organisation unit
array identifiers, overrides
organisation units
associated with current
user, single or array

We continue by adding one pre-defined and one dynamically configured map to our HTML
document. You can browse the list of available maps using the Web API here: http://
[Link]/demo/api/33/maps.

function
setLinks()
{
[Link]({ url:
base, el:
"map1", id:
"ytkZY3ChM6J" });

[Link]({
url:
base,
el:
"map2",

mapViews: [
columns:
[ //
Chart
series
columns:
[{dimension:
"in",
items:
[{id:
"Uvn6LCg7dVU"}]}], // data
],
rows: [ //
Chart
categories

143
1 Web API 1.39.4 Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug-in
rows: [{dimension: "ou",
items: [{id: "LEVEL-3"},
{id:
"ImspTQPwCqd"}]}], //
organisation units
],

filters: [
filters:
[{dimension:
"pe",
items:
[{id:
"LAST_3_MONTHS"}]}], // period
],
// All following options
are optional

classes:
7,

colorLow:
"02079c",

colorHigh:
"e5ecff",

opacity:
0.9,

legendSet:
{id:
"fqs276KXCXi"}
]
});
}

Finally we include some div elements in the body section of the HTML document with the
identifiers referred to in the plug-in JavaScript.

<div
id="map1"></div>
<div
id="map2"></div>

To see a complete working example please visit [Link]

1.39.4 Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug-in

The chart plug-in also makes it possible to create a chart carousel which for instance can be used
to create an attractive front page on a Web portal. To use the carousel we need to import a few
files in the head section of our HTML page:

<link

rel="stylesheet"

type="text/css"
href="[Link]
[Link]"
/>
<link

rel="stylesheet"

type="text/css"
href="[Link]
css/[Link]"
/>

144
1 Web API 1.39.4 Creating a chart carousel with the carousel plug-in

<script

type="text/javascript"
src="[Link]
release/[Link]"
></
script>
<script

type="text/javascript"
src="[Link]
carousel/[Link]"
></
script>
<script

type="text/javascript"
src="[Link]
plugin/[Link]"
></
script>

The first file is the CSS stylesheet for the chart plug-in. The second file is the CSS stylesheet for
the carousel widget. The third file is the Ext JavaScript framework which this plug-in depends on.
The fourth file is the carousel plug-in JavaScript file. The fifth file is the chart plug-in JavaScript file.
The paths in this example points at the DHIS2 demo site, make sure you update them to point to
your own DHIS2 installation.

Please refer to the section about the chart plug-in on how to do authentication.

To create a chart carousel we will first render the charts we want to include in the carousel using
the method described in the chart plug-in section. Then we create the chart carousel itself. The
charts will be rendered into div elements which all have a CSS class called chart. In the carousel
configuration we can then define a selector expression which refers to those div elements like
this:

[Link]({
uid:
"R0DVGvXDUNP",
el:
"chartA1",
url:
base });
[Link]({
uid:
"X0CPnV6uLjR",
el:
"chartA2",
url:
base });
[Link]({
uid:
"j1gNXBgwKVm",
el:
"chartA3",
url:
base });
[Link]({
uid:
"X7PqaXfevnL",
el:
"chartA4",
url:
base });

new
[Link]("chartCarousel",
{

145
1 Web API 1.40 SQL views

autoPlay:
true,

itemSelector:
"[Link]",

interval:
5,

showPlayButton:
true
});

The first argument in the configuration is the id of the div element in which you want to render
the carousel. The autoPlay configuration option refers to whether we want the carousel to start
when the user loads the Web page. The interval option defines how many seconds each chart
should be displayed. The showPlayButton defines whether we want to render a button for the
user to start and stop the carousel. Finally we need to insert the div elements in the body of the
HTML document:

<div
id="chartCarousel">
<div
id="chartA1"></div>
<div
id="chartA2"></div>
<div
id="chartA3"></div>
<div
id="chartA4"></div>
</div>

To see a complete working example please visit [Link]

1.40 SQL views

The SQL views resource allows you to create and retrieve the result set of SQL views. The SQL
views can be executed directly against the database and render the result set through the Web
API resource.

/api/sqlViews

SQL views are useful for creating data views which may be more easily constructed with SQL
compared combining the multiple objects of the Web API. As an example, lets assume we have
been asked to provide a view of all organization units with their names, parent names,
organization unit level and name, and the coordinates listed in the database. The view might look
something like this:

SELECT [Link] as orgunit, [Link] as parent, [Link], [Link],

[Link] from organisationunit ou
INNER JOIN _orgunitstructure ous ON [Link] =
[Link]
INNER JOIN organisationunit par ON [Link] =
[Link]
INNER JOIN orgunitlevel oul ON
[Link] = [Link]

146
1 Web API 1.40.1 Criteria
WHERE
[Link]
is not
null
ORDER BY [Link],
[Link],
[Link]

We will use curl to first execute the view on the DHIS2 server. This is essentially a materialization
process, and ensures that we have the most recent data available through the SQL view when it
is retrieved from the server. You can first look up the SQL view from the api/sqlViews resource,
then POST using the following command:

curl "[Link] -X POST -u

admin:district

The next step in the process is the retrieval of the [Link] basic structure of the URL is as
follows

[Link]

The {server} parameter should be replaced with your own server. The next part of the URL /
api/sqlViews/ should be appended with the specific SQL view identifier. Append either data
for XML data or [Link] for comma delimited values. Support response formats are json, xml,
csv, xls, html and html+css. As an example, the following command would retrieve XML data for
the SQL view defined above.

curl "[Link] -u
admin:district

There are three types of SQL views:

• SQL view: Standard SQL views.

• Materialized SQL view: SQL views which are materialized, meaning written to disk. Needs
to be updated to reflect changes in underlying tables. Supports criteria to filter result set.

• SQL queries: Plain SQL queries. Support inline variables for customized queries.

1.40.1 Criteria

You can do simple filtering on the columns in the result set by appending criteria query
parameters to the URL, using the column names and filter values separated by columns as
parameter values, on the following format:

/api/sqlViews/{id}/data?criteria=col1:value1&criteria=col2:value2

As an example, to filter the SQL view result set above to only return organisation units at level 4
you can use the following URL:

[Link]

147
1 Web API 1.40.2 Variables

1.40.2 Variables

SQL views support variable substitution. Variable substitution is only available for SQL view of
type query, meaning SQL views which are not created in the database but simply executed as
regular SQL queries. Variables can be inserted directly into the SQL query and must be on this
format:

${variable-key}

As an example, an SQL query that retrieves all data elements of a given value type where the
value type is defined through a variable can look like this:

select * from dataelement where valuetype = '${valueType}';

These variables can then be supplied as part of the URL when requested through the sqlViews
Web API resource. Variables can be supplied on the following format:

/api/sqlViews/{id}/data?var=key1:value1&var=key2:value2

An example query corresponding to the example above can look like this:

/api/sqlViews/dI68mLkP1wN/[Link]?var=valueType:int

The valueType variable will be substituted with the int value, and the query will return data
elements with int value type.

The variable parameter must contain alphanumeric characters only. The variables must contain
alphanumeric, dash, underscore and whitespace characters only.

SQL Views of type query also support two system-defined variables that allow the query to access
information about the user executing the view:

variable means
${_current_user_id} the user’s database id
${_current_username} the user’s username

Values for these variables cannot be supplied as part of the URL. They are always filled with
information about the user.

For example, the following SQL view of type query shows all the organisation units that are
assigned to the user:

select [Link],
[Link]
from organisationunit
ou_user
join organisationunit ou on [Link] like
ou_user.path || '%'
join usermembership um on [Link] =
ou_user.organisationunitid

148
1 Web API 1.40.3 Filtering
where [Link] = $
{_current_user_id}
order by
[Link]

1.40.3 Filtering

The SQL view api supports data filtering, equal to the metadata object filter. For a complete list of
filter operators you can look at the documentation for metadata object filter.

To use filters, simply add them as parameters at the end of the request url for your SQL view like
this:

/api/sqlViews/w3UxFykyHFy/[Link]?filter=orgunit_level:eq:2&filter=orgunit_name:ilike:bo

This request will return a result including org units with “bo” in the name and which has org unit
level 2.

The following example will return all org units with orgunit_level 2 or 4:

/api/sqlViews/w3UxFykyHFy/[Link]?filter=orgunit_level:in:[2,4]

And last, an example to return all org units that does not start with “Bo”

/api/sqlViews/w3UxFykyHFy/[Link]?filter=orgunit_name:!like:Bo

1.41 Tableaux de bord

The dashboard is designed to give you an overview of multiple analytical items like maps, charts,
pivot tables and reports which together can provide a comprehensive overview of your data.
Dashboards are available in the Web API through the dashboards resource. A dashboard
contains a list of dashboard items. An item can represent a single resource, like a chart, map or
report table, or represent a list of links to analytical resources, like reports, resources, tabular
reports and users. A dashboard item can contain up to eight links. Typically, a dashboard client
could choose to visualize the single-object items directly in a user interface, while rendering the
multi-object items as clickable links.

/api/dashboards

1.41.1 Browsing dashboards

To get a list of your dashboards with basic information including identifier, name and link in JSON
format you can make a GET request to the following URL:

/api/[Link]

The dashboards resource will provide a list of dashboards. Remember that the dashboard object
is shared so the list will be affected by the currently authenticated user. You can retrieve more
information about a specific dashboard by following its link, similar to this:

149
1 Web API 1.41.1 Browsing dashboards

/api/dashboards/[Link]

A dashboard contains information like name and creation date and an array of dashboard items.
The response in JSON format will look similar to this response (certain information has been
removed for the sake of brevity).

{
"lastUpdated":
"2013-10-15T[Link].084+0000",
"id":
"vQFhmLJU5sK",
"created":
"2013-09-08T[Link].060+0000",
"name": "Mother
and Child
Health",
"href": "[Link]
dashboards/vQFhmLJU5sK",

"publicAccess":
"--------",

"externalAccess":
false,

"itemCount":
17,
"displayName":
"Mother and
Child Health",

"access":
{

"update":
true,

"externalize":
true,

"delete":
true,

"write":
true,

"read":
true,

"manage":
true
},

"user":
{
"id":
"xE7jOejl9FI",

"name":
"John
Traore",
"created":
"2013-04-18T[Link].407+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2014-12-05T[Link].148+0000",
"href": "[Link]
users/xE7jOejl9FI"
},

"dashboardItems":
[
{

150
1 Web API 1.41.2 Searching dashboards
"id":
"bu1IAnPFa9H",
"created":
"2013-09-09T[Link].095+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2013-09-09T[Link].095+0000"
},
{
"id":
"ppFEJmWWDa1",
"created":
"2013-09-10T[Link].480+0000",
"lastUpdated":
"2013-09-10T[Link].480+0000"
}
],

"userGroupAccesses":
[]
}

A more tailored response can be obtained by specifying specific fields in the request. An example
is provided below, which would return more detailed information about each object on a users
dashboard.

/api/dashboards/vQFhmLJU5sK/?fields=:all,dashboardItems[:all]

1.41.2 Searching dashboards

When a user is building a dashboard it is convenient to be able to search for various analytical
resources using the /dashboards/q resource. This resource lets you search for matches on the
name property of the following objects: charts, maps, report tables, users, reports and resources.
You can do a search by making a GET request on the following resource URL pattern, where my-
query should be replaced by the preferred search query:

/api/dashboards/q/[Link]

For example, this query:

/api/dashboards/q/ma?count=6&maxCount=20&max=CHART&max=MAP

Will search for the following:

• Analytical object name contains the string “ma”

• Return up to 6 of each type
• For CHART and MAP types, return up to 20 items

dashboards/q query parameters

Query
Description Type Default
parameter
count The number of items of each Positive integer 6
type to return
maxCount The number of items of max Positive integer 25
types to return

151
1 Web API 1.41.2 Searching dashboards

Query
Description Type Default
parameter
max The type to return the String [CHART|MAP| N/A
maxCount for REPORT_TABLE|USER|
REPORT|RESOURCE|
VISUALIZATION]

JSON and XML response formats are supported. The response in JSON format will contain
references to matching resources and counts of how many matches were found in total and for
each type of resource. It will look similar to this:

"charts":
[
{
"name": "ANC: 1-3
dropout rate
Yearly",
"id":
"LW0O27b7TdD"
},
{
"name": "ANC: 1 and 3
coverage Yearly",
"id":
"UlfTKWZWV4u"
},
{
"name": "ANC: 1st and
3rd trends Monthly",
"id":
"gnROK20DfAA"
}
],

"visualizations":
[
{
"name": "ANC: ANC 3 Visits
Cumulative Numbers",
"id":
"arf9OiyV7df",

"type":
"LINE"
},
{
"name": "ANC: 1st and
2rd trends Monthly",
"id":
"jkf6OiyV7el",

"type":
"PIVOT_TABLE"
}
],

"maps":
[
{
"name": "ANC: 1st visit at
facility (fixed) 2013",
"id":
"YOEGBvxjAY0"
},
{

152
1 Web API 1.41.3 Creating, updating and removing dashboards
"name": "ANC: 3rd visit coverage
2014 by district",
"id":
"ytkZY3ChM6J"
}
],

"reportTables":
[
{
"name": "ANC: ANC 1 Visits
Cumulative Numbers",
"id":
"tWg9OiyV7mu"
}
],

"reports":
[
{
"name": "ANC: 1st Visit
Cumulative Chart",
"id":
"Kvg1AhYHM8Q"
},
{
"name": "ANC:
Coverages This
Year",
"id":
"qYVNH1wkZR0"
}
],

"searchCount":
8,

"chartCount":
3,

"mapCount":
2,

"reportTableCount":
1,

"reportCount":
2,

"userCount":
0,

"patientTabularReportCount":
0,

"resourceCount":
0
}

1.41.3 Creating, updating and removing dashboards

Creating, updating and deleting dashboards follow standard REST semantics. In order to create a
new dashboard you can make a POST request to the /api/dashboards resource. From a
consumer perspective it might be convenient to first create a dashboard and later add items to it.
JSON and XML formats are supported for the request payload. To create a dashboard with the
name “My dashboard” you can use a payload in JSON like this:

153
1 Web API 1.41.4 Adding, moving and removing dashboard items and content

{
"name": "My dashboard"
}

To update, e.g. rename, a dashboard, you can make a PUT request with a similar request payload
the same api/dashboards resource.

To remove a dashboard, you can make a DELETE request to the specific dashboard resource
similar to this:

/api/dashboards/vQFhmLJU5sK

1.41.4 Adding, moving and removing dashboard items and content

In order to add dashboard items a consumer can use the /api/dashboards/<dashboard-

id>/items/content resource, where <dashboard-id> should be replaced by the relevant
dashboard identifier. The request must use the POST method. The URL syntax and parameters
are described in detail in the following table.

Items content parameters

Query
Description Options
parameter
type Type of the resource to be represented chart | visualization | map |
by the dashboard item reportTable | users | reports
| reportTables | resources |
patientTabularReports | app
id Identifier of the resource to be Resource identifier
represented by the dashboard item

A POST request URL for adding a chart to a specific dashboard could look like this, where the last
id query parameter value is the chart resource identifier:

/api/dashboards/vQFhmLJU5sK/items/content?type=chart&id=LW0O27b7TdD

When adding resource of type map, chart, report table and app, the API will create and add a new
item to the dashboard. When adding a resource of type users, reports, report tables and
resources, the API will try to add the resource to an existing dashboard item of the same type. If
no item of same type or no item of same type with less than eight resources associated with it
exists, the API will create a new dashboard item and add the resource to it.

In order to move a dashboard item to a new position within the list of items in a dashboard, a
consumer can make a POST request to the following resource URL, where <dashboard-id>
should be replaced by the identifier of the dashboard, <item-id> should be replaced by the
identifier of the dashboard item and <index> should be replaced by the new position of the item
in the dashboard, where the index is zero-based:

/api/dashboards/<dashboard-id>/items/<item-id>/position/<index>

154
1 Web API 1.42 Visualization

To remove a dashboard item completely from a specific dashboard a consumer can make a
DELETE request to the below resource URL, where <dashboard-id> should be replaced by the
identifier of the dashboard and <item-id> should be replaced by the identifier of the
dashboard item. The dashboard item identifiers can be retrieved through a GET request to the
dashboard resource URL.

/api/dashboards/<dashboard-id>/items/<item-id>

To remove a specific content resource within a dashboard item a consumer can make a DELETE
request to the below resource URL, where <content-resource-id> should be replaced by the
identifier of a resource associated with the dashboard item; e.g. the identifier of a report or a
user. For instance, this can be used to remove a single report from a dashboard item of type
reports, as opposed to removing the dashboard item completely:

/api/dashboards/<dashboard-id>/items/<item-id>/content/<content-resource-id>

1.42 Visualization

The Visualization API is designed to help clients to interact with charts and pivot/report tables.
The endpoints of this API are used by the Data Visualization application which allows the
creation, configuration and management of charts and pivot tables based on the client’s
definitions. The main idea is to enable clients and users to have a unique and centralized API
providing all types of charts and pivot tables as well as specific parameters and configuration for
each type of visualization.

This API was introduced with the expectation to unify both charts and reportTables APIs and
entirely replace them in favour of the visualizations API (which means that the usage of
charts and reportTables APIs should be avoided). In summary, the following resources/APIs:

/api/charts, /api/reportTables

are being replaced by

/api/visualizations

Note
New applications and clients should avoid using the charts and
reportTables APIs because they are deprecated. Use the
visualizations API instead.

A Visualization object is composed of many attributes (some of them related to charts and others
related to pivot tables), but the most important ones responsible to reflect the core information
of the object are: “id”, “name”, “type”, “dataDimensionItems”, “columns”, “rows” and “filters”.

The root endpoint of the API is /api/visualizations, and the list of current attributes and
elements are described in the table below.

Visualization attributes

155
1 Web API 1.42 Visualization

Field Description
id The unique identifier.
code A custom code to identify the Visualization.
name The name of the Visualization
type The type of the Visualization. The valid types are:
COLUMN, STACKED_COLUMN, BAR, STACKED_BAR,
LINE, AREA, PIE, RADAR, GAUGE,
YEAR_OVER_YEAR_LINE YEAR_OVER_YEAR_COLUMN,
SINGLE_VALUE, PIVOT_TABLE.
title A custom title.
subtitle A custom subtitle.
description Defines a custom description for the Visualization.
created The date/time of the Visualization creation.
startDate The beginning date used during the filtering.
endDate The ending date used during the filtering.
sortOrder The sorting order of this Visualization. Integer value.
user An object representing the creator of the
Visualization.
publicAccess Sets the permissions for public access.
displayDensity The display density of the text.
fontSize The font size of the text.
relativePeriods An object representing the relative periods used in
the analytics query.
legendSet An object representing the definitions for the
legend.
legendDisplayStyle The legend’s display style. It can be: FILL or TEXT.
legendDisplayStrategy The legend’s display style. It can be: FIXED or
BY_DATA_ITEM.
aggregationType Determines how the values in the pivot table are
aggregated. Valid options: SUM, AVERAGE,
AVERAGE_SUM_ORG_UNIT, LAST,
LAST_AVERAGE_ORG_UNIT, FIRST,
FIRST_AVERAGE_ORG_UNIT, COUNT, STDDEV,
VARIANCE, MIN, MAX, NONE, CUSTOM or DEFAULT.
regressionType A valid regression type: NONE, LINEAR,
POLYNOMIAL or LOESS.
targetLineValue The chart target line. Accepts a Double type.
targetLineLabel The chart target line label.
rangeAxisLabel The chart vertical axis (y) label/title.
domainAxisLabel The chart horizontal axis (x) label/title.
rangeAxisMaxValue The chart axis maximum value. Values outside of
the range will not be displayed.
rangeAxisMinValue The chart axis minimum value. Values outside of the
range will not be displayed.

156
1 Web API 1.42 Visualization

Field Description
rangeAxisSteps The number of axis steps between the minimum
and maximum values.
rangeAxisDecimals The number of decimals for the axes values.
baseLineValue A chart baseline value.
baseLineLabel A chart baseline label.
digitGroupSeparator The digit group separator. Valid values: COMMA,
SPACE or NONE.
topLimit The top limit set for the Pivot table.
measureCriteria Describes the criteria applied to this measure.
percentStackedValues Uses stacked values or not. More likely to be applied
for graphics/charts. Boolean value.
noSpaceBetweenColumns Show/hide space between columns. Boolean value.
regression Indicates whether the Visualization contains
regression columns. More likely to be applicable to
Pivot/Report. Boolean value.
externalAccess Indicates whether the Visualization is available as
external read-only. Boolean value.
userOrganisationUnit Indicates if the user has an organisation unit.
Boolean value.
userOrganisationUnitChildren Indicates if the user has a children organisation unit.
Boolean value.
userOrganisationUnitGrandChildren Indicates if the user has a grand children
organisation unit . Boolean value.
reportingParams Object used to define boolean attributes related to
reporting.
rowTotals Displays (or not) the row totals. Boolean value.
colTotals Displays (or not) the columns totals. Boolean value.
rowSubTotals Displays (or not) the row sub-totals. Boolean value.
colSubTotals Displays (or not) the columns sub-totals. Boolean
value.
cumulativeValues Indicates whether the visualization is using
cumulative values. Boolean value.
hideEmptyColumns Indicates whether to hide columns with no data
values. Boolean value.
hideEmptyRows Indicates whether to hide rows with no data values.
Boolean value.
completedOnly Indicates whether to hide columns with no data
values. Boolean value.
skipRounding Apply or not rounding. Boolean value.
showDimensionLabels Shows the dimension labels or not. Boolean value.
hideTitle Hides the title or not. Boolean value.
hideSubtitle Hides the subtitle or not. Boolean value.

157
1 Web API 1.42.1 Retrieving visualizations

Field Description
hideLegend Show/hide the legend. Very likely to be used by
charts. Boolean value.
showHierarchy Displays (or not) the organisation unit hierarchy
names. Boolean value.
showData Used by charts to hide or not data/values within the
rendered model. Boolean value.
lastUpdatedBy Object that represents the user that applied the last
changes to the Visualization.
lastUpdated The date/time of the last time the Visualization was
changed.
favorites List of user ids who have marked this object as a
favorite.
subscribers List of user ids who have subscribed to this
Visualization.
translations Set of available object translation, normally filtered
by locale.

1.42.1 Retrieving visualizations

To retrieve a list of all existing visualizations, in JSON format, with some basic information
(including identifier, name and pagination) you can make a GET request to the URL below. You
should see a list of all public/shared visualizations plus your private ones.

GET /api/[Link]

If you want to retrieve the JSON definition of a specific Visualization you can add its respective
identifier to the URL:

GET /api/visualizations/[Link]

The following representation is an example of a response in JSON format (for brevity, certain
information has been removed). For the complete schema, please use GET /api/schemas/
visualization.

{
"lastUpdated":
"2020-02-06T[Link].678",
"href": "[Link]
visualizations/hQxZGXqnLS9",
"id":
"hQxZGXqnLS9",
"created":
"2017-05-19T[Link].785",
"name": "ANC: ANC 1st visits last 12 months
cumulative values",

"publicAccess":
"rw------",

"userOrganisationUnitChildren":
false,

158
1 Web API 1.42.1 Retrieving visualizations

"type":
"LINE",

"access":
{},

"reportingParams":
{

"parentOrganisationUnit":
false,

"reportingPeriod":
false,

"organisationUnit":
false,

"grandParentOrganisationUnit":
false
},

"dataElementGroupSetDimensions":
[],

"attributeDimensions":
[],

"yearlySeries":
[],

"filterDimensions":
["dx"],

"columns":
[
{

"id":
"ou"
}
],

"dataElementDimensions":
[],

"categoryDimensions":
[],

"rowDimensions":
["pe"],

"columnDimensions":
["ou"],

"dataDimensionItems":
[
{

"dataDimensionItemType":
"DATA_ELEMENT",

"dataElement":
{
"id":
"fbfJHSPpUQD"
}
}
],

"filters":
[
{

159
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"id":
"dx"
}
],

"rows":
[
{

"id":
"pe"
}
]
}

A more tailored response can be obtained by specifying, in the URL, the fields you want to
extract. Ie.:

GET /api/visualizations/[Link]?fields=interpretations

will return

"interpretations":
[
{
"id":
"Lfr8I2RPU0C"
},
{
"id":
"JuwgdJlJPGb"
},
{
"id":
"WAoU2rSpyZp"
}
]
}

As seen, the GET above will return only the interpretations related to the given identifier (in this
case hQxZGXqnLS9).

1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

These operations follow the standard REST semantics. A new Visualization can be created
through a POST request to the /api/visualizations resource with a valid JSON payload. An
example of payload could be:

"columns":
[
{

"dimension":
"J5jldMd8OHv",

"items":
[

160
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"name":
"CHP",
"id":
"uYxK4wmcPqA",

"displayName":
"CHP",

"displayShortName":
"CHP",
"dimensionItemType":
"ORGANISATION_UNIT_GROUP"
},

"name":
"Hospital",
"id":
"tDZVQ1WtwpA",

"displayName":
"Hospital",

"displayShortName":
"Hospital",
"dimensionItemType":
"ORGANISATION_UNIT_GROUP"
}
]
}
],

"rows":
[
{

"dimension":
"SooXFOUnciJ",

"items":
[

"name":
"DOD",
"id":
"B0bjKC0szQX",

"displayName":
"DOD",

"displayShortName":
"DOD",
"dimensionItemType":
"CATEGORY_OPTION_GROUP"
},

"name":
"CDC",
"id":
"OK2Nr4wdfrZ",

"displayName":
"CDC",

"displayShortName":
"CDC",

161
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations
"dimensionItemType":
"CATEGORY_OPTION_GROUP"
}
]
}
],

"filters":
[
{

"dimension":
"ou",

"items":
[

"name":
"Sierra
Leone",
"id":
"ImspTQPwCqd",

"displayName":
"Sierra
Leone",

"displayShortName":
"Sierra Leone",
"dimensionItemType":
"ORGANISATION_UNIT"
},

"name":
"LEVEL-1",
"id":
"LEVEL-
H1KlN4QIauv",

"displayName":
"LEVEL-1"
}
]
}
],
"name":
"HIV
Cases
Monthly",
"description": "Cases of HIV
across the months",

"category":
"XY1vwCQskjX",

"showDimensionLabels":
true,

"hideEmptyRows":
true,

"hideEmptyColumns":
true,

"skipRounding":
true,

"aggregationType":
"SUM",

162
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"regressionType":
"LINEAR",

"type":
"PIVOT_TABLE",

"numberType":
"VALUE",

"measureCriteria":
"Some
criteria",

"showHierarchy":
true,

"completedOnly":
true,

"displayDensity":
"NORMAL",

"fontSize":
"NORMAL",

"digitGroupSeparator":
"SPACE",

"legendDisplayStyle":
"FILL",

"legendDisplayStrategy":
"FIXED",
"hideEmptyRowItems":
"BEFORE_FIRST_AFTER_LAST",

"regression":
false,

"cumulative":
true,

"sortOrder":
1,

"topLimit":
2,

"rowTotals":
true,

"colTotals":
true,

"hideTitle":
true,

"hideSubtitle":
true,

"hideLegend":
true,

"showData":
true,

"baseLineLabel":
"A
base
label",

"targetLineLabel":
"A target
label",

"targetLineValue":
45.5,

163
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"baseLineValue":
19.99,

"percentStackedValues":
true,

"noSpaceBetweenColumns":
true,

"rowSubTotals":
true,

"colSubTotals":
true,
"domainAxisLabel": "A
domain axis
label",
"rangeAxisLabel":
"A range axis
label",

"rangeAxisMaxValue":
123.65,

"rangeAxisMinValue":
33.89,

"rangeAxisSteps":
5,

"rangeAxisDecimals":
10,

"userOrgUnitType":
"TEI_SEARCH",

"externalAccess":
false,

"publicAccess":
"--------",

"reportingParams":
{

"reportingPeriod":
true,

"organisationUnit":
true,

"parentOrganisationUnit":
true,

"grandParentOrganisationUnit":
true
},

"parentGraphMap":
{

"ImspTQPwCqd":
""
},

"access":
{

"read":
true,

"update":
true,

"externalize":
true,

164
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"delete":
false,

"write":
true,

"manage":
false
},

"optionalAxes":
[
{

"dimensionalItem":
"fbfJHSPpUQD",

"axis":
1
},
{

"dimensionalItem":
"cYeuwXTCPkU",

"axis":
2
}
],

"relativePeriods":
{

"thisYear":
false,

"quartersLastYear":
true,

"last52Weeks":
false,

"thisWeek":
false,

"lastMonth":
false,

"last14Days":
false,

"biMonthsThisYear":
false,

"monthsThisYear":
false,

"last2SixMonths":
false,

"yesterday":
false,

"thisQuarter":
false,

"last12Months":
false,

"last5FinancialYears":
false,

"thisSixMonth":
false,

165
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"lastQuarter":
false,

"thisFinancialYear":
false,

"last4Weeks":
false,

"last3Months":
false,

"thisDay":
false,

"thisMonth":
false,

"last5Years":
false,

"last6BiMonths":
false,

"last4BiWeeks":
false,

"lastFinancialYear":
false,

"lastBiWeek":
false,

"weeksThisYear":
false,

"last6Months":
false,

"last3Days":
false,

"quartersThisYear":
false,

"monthsLastYear":
false,

"lastWeek":
false,

"last7Days":
false,

"thisBimonth":
false,

"lastBimonth":
false,

"lastSixMonth":
false,

"thisBiWeek":
false,

"lastYear":
false,

"last12Weeks":
false,

"last4Quarters":
false
},

166
1 Web API 1.42.2 Creating, updating and removing visualizations

"user":
{},

"yearlySeries":
["THIS_YEAR"],

"userGroupAccesses":
[
{

"access":
"rwx-----",

"userGroupUid":
"ZoHNWQajIoe",
"displayName": "Bo
District M&E
officers",
"id":
"ZoHNWQajIoe"
}
],

"userAccesses":
[
{

"access":
"--------",

"displayName":
"John
Barnes",
"id":
"DXyJmlo9rge",

"userUid":
"DXyJmlo9rge"
}
],

"legendSet":
{
"name":
"Death
rate
up",
"id":
"ham2eIDJ9k6",

"legends":
[
{

"startValue":
1,

"endValue":
2,

"color":
"red",

"image":
"some-
image"
},
{

"startValue":
2,

"endValue":
3,

167
1 Web API 1.43 Analytics

"color":
"blue",

"image":
"other-
image"
}
]
}
}

To update a specific Visualization, you can send a PUT request to the same /api/
visualizations resource with a similar payload PLUS the respective Visualization’s identifier,
ie.:

PUT /api/visualizations/hQxZGXqnLS9

Finally, to delete an existing Visualization, you can make a DELETE request specifying the
identifier of the Visualization to be removed, as shown:

DELETE /api/visualizations/hQxZGXqnLS9

1.43 Analytics

To access analytical, aggregated data in DHIS2 you can work with the analytics resource. The
analytics resource is powerful as it lets you query and retrieve data aggregated along all available
data dimensions. For instance, you can ask the analytics resource to provide the aggregated data
values for a set of data elements, periods and organisation units. Also, you can retrieve the
aggregated data for a combination of any number of dimensions based on data elements and
organisation unit group sets.

/api/33/analytics

1.43.1 Request query parameters

The analytics resource lets you specify a range of query parameters:

Query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options (default first)

dimension Yes Dimensions Any dimension
and
dimension
items to be
retrieved,
repeated for
each.

168
1 Web API 1.43.1 Request query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options (default first)

filter No Filters and Any dimension
filter items to
apply to the
query,
repeated for
each.
aggregationType No Aggregation SUM | AVERAGE |
type to use in AVERAGE_SUM_ORG_UNIT
the | LAST |
aggregation LAST_AVERAGE_ORG_UNIT
process. | COUNT | STDDEV |
VARIANCE | MIN | MAX
measureCriteria No Filters for the EQ | GT | GE | LT | LE
data/
measures.
preAggregationMeasureCriteria No Filters for the EQ | GT | GE | LT | LE
data/
measure,
applied
before
aggregation
is performed.
startDate No Start date for Date
a date range.
Will be
applied as a
filter. Can not
be used
together with
a period
dimension or
filter.
endDate No End date for Date
date range.
Will be
applied as a
filter. Can not
be used
together with
a period
dimension or
filter.
skipMeta No Exclude the false | true
metadata
part of the
response
(improves
performance).

169
1 Web API 1.43.1 Request query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options (default first)

skipData No Exclude the false | true
data part of
the response.
skipRounding No Skip false | true
rounding of
data values,
i.e. provide
full precision.
hierarchyMeta No Include false | true
names of
organisation
unit
ancestors
and
hierarchy
paths of
organisation
units in the
metadata.
ignoreLimit No Ignore limit false | true
on max 50
000 records
in response -
use with
care.
tableLayout No Use plain false | true
data source
or table
layout for the
response.
hideEmptyRows No Hides empty false | true
rows in
response,
applicable
when table
layout is true.
hideEmptyColumns No Hides empty false | true
columns in
response,
applicable
when table
layout is true.
showHierarchy No Display full false | true
org unit
hierarchy
path
together with
org unit
name.

170
1 Web API 1.43.1 Request query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options (default first)

includeNumDen No Include the false | true
numerator
and
denominator
used to
calculate the
value in the
response.
includeMetadataDetails No Include false | true
metadata
details to raw
data
response.
displayProperty No Property to NAME | SHORTNAME
display for
metadata.
outputIdScheme No Identifier UID | CODE |NAME|
scheme to ATTRIBUTE:<ID>
use for
metadata
items the
query
response,
can be
identifier,
code or
attributes.
inputIdScheme No Identifier UID | CODE |
scheme to ATTRIBUTE:<ID>
use for
metadata
items in the
query
request, can
be an
identifier,
code or
attributes.
approvalLevel No Include data Identifier of approval level
which has
been
approved at
least up to
the given
approval
level, refers
to identifier
of approval
level.

171
1 Web API 1.43.1 Request query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options (default first)

relativePeriodDate No Date used as Date.
basis for
relative
periods.
userOrgUnit No Explicitly Organisation unit
define the identifiers.
user org
units to
utilize,
overrides
organisation
units
associated
with the
current user,
multiple
identifiers
can be
separated by
semicolon.
columns No Dimensions Any dimension (must be
to use as query dimension)
columns for
table layout.
rows No Dimensions Any dimension (must be
to use as query dimension)
rows for
table layout.
order No Specify the ASC | DESC
ordering of
rows based
on value.
timeField No The time field EVENT_DATE |
to base event ENROLLMENT_DATE |
aggregation INCIDENT_DATE |
on. Applies to DUE_DATE |
event data COMPLETED_DATE |
items only. CREATED |
Can be a LAST_UPDATED |
predefined <Attribute ID> | <Data
option or the element ID>
ID of an
attribute or
data element
with a time-
based value
type.

172
1 Web API 1.43.1 Request query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options (default first)

orgUnitField No The <Attribute ID> | <Data
organisation element ID>
unit field to
base event
aggregation
on. Applies to
event data
items only.
Can be the ID
of an
attribute or
data element
with the
Organisation
unit value
type. The
default
option is
specified as
omitting the
query
parameter.

The dimension query parameter defines which dimensions should be included in the analytics
query. Any number of dimensions can be specified. The dimension parameter should be
repeated for each dimension to include in the query response. The query response can
potentially contain aggregated values for all combinations of the specified dimension items.

The filter parameter defines which dimensions should be used as filters for the data retrieved in
the analytics query. Any number of filters can be specified. The filter parameter should be
repeated for each filter to use in the query. A filter differs from a dimension in that the filter
dimensions will not be part of the query response content, and that the aggregated values in the
response will be collapsed on the filter dimensions. In other words, the data in the response will
be aggregated on the filter dimensions, but the filters will not be included as dimensions in the
actual response. As an example, to query for certain data elements filtered by the periods and
organisation units you can use the following URL:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU&filter=pe:2014Q1;2014Q2
&filter=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEfw

The aggregationType query parameter lets you define which aggregation operator should be
used for the query. By default, the aggregation operator defined for data elements included in
the query will be used. If your query does not contain any data elements but does include data
element groups, the aggregation operator of the first data element in the first group will be used.
The order of groups and data elements is undefined. This query parameter allows you to
override the default and specify a specific aggregation operator. As an example, you can set the
aggregation operator to “count” with the following URL:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD&dimension=pe:2014Q1&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu
&aggregationType=COUNT

173
1 Web API 1.43.2 Dimensions and items

The measureCriteria query parameter lets you filter out ranges of data records to return. You can
instruct the system to return only records where the aggregated data value is equal, greater than,
greater or equal, less than or less or equal to certain values. You can specify any number of
criteria on the following format, where criteria and value should be substituted with real values:

/api/33/analytics?measureCriteria=criteria:value;criteria:value

As an example, the following query will return only records where the data value is greater or
equal to 6500 and less than 33000:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU&dimension=pe:2014
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEfw&measureCriteria=GE:6500;LT:33000

Similar to measureCriteria, the preAggregationMeasureCriteria query parameter lets you filter

out data, only before aggregation is performed. For example, the following query only aggregates
data where the original value is within the criteria defined:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU&dimension=pe:2014
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEfw&preAggregationMeasureCriteria=GE:10;LT:100

The startDate and endDate parameters can be used to specify a custom date range to aggregate
over. When specifying a date range you can not specify relative nor fixed periods as dimension or
filter. The date range will filter the analytics response. You can use it like this:

/api/33/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd&startDate=2018-01-01&endDate=2018-06-01

In order to have the analytics resource generate the data in the shape of a ready-made table, you
can provide the tableLayout parameter with true as value. Instead of generating a plain,
normalized data source, the analytics resource will now generate the data in a table layout. You
can use the columns and rows parameters with dimension identifiers separated by semi-colons
as values to indicate which ones to use as table columns and rows. The column and rows
dimensions must be present as a data dimension in the query (not a filter). Such a request can
look like this:

/api/33/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU&dimension=pe:2014Q1;2014Q2
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&tableLayout=true&columns=dx;ou&rows=pe

The order parameter can be used for analytics resource to generate ordered data. The data will
be ordered in ascending (or descending) order of values. An example request for ordering the
values in descending order is:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&order=DESC

1.43.2 Dimensions and items

DHIS2 features a multi-dimensional data model with several fixed and dynamic data dimensions.
The fixed dimensions are the data element, period (time) and organisation unit dimension. You

174
1 Web API 1.43.2 Dimensions and items

can dynamically add dimensions through categories, data element group sets and organisation
unit group sets. The table below displays the available data dimensions in DHIS2. Each data
dimension has a corresponding dimension identifier, and each dimension can have a set of
dimension items:

Dimensions and dimension items

Dimension
Dimension Dimension items
id
Data elements, indicators, dx Data element, indicator, data set
data set reporting rate reporting rate metrics, data element
metrics, data element operand, program indicator, program
operands, program indicators, attribute identifiers, keyword DE_GROUP-
program data elements, <group-id>, IN_GROUP-<group-id>, use
program attributes, validation <dataelement-id>.<optioncombo-id> for
rules data element operands, <program-
id>.<dataelement-id> for program data
elements, <program-id>.<attribute-id> for
program attributes, <validationrule-id> for
validation results.
Periods (time) pe ISO periods and relative periods, see “date
and period format”
Organisation unit hierarchy ou Organisation unit identifiers, and
keywords USER_ORGUNIT,
USER_ORGUNIT_CHILDREN,
USER_ORGUNIT_GRANDCHILDREN, LEVEL-
<level> and OU_GROUP-<group-id>
Category option combinations co Category option combo identifiers (omit
to get all items)
Attribute option combinations ao Category option combo identifiers (omit
to get all items)
Categories <category Category option identifiers (omit to get all
id> items)
Data element group sets <group set Data element group identifiers (omit to
id> get all items)
Organisation unit group sets <group set Organisation unit group identifiers (omit
id> to get all items)
Category option group sets <group set Category option group identifiers (omit to
id> get all items)

It is not necessary to be aware of which objects are used for the various dynamic dimensions
when designing analytics queries. You can get a complete list of dynamic dimensions by visiting
this URL in the Web API:

/api/33/dimensions

The base URL to the analytics resource is /api/analytics. To request specific dimensions and
dimension items you can use a query string on the following format, where dim-id and dim-
item should be substituted with real values:

175
1 Web API 1.43.2 Dimensions and items

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dim-id:dim-item;dim-item&dimension=dim-id:dim-item;dim-item

As illustrated above, the dimension identifier is followed by a colon while the dimension items
are separated by semi-colons. As an example, a query for two data elements, two periods and
two organisation units can be done with the following URL:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&dimension=pe:2016Q1;2016Q2&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEfw

To query for data broken down by category option combinations instead of data element totals
you can include the category dimension in the query string, for instance like this:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&dimension=co&dimension=pe:201601&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEfw

When selecting data elements you can also select all data elements in a group as items by using
the DE_GROUP- syntax:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:DE_GROUP-h9cuJOkOwY2
&dimension=pe:201601&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu

When selecting data set reporting rates, the syntax contains a data set identifier followed by a
reporting rate metric:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:BfMAe6Itzgt.REPORTING_RATE;BfMAe6Itzgt.ACTUAL_REPORTS
&dimension=pe:201601&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu

To query for program data elements (of tracker domain type) you can get those by specifying the
program for each data element using the . syntax:

/api/33/[Link]?dimension=dx:eBAyeGv0exc.qrur9Dvnyt5;eBAyeGv0exc.GieVkTxp4HH
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

To query for program attributes (tracked entity attributes) you can get those by specifying the
program for each attribute using the <[Link]>. syntax:

/api/33/[Link]?dimension=dx:IpHINAT79UW.a3kGcGDCuk6;IpHINAT79UW.UXz7xuGCEhU
&dimension=pe:LAST_4_QUARTERS&dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

To query for organisation unit group sets and data elements you can use the following URL.
Notice how the group set identifier is used as a dimension identifier and the groups as dimension
items:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=Bpx0589u8y0:oRVt7g429ZO;MAs88nJc9nL
&dimension=pe:2016&dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

176
1 Web API 1.43.2 Dimensions and items

To query for data elements and categories you can use this URL. Use the category identifier as a
dimension identifier and the category options as dimension items:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:s46m5MS0hxu;fClA2Erf6IO&dimension=pe:2016
&dimension=YNZyaJHiHYq:btOyqprQ9e8;GEqzEKCHoGA&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

To query using relative periods and organisation units associated with the current user you can
use a URL like this:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&dimension=ou:USER_ORGUNIT

When selecting organisation units for a dimension you can select an entire level optionally
constrained by any number of boundary organisation units with the LEVEL-<level> syntax.
Boundary refers to a top node in a sub-hierarchy, meaning that all organisation units at the given
level below the given boundary organisation unit in the hierarchy will be included in the
response, and is provided as regular organisation unit dimension items. The level value can
either be a numerical level or refer to the identifier of the organisation unit level entity. A simple
query for all org units at level three:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD&dimension=pe:2016&dimension=ou:LEVEL-3

A query for level three and four with two boundary org units can be specified like this:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD&dimension=pe:2016
&dimension=ou:LEVEL-3;LEVEL-4;O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEf

When selecting organisation units you can also select all organisation units in an organisation
unit group to be included as dimension items using the OU_GROUP- syntax. The organisation
units in the groups can optionally be constrained by any number of boundary organisation units.
Both the level and the group items can be repeated any number of times:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD&dimension=pe:2016
&dimension=ou:OU_GROUP-w0gFTTmsUcF;OU_GROUP-EYbopBOJWsW;O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEf

You can utilize identifier schemes for the metadata part of the analytics response with the
outputIdScheme property like this. You can use ID, code and attributes as identifier scheme:

/api/33/analytics?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&dimension=pe:2017Q1;2017Q2&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&outputIdScheme=CODE

A few things to be aware of when using the analytics resource are listed below.

• Data elements, indicator, data set reporting rates, program data elements and program
indicators are part of a common data dimension, identified as “dx”. This means that you
can use any of data elements, indicators and data set identifiers together with the “dx”
dimension identifier in a query.

177
1 Web API 1.43.3 The dx dimension

For the category, data element group set and organisation unit group set dimensions, all
• dimension items will be used in the query if no dimension items are specified.

• For the period dimension, the dimension items are ISO period identifiers and/or relative
periods. Please refer to the section above called “Date and period format” for the period
format and available relative periods.

• For the organisation unit dimension, you can specify the items to be the organisation unit
or sub-units of the organisation unit associated with the user currently authenticated for
the request using the keys USER_ORGUNIT or USER_ORGUNIT_CHILDREN as items,
respectively. You can also specify organisation unit identifiers directly, or a combination of
both.

• For the organisation unit dimension, you can specify the organisation hierarchy level and
the boundary unit to use for the request on the format LEVEL-<level>-<boundary-id>;
as an example LEVEL-3-ImspTQPwCqd implies all organisation units below the given
boundary unit at level 3 in the hierarchy.

• For the organisation unit dimension, the dimension items are the organisation units and
their sub-hierarchy - data will be aggregated for all organisation units below the given
organisation unit in the hierarchy.

• You cannot specify dimension items for the category option combination dimension.
Instead, the response will contain the items which are linked to the data values.

1.43.3 The dx dimension

The dx dimension is a special dimension which can contain all of the following data types.

Data dx dimension types

Type Syntax Description Data source

Indicator <indicator-id> Indicator identifier. Aggregated
data
Indicator IN_GROUP- Keyword followed by an Aggregated
grop <indicatorgroup-id> indicator group identifier. data
Will include all indicators in
the group in the response.
Data <dataelement-id> Data element identifier. Aggregated
element data
Data DE_GROUP- Keyword followed by a data Aggregated
element <dataelementgroup-id> element group identifier. data
group Will include all data
elements in the group in
the response.

178
1 Web API 1.43.3 The dx dimension

Type Syntax Description Data source

Data <dataelement- Data element identifier Aggregate
element id>.<categoryoptcombo- followed by one or both of data
operand id>.<attributeoptcombo- category option
id> combination and attribute
option combo identifier.
Wildcard "*" symbol can be
used to indicate any option
combination value. The
attribute option
combination identifier can
be completely left out.
Data set <dataset-id>.<reporting- Data set identifier followed Data set
rate-metric> by reporting rate metric. completeness
Can be REPORTING_RATE | registrations
REPORTING_RATE_ON_TIME
| ACTUAL_REPORTS |
ACTUAL_REPORTS_ON_TIME
| EXPECTED_REPORTS.
Program <program- Program identifier followed Events from
data id>.<dataelement-id> by data element identifier. the given
element Reads from events within program
the specified program.
Program <programindicator-id> Program indicator Events from
indicator identifier. Reads from the program
events from within the of the
program associated with program
the program identifier. indicator
Validation <validationrule-id> Validation rule identifier. Validation
result Will include validation rule results
violations for the validation
rule, requires that
validation results are
generated and persisted.

Items from all of the various dx types can be combined in an analytics request. An example looks
like this:

/api/33/[Link]
?dimension=dx:Uvn6LCg7dVU;BfMAe6Itzgt.REPORTING_RATE;IpHINAT79UW.a3kGcGDCuk6
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

The group syntax can be used together with any other item as well. An example looks like this:

/api/33/[Link]
?dimension=dx:DE_GROUP-qfxEYY9xAl6;IN_GROUP-oehv9EO3vP7;BfMAe6Itzgt.REPORTING_RATE
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

Data element operands can optionally specify attribute option combinations and use wildcards
e.g. to specify all category option combination values:

179
1 Web API 1.43.4 Response formats

/api/33/[Link]
?dimension=dx:Uvn6LCg7dVU.*.j8vBiBqGf6O;Uvn6LCg7dVU.Z4oQs46iTeR
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd

Tip
A great way to learn how to use the analytics API is to use the DHIS2
pivot table app. You can play around with pivot tables using the various
dimensions and items and click Download > Plain data source > JSON to
see the resulting analytics API calls in the address bar of your Web
browser.

1.43.4 Response formats

The analytics response containing aggregate data can be returned in various representation
formats. As usual, you can indicate interest in a specific format by appending a file extension to
the URL, through the Accept HTTP header or through the format query parameter. The default
format is JSON. The available formats and content-types are listed below.

• json (application/json)

• jsonp (application/javascript)

• xml (application/xml)

• csv (application/csv)

• html (text/html)

• html+css (text/html)

• xls (application/[Link]-excel)

As an example, to request an analytics response in XML format you can use the following URL:

/api/33/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD
&dimension=pe:2016&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;lc3eMKXaEfw

The analytics responses must be retrieved using the HTTP GET method. This allows for direct
linking to analytics responses from Web pages as well as other HTTP-enabled clients. To do
functional testing we can use the cURL library. By executing this command against the demo
database you will get an analytics response in JSON format:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/[Link]?
dimension=dx:eTDtyyaSA7f;FbKK4ofIv5R
&dimension=pe:2016Q1;2016Q2&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd" -u
admin:district

The JSON response will look like this:

"headers":
[
{

180
1 Web API 1.43.4 Response formats

"name":
"dx",

"column":
"Data",

"meta":
true,
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"pe",

"column":
"Period",

"meta":
true,
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"value",

"column":
"Value",

"meta":
false,
"type":
"[Link]"
}
],

"height":
4,

"metaData":
{

"pe":
["2016Q1",
"2016Q2"],
"ou":
["ImspTQPwCqd"],

"names":
{
"2016Q1":
"Jan
to Mar
2016",
"2016Q2":
"Apr
to Jun
2016",
"FbKK4ofIv5R":
"Measles Coverage
<1 y",

"ImspTQPwCqd":
"Sierra
Leone",
"eTDtyyaSA7f": "Fully
Immunized Coverage"
}
},

"rows":
[

181
1 Web API 1.43.5 Constraints and validation

["eTDtyyaSA7f",
"2016Q2",
"81.1"],

["eTDtyyaSA7f",
"2016Q1",
"74.7"],

["FbKK4ofIv5R",
"2016Q2",
"88.9"],

["FbKK4ofIv5R",
"2016Q1",
"84.0"]
],

"width":
3
}

The response represents a table of dimensional data. The headers array gives an overview of
which columns are included in the table and what the columns contain. The column property
shows the column dimension identifier, or if the column contains measures, the word “Value”.
The meta property is true if the column contains dimension items or false if the column contains
a measure (aggregated data values). The name property is similar to the column property, except
it displays “value” in case the column contains a measure. The type property indicates the Java
class type of column values.

The height and width properties indicate how many data columns and rows are contained in the
response, respectively.

The metaData periods property contains a unique, ordered array of the periods included in the
response. The metaData ou property contains an array of the identifiers of organisation units
included in the response. The metaData names property contains a mapping between the
identifiers used in the data response and the names of the objects they represent. It can be used
by clients to substitute the identifiers within the data response with names in order to give a
more meaningful view of the data table.

The rows array contains the dimensional data table. It contains columns with dimension items
(object or period identifiers) and a column with aggregated data values. The example response
above has a data/indicator column, a period column and a value column. The first column
contains indicator identifiers, the second contains ISO period identifiers and the third contains
aggregated data values.

1.43.5 Constraints and validation

There are several constraints to the input parameters you can provide to the analytics resource.
If any of the constraints are violated, the API will return a 409 Conflict response and a response
message looking similar to this:

"httpStatus":
"Conflict",

"httpStatusCode":
409,

"status":
"ERROR",
"message": "Only a single indicator can be
specified as filter",

182
1 Web API 1.43.6 Data value set format

"errorCode":
"E7108"
}

The httpStatus and httpStatusCode fields indicate the HTTP status and status code per the
HTTP specification. The messsage field provides a human-readable description of the validation
error. The errorCode field provides a machine-readable code which can be used by clients to
handle validation errors. The possible validation errors for the aggregate analytics API are
described in the table below.

Error
Message
code
E7100 Query parameters cannot be null
E7101 At least one dimension must be specified
E7102 At least one data dimension item or data element group set dimension item must
be specified
E7103 Dimensions cannot be specified as dimension and filter simultaneously
E7104 At least one period as dimension or filter, or start and dates, must be specified
E7105 Periods and start and end dates cannot be specified simultaneously
E7106 Start date cannot be after end date
E7107 Start and end dates cannot be specified for reporting rates
E7108 Only a single indicator can be specified as filter
E7109 Only a single reporting rate can be specified as filter
E7110 Category option combos cannot be specified as filter
E7111 Dimensions cannot be specified more than once
E7112 Reporting rates can only be specified together with dimensions of type
E7113 Assigned categories cannot be specified when data elements are not specified
E7114 Assigned categories can only be specified together with data elements, not
indicators or reporting rates
E7115 Data elements must be of a value and aggregation type that allow aggregation
E7116 Indicator expressions cannot contain cyclic references
E7117 A data dimension ‘dx’ must be specified when output format is DATA_VALUE_SET
E7118 A period dimension ‘pe’ must be specified when output format is
DATA_VALUE_SET
E7119 An organisation unit dimension ‘ou’ must be specified when output format is
DATA_VALUE_SET

1.43.6 Data value set format

The analytics dataValueSet resource allows for returning aggregated data in the data value set
format. This format represents raw data values, as opposed to data which has been aggregated
along various dimensions. Exporting aggregated data as regular data values is useful for data
exchange between systems when the target system contains data of finer granularity compared
to what the destination system is storing.

As an example, one can specify an indicator in the target system to summarize data for multiple
data elements and import this data for a single data element in the destination system. As

183
1 Web API 1.43.7 Raw data format

another example, one can aggregate data collected at organisation unit level 4 in the target
system to level 2 and import that data in the destination system.

You can retrieve data in the raw data value set format from the dataValueSet resource:

/api/33/analytics/dataValueSet

The following resource representations are supported:

• json (application/json)

• xml (application/xml)

When using the data value set format, exactly three dimensions must be specified as analytics
dimensions with at least one dimension item each:

• Data (dx)

• Period (pe)

• Organisation unit (ou)

Any other dimension will be ignored. Filters will be applied as with regular analytics requests.
Note that any data dimension type can be specified, including indicators, data elements, data
element operands, data sets and program indicators.

An example request which aggregates data for specific indicators, periods and organisation units
and returns it as regular data values in XML looks like this:

api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:Uvn6LCg7dVU;OdiHJayrsKo
&dimension=pe:LAST_4_QUARTERS&dimension=ou:lc3eMKXaEfw;PMa2VCrupOd

A request which aggregates data for data element operands and uses CODE as output identifier
scheme looks like the below. When defining the output identifier scheme, all metadata objects
part of the response are affected:

api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD.pq2XI5kz2BY;fbfJHSPpUQD.PT59n8BQbqM
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd&outputIdScheme=CODE

When using attribute-based identifier schemes for export there is a risk of producing duplicate
data values. The boolean query parameter duplicatesOnly can be used for debugging purposes
to return only duplicates data values. This response can be used to clean up the duplicates:

api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:Uvn6LCg7dVU;OdiHJayrsKo
&dimension=pe:LAST_4_QUARTERS&dimension=ou:lc3eMKXaEfw&duplicatesOnly=true

1.43.7 Raw data format

The analytics rawData resource allows for returning the data stored in the analytics data tables
without any aggregation being performed. This is useful for clients which would like to perform
aggregation and filtering on their own without having to denormalize data in the available data
dimensions themselves.

184
1 Web API 1.43.7 Raw data format

/api/analytics/rawData

The following resource representations are supported:

• json (application/json)

• csv (application/csv)

This resource follows the syntax of the regular analytics resource. Only a subset of the query
parameters are supported. Additionally, a startDate and endDate parameter are available. The
supported parameters are listed in the table below.

Query parameters

Query parameter Required / Notes

dimension Yes
startDate No / yyyy-MM-dd
endDate No / yyyy-MM-dd
skipMeta No
skipData No
hierarchyMeta No
showHierarchy No
displayProperty No
outputIdScheme No
inputIdScheme No
userOrgUnit No

The dimension query parameter defines which dimensions (table columns) should be included in
the response. It can optionally be constrained with items. The filter query parameter defines
which items and dimensions (table columns) should be used as a filter for the response.

For the organisation unit dimension, the response will contain data associated with the
organisation unit and all organisation units in the sub-hierarchy (children in the tree). This is
different compared to the regular analytics resource, where only the explicitly selected
organisation units are included.

To retrieve a response with specific data elements, specific periods, specific organisation units
and all data for two custom dimensions you can issue a request like this:

/api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU;Jtf34kNZhzP
&dimension=J5jldMd8OHv&dimension=Bpx0589u8y0
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;fdc6uOvgoji

The startDate and endDate parameters allow for fetching data linked to any period between
those dates. This avoids the need for defining all periods explicitly in the request:

/api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU;Jtf34kNZhzP
&dimension=J5jldMd8OHv&dimension=Bpx0589u8y0

185
1 Web API 1.43.8 Debugging

&startDate=2015-01-01&endDate=2015-12-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;fdc6uOvgoji

The filter parameter can be used to filter a response without including that dimension as part of
the response, this time in CSV format:

/api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU;Jtf34kNZhzP
&filter=J5jldMd8OHv:uYxK4wmcPqA;tDZVQ1WtwpA
&startDate=2015-01-01&endDate=2015-12-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu

The outputIdScheme parameter is useful if you want human readable data responses as it can be
set to NAME like this:

/api/analytics/[Link]?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&filter=J5jldMd8OHv:uYxK4wmcPqA;tDZVQ1WtwpA
&startDate=2017-01-01&endDate=2017-12-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu
&outputIdScheme=NAME

The response from the rawData resource will look identical to the regular analytics resource; the
difference is that the response contains raw, non-aggregated data, suitable for further
aggregation by third-party systems.

1.43.8 Debugging

When debugging analytics requests it can be useful to examine the data value source of the
aggregated analytics response. The analytics/debug/sql resource will provide an SQL statement
that returns the relevant content of the datavalue table. You can produce this SQL by doing a GET
request with content type “text/html” or “text/plain” like below. The dimension and filter syntax
are identical to regular analytics queries:

/api/analytics/debug/sql?dimension=dx:fbfJHSPpUQD;cYeuwXTCPkU
&filter=pe:2016Q1;2016Q2&filter=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu

1.44 Event analytics

The event analytics API lets you access aggregated event data and query events captured in
DHIS2. This resource lets you retrieve events based on a program and optionally a program
stage, and lets you retrieve and filter events on any event dimensions.

/api/33/analytics/events

1.44.1 Dimensions and items

Event dimensions include data elements, attributes, organisation units and periods. The
aggregated event analytics resource will return aggregated information such as counts or
averages. The query analytics resource will simply return events matching a set of criteria and
does not perform any aggregation. You can specify dimension items in the form of options from
option sets and legends from legend sets for data elements and attributes which are associated
with such. The event dimensions are listed in the table below.

186
1 Web API 1.44.2 Request query parameters

Event dimensions

Dimension
Dimension Description
id
Data elements <id> Data element identifiers
Attributes <id> Attribute identifiers
Periods pe ISO periods and relative periods, see “date and
period format”
Organisation units ou Organisation unit identifiers and keywords
USER_ORGUNIT, USER_ORGUNIT_CHILDREN,
USER_ORGUNIT_GRANDCHILDREN, LEVEL-<level>
and OU_GROUP-<group-id>
Organisation unit <org unit Organisation unit group set identifiers
group sets group set
id>
Categories <category Category identifiers (program attribute categories
id> only)

1.44.2 Request query parameters

The analytics event API lets you specify a range of query parameters.

Query parameters for both event query and aggregate analytics

Options
Query parameter Required Description
(default first)
program Yes Program identifier. Any program
identifier
stage No Program stage identifier. Any program
stage
identifier
startDate Yes Start date for events. Date in yyyy-
MM-dd
format
endDate Yes End date for events. Date in yyyy-
MM-dd
format
dimension Yes Dimension identifier including data Operators
elements, attributes, program can be EQ |
indicators, periods, organisation units GT | GE | LT
and organisation unit group sets. | LE | NE |
Parameter can be repeated any LIKE | IN
number of times. Item filters can be
applied to a dimension on the format
<item-id>:<operator>:<filter>. Filter
values are case-insensitive.

187
1 Web API 1.44.2 Request query parameters

Options
Query parameter Required Description
(default first)
filter No Dimension identifier including data
elements, attributes, periods,
organisation units and organisation
unit group sets. Parameter can be
repeated any number of times. Item
filters can be applied to a dimension
on the format <item-
id>:<operator>:<filter>. Filter values
are case-insensitive.
hierarchyMeta No Include names of organisation unit false | true
ancestors and hierarchy paths of
organisation units in the metadata.
eventStatus No Specify status of events to include. ACTIVE |
COMPLETED
| SCHEDULE
| OVERDUE |
SKIPPED
programStatus No Specify enrollment status of events to ACTIVE |
include. COMPLETED
| CANCELLED
relativePeriodDate string No Date
identifier e.g:
“2016-01-01”.
Overrides the
start date of
the relative
period
columns No Dimensions to use as columns for Any
table layout. dimension
(must be
query
dimension)
rows No Dimensions to use as rows for table Any
layout. dimension
(must be
query
dimension)

Query parameters for event query analytics only

Query
Required Description Options
parameter
ouMode No The mode of selecting organisation DESCENDANTS,
units. Default is DESCENDANTS, CHILDREN,
meaning all sub units in the hierarchy. SELECTED
CHILDREN refers to immediate
children in the hierarchy; SELECTED
refers to the selected organisation
units only.

188
1 Web API 1.44.2 Request query parameters

Query
Required Description Options
parameter
asc No Dimensions to be sorted ascending, EVENTDATE |
can reference event date, org unit OUNAME |
name and code and any item OUCODE |
identifiers. item identifier
desc No Dimensions to be sorted descending, EVENTDATE |
can reference event date, org unit OUNAME |
name and code and any item OUCODE |
identifiers. item identifier
coordinatesOnly No Whether to only return events which false | true
have coordinates.
dataIdScheme No Id scheme to be used for data, more NAME | CODE
specifically data elements and | UID
attributes which have an option set or
legend set, e.g. return the name of the
option instead of the code, or the
name of the legend instead of the
legend ID, in the data response.
page No The page number. Default page is 1. Numeric
positive value
pageSize No The page size. Default size is 50 items Numeric zero
per page. or positive
value

Query parameters for aggregate event analytics only

Query parameter Required Description Options

value No Value dimension Data element or attribute
identifier. Can be a identifier
data element or
an attribute which
must be of
numeric value
type.
aggregationType No Aggregation type SUM | AVERAGE |
for the value AVERAGE_SUM_ORG_UNIT
dimension. | LAST |
Default is LAST_AVERAGE_ORG_UNIT
AVERAGE. | COUNT | STDDEV |
VARIANCE | MIN | MAX
showHierarchy No Display full org false | true
unit hierarchy
path together with
org unit name.
displayProperty No Property to display NAME | SHORTNAME
for metadata.

189
1 Web API 1.44.2 Request query parameters

Query parameter Required Description Options

sortOrder No Sort the records ASC | DESC
on the value
column in
ascending or
descending order.
limit No The maximum Numeric positive value
number of records
to return. Cannot
be larger than 10
000.
outputType No Specify output EVENT | ENROLLMENT |
type for analytical TRACKED_ENTITY_INSTANCE
data which can be
events,
enrollments or
tracked entity
instances. The two
last options apply
to programs with
registration only.
collapseDataDimensions No Collapse all data false | true
dimensions (data
elements and
attributes) into a
single dimension
in the response.
skipMeta No Exclude the meta false | true
data part of the
response
(improves
performance).
skipData No Exclude the data false | true
part of the
response.
skipRounding No Skip rounding of false | true
aggregate data
values.
aggregateData No Produce aggregate false | true
values for the data
dimensions (as
opposed to
dimension items).

190
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

Query parameter Required Description Options

timeField No The time field to EVENT_DATE |
base event ENROLLMENT_DATE |
aggregation on. INCIDENT_DATE |
Applies to event DUE_DATE |
data items only. COMPLETED_DATE |
Can be a <Attribute ID> | <Data
predefined option element ID>
or the ID of an
attribute or data
element having a
time-based value
type.
orgUnitField No The organisation <Attribute ID> | <Data
unit field to base element ID>
event aggregation
on. Applies to
event data items
only. Can be the ID
of an attribute or
data element with
the Organisation
unit value type.
The default option
is specified as
omitting the query
parameter.

Query parameters for cluster event analytics only

Query parameter Required Description Options

clusterSize Yes Size of clusters in meters. Numeric
positive value
coordinateField No Field to base geospatial event EVENT |
analytics on. Default is event. Can <attribute-id>
be set to identifiers of attributes |
and data elements of value type <dataelement-
coordinate. id>
bbox Yes Bounding box / area of events to String
include in the response on the
format “min longitude, min latitude,
max longitude , max latitude”.
includeClusterPoints No Include information about false | true
underlying points for each cluster,
be careful if cluster represent a very
high number of points.

1.44.3 Event query analytics

The analytics/events/query resource lets you query for captured events. This resource does not
perform any aggregation, rather it lets you query and filter for information about events.

191
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

/api/33/analytics/events/query

You can specify any number of dimensions and any number of filters in a query. Dimension item
identifiers can refer to any of data elements, person attributes, person identifiers, fixed and
relative periods and organisation units. Dimensions can optionally have a query operator and a
filter. Event queries should be on the format described below.

/api/33/analytics/events/query/<program-id>?startDate=yyyy-MM-dd&endDate=yyyy-MM-dd
&dimension=ou:<ou-id>;<ou-id>&dimension=<item-id>&dimension=<item-id>:<operator>:<filter>

For example, to retrieve events from the “Inpatient morbidity and mortality” program between
January and October 2016, where the “Gender” and “Age” data elements are included and the
“Age” dimension is filtered on “18”, you can use the following query:

/api/33/analytics/events/query/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu;fdc6uOvgoji&dimension=oZg33kd9taw&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:EQ:18

To retrieve events for the “Birth” program stage of the “Child programme” program between
March and December 2016, where the “Weight” data element, filtered for values larger than
2000:

/api/33/analytics/events/query/IpHINAT79UW?stage=A03MvHHogjR&startDate=2016-03-01
&endDate=2016-12-31&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&dimension=UXz7xuGCEhU:GT:2000

Sorting can be applied to the query for the event date of the event and any dimensions. To sort
descending on the event date and ascending on the “Age” data element dimension you can use:

/api/33/analytics/events/query/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5&desc=EVENTDATE&asc=qrur9Dvnyt5

Paging can be applied to the query by specifying the page number and the page size parameters.
If page number is specified but page size is not, a page size of 50 will be used. If page size is
specified but page number is not, a page number of 1 will be used. To get the third page of the
response with a page size of 20 you can use a query like this:

/api/33/analytics/events/query/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5&page=3&pageSize=20

[Link] Filtering

Filters can be applied to data elements, person attributes and person identifiers. The filtering is
done through the query parameter value on the following format:

&dimension=<item-id>:<operator>:<filter-value>

As an example, you can filter the “Weight” data element for values greater than 2000 and lower
than 4000 like this:

192
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

&dimension=UXz7xuGCEhU:GT:2000&dimension=UXz7xuGCEhU:LT:4000

You can filter the “Age” data element for multiple, specific ages using the IN operator like this:

&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:IN:18;19;20

You can specify multiple filters for a given item by repeating the operator and filter components,
all separated with semi-colons:

&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:GT:5:LT:15

The available operators are listed below.

Filter operators

Operator Description
EQ Equal to
GT Greater than
GE Greater than or equal to
LT Less than
LE Less than or equal to
NE Not equal to
LIKE Like (free text match)
IN Equal to one of multiple values separated by “;”

[Link] Response formats

The default response representation format is JSON. The requests must be using the HTTP GET
method. The following response formats are supported.

• json (application/json)

• jsonp (application/javascript)

• xls (application/[Link]-excel)

As an example, to get a response in Excel format you can use a file extension in the request URL
like this:

/api/33/analytics/events/query/[Link]?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&dimension=oZg33kd9taw&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5

You can set the hierarchyMeta query parameter to true in order to include names of all ancestor
organisation units in the meta-section of the response:

/api/33/analytics/events/query/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:YuQRtpLP10I&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:EQ:50&hierarchyMeta=true

193
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

The default response JSON format will look similar to this:

"headers":
[
{

"name":
"psi",

"column":
"Event",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"ps",

"column":
"Program
stage",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"eventdate",

"column":
"Event
date",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"coordinates",

"column":
"Coordinates",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

194
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

"name":
"ouname",
"column":
"Organisation
unit name",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"oucode",
"column":
"Organisation
unit code",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"ou",
"column":
"Organisation
unit",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"column":
"Gender",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"column":
"Age",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

195
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

"meta":
false
}
],

"metaData":
{

"names":
{

"qrur9Dvnyt5":
"Age",
"eBAyeGv0exc": "Inpatient
morbidity and mortality",

"ImspTQPwCqd":
"Sierra
Leone",

"O6uvpzGd5pu":
"Bo",

"YuQRtpLP10I":
"Badjia",

"oZg33kd9taw":
"Gender"
},

"ouHierarchy":
{
"YuQRtpLP10I": "/
ImspTQPwCqd/
O6uvpzGd5pu"
}
},

"width":
8,

"height":
4,

"rows":
[
[

"yx9IDINf82o",

"Zj7UnCAulEk",

"2016-08-05",

"[5.12,
1.23]",

"Ngelehun",

"OU_559",

"YuQRtpLP10I",

"Female",

"50"
],
[

"IPNa7AsCyFt",

"Zj7UnCAulEk",

"2016-06-12",

196
1 Web API 1.44.3 Event query analytics

"[5.22,
1.43]",

"Ngelehun",

"OU_559",

"YuQRtpLP10I",

"Female",

"50"
],
[

"ZY9JL9dkhD2",

"Zj7UnCAulEk",

"2016-06-15",

"[5.42,
1.33]",

"Ngelehun",

"OU_559",

"YuQRtpLP10I",

"Female",

"50"
],
[

"MYvh4WAUdWt",

"Zj7UnCAulEk",

"2016-06-16",

"[5.32,
1.53]",

"Ngelehun",

"OU_559",

"YuQRtpLP10I",

"Female",

"50"
]
]
}

The headers section of the response describes the content of the query result. The event unique
identifier, the program stage identifier, the event date, the organisation unit name, the
organisation unit code and the organisation unit identifier appear as the first six dimensions in
the response and will always be present. Next comes the data elements, person attributes and
person identifiers which were specified as dimensions in the request, in this case, the “Gender”
and “Age” data element dimensions. The header section contains the identifier of the dimension
item in the “name” property and a readable dimension description in the “column” property.

The metaData section, ou object contains the identifiers of all organisation units present in the
response mapped to a string representing the hierarchy. This hierarchy string lists the identifiers

197
1 Web API 1.44.4 Event aggregate analytics

of the ancestors (parents) of the organisation unit starting from the root. The names object
contains the identifiers of all items in the response mapped to their names.

The rows section contains the events produced by the query. Each row represents exactly one
event.

In order to have the event analytics resource generate the data in the shape of a ready-made
table, you can provide rows and columns parameters with requested dimension identifiers
separated by semi-colons as values to indicate which ones to use as table columns and rows.
Instead of generating a plain, normalized data source, the event analytics resource will now
generate the data in table layout. The column and rows dimensions must be present as a data
dimension in the query (not a filter). Such a request can look like this:

/api/33/[Link]+css?dimension=dx:cYeuwXTCPkU;fbfJHSPpUQD&dimension=pe:WEEKS_THIS_YEAR
&filter=ou:ImspTQPwCqd&displayProperty=SHORTNAME&columns=dx&rows=pe

1.44.4 Event aggregate analytics

The /analytics/events/aggregate resource lets you retrieve aggregated numbers of events

captured in DHIS2. This resource lets you retrieve aggregate data based on a program and
optionally a program stage, and lets you filter on any event dimension.

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate

The events aggregate resource does not return the event information itself, rather the aggregate
numbers of events matching the request query. Event dimensions include data elements, person
attributes, person identifiers, periods and organisation units. Aggregate event queries should be
on the format described below.

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/<program-id>?startDate=yyyy-MM-dd&endDate=yyyy-MM-dd
&dimension=ou:<ou-id>;<ou-id>&dimension=<item-id>&dimension=<item-id>:<operator>:<filter>

For example, to retrieve aggregate numbers for events from the “Inpatient morbidity and
mortality” program between January and October 2016, where the “Gender” and “Age” data
elements are included, the “Age” dimension item is filtered on “18” and the “Gender” item is
filtered on “Female”, you can use the following query:

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&dimension=oZg33kd9taw:EQ:Female&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:GT:50

To retrieve data for fixed and relative periods instead of start and end date, in this case, May
2016 and last 12 months, and the organisation unit associated with the current user, you can use
the following query:

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/eBAyeGv0exc?dimension=pe:201605;LAST_12_MONTHS
&dimension=ou:USER_ORGUNIT;fdc6uOvgo7ji&dimension=oZg33kd9taw

In order to specify “Female” as a filter for “Gender” for the data response, meaning “Gender” will
not be part of the response but will filter the aggregate numbers in it, you can use the following
syntax:

198
1 Web API 1.44.4 Event aggregate analytics

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/eBAyeGv0exc?dimension=pe:2016;
&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu&filter=oZg33kd9taw:EQ:Female

To specify the “Bo” organisation unit and the period “2016” as filters, and the “Mode of discharge”
and Gender" as dimensions, where “Gender” is filtered on the “Male” item, you can use a query
like this:

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/eBAyeGv0exc?filter=pe:2016&filter=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu
&dimension=fWIAEtYVEGk&dimension=oZg33kd9taw:EQ:Male

To create a “top 3 report” for “Mode of discharge” you can use the limit and sortOrder query
parameters similar to this:

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/eBAyeGv0exc?filter=pe:2016&filter=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu
&dimension=fWIAEtYVEGk&limit=3&sortOrder=DESC

To specify a value dimension with a corresponding aggregation type you can use the value and
aggregationType query parameters. Specifying a value dimension will make the analytics engine
return aggregate values for the values of that dimension in the response as opposed to counts of
events.

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/[Link]?stage=Zj7UnCAulEk&dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&dimension=fWIAEtYVEGk&value=qrur9Dvnyt5&aggregationType=AVERAGE

To base event analytics aggregation on a specific data element or attribute of value type date or
date time you can use the timeField parameter:

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=pe:LAST_12_MONTHS&dimension=cejWyOfXge6&stage=A03MvHHogjR&timeField=ENROLLMENT_DATE

To base event analytics aggregation on a specific data element or attribute of value type
organisation unit you can use the orgUnitField parameter:

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=pe:THIS_YEAR&dimension=oZg33kd9taw&stage=Zj7UnCAulEk&orgUnitField=S33cRBsnXPo

[Link] Ranges / legend sets

For aggregate queries, you can specify a range / legend set for numeric data element and
attribute dimensions. The purpose is to group the numeric values into ranges. As an example,
instead of generating data for an “Age” data element for distinct years, you can group the
information into age groups. To achieve this, the data element or attribute must be associated
with the legend set. The format is described below:

?dimension=<item-id>-<legend-set-id>

Voici donc un exemple :

199
1 Web API 1.44.4 Event aggregate analytics

/api/33/analytics/events/aggregate/[Link]?stage=Zj7UnCAulEk
&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5-Yf6UHoPkdS6&dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd&dimension=pe:LAST_MONTH

[Link] Response formats

The default response representation format is JSON. The requests must be using the HTTP GET
method. The response will look similar to this:

"headers":
[
{

"name":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"column":
"Gender",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"column":
"Age",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"pe",

"column":
"Period",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"ou",
"column":
"Organisation
unit",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"value",

200
1 Web API 1.44.4 Event aggregate analytics

"column":
"Value",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
}
],

"metaData":
{

"names":
{
"eBAyeGv0exc": "Inpatient
morbidity and mortality"
}
},

"width":
5,

"height":
39,

"rows":
[

["Female",
"95",
"201605",
"O6uvpzGd5pu",
"2"],

["Female",
"63",
"201605",
"O6uvpzGd5pu",
"2"],

["Female",
"67",
"201605",
"O6uvpzGd5pu",
"1"],

["Female",
"71",
"201605",
"O6uvpzGd5pu",
"1"],

["Female",
"75",
"201605",
"O6uvpzGd5pu",
"14"],

["Female",
"73",
"201605",
"O6uvpzGd5pu",
"5"]
]
}

Note that the max limit for rows to return in a single response is 10 000. If the query produces
more than the max limit, a 409 Conflict status code will be returned.

201
1 Web API 1.44.5 Event clustering analytics

1.44.5 Event clustering analytics

The analytics/events/cluster resource provides clustered geospatial event data. A request looks
like this:

/api/33/analytics/events/cluster/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01&endDate=2016-10-31
&dimension=ou:LEVEL-2&clusterSize=100000
&bbox=-13.2682125,7.3721619,-10.4261178,9.904012&includeClusterPoints=false

The cluster response provides the count of underlying points, the center point and extent of each
cluster. If the includeClusterPoints query parameter is set to true, a comma-separated
string with the identifiers of the underlying events is included. A sample response looks like this:

"headers":
[
{

"name":
"count",

"column":
"Count",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"center",

"column":
"Center",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"extent",

"column":
"Extent",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
},
{

"name":
"points",

"column":
"Points",
"type":
"[Link]",

"meta":
false
}

202
1 Web API 1.44.6 Event count and extent analytics

],

"width":
3,

"height":
4,

"rows":
[
[

"3",
"POINT(-13.15818
8.47567)",
"BOX(-13.26821 8.4St7215,-13.08711
8.47807)",
""
],
[

"9",
"POINT(-13.11184
8.66424)",
"BOX(-13.24982 8.51961,-13.05816
8.87696)",
""
],
[

"1",
"POINT(-12.46144
7.50597)",
"BOX(-12.46144 7.50597,-12.46144
7.50597)",
""
],
[

"7",
"POINT(-12.47964
8.21533)",
"BOX(-12.91769 7.66775,-12.21011
8.49713)",
""
]
]
}

1.44.6 Event count and extent analytics

The analytics/events/count resource is suitable for geometry-related requests for retrieving the
count and extent (bounding box) of events for a specific query. The query syntax is equal to the
events/query resource. A request looks like this:

/api/33/analytics/events/count/eBAyeGv0exc?startDate=2016-01-01
&endDate=2016-10-31&dimension=ou:O6uvpzGd5pu

The response will provide the count and extent in JSON format:

{
"extent": "BOX(-13.2682125910096 7.38679562779441,-10.4261178860988
9.90401290212795)",

203
1 Web API 1.44.7 Constraints and validation

"count":
59
}

1.44.7 Constraints and validation

There are several constraints to the input parameters you can provide to the event analytics
resource. If any of the constraints are violated, the API will return a 409 Conflict response and a
response message looking similar to this:

"httpStatus":
"Conflict",

"httpStatusCode":
409,

"status":
"ERROR",
"message": "At least one organisation unit
must be specified",

"errorCode":
"E7200"
}

The possible validation errors for the event analytics API are described in the table below.

Error code Message

E7200 At least one organisation unit must be specified
E7201 Dimensions cannot be specified more than once
E7202 Query items cannot be specified more than once
E7203 Value dimension cannot also be specified as an
item or item filter
E7204 Value dimension or aggregate data must be
specified when aggregation type is specified
E7205 Start and end date or at least one period must be
specified
E7206 Start date is after end date
E7207 Page number must be a positive number
E7208 Page size must be zero or a positive number
E7209 Limit is larger than max limit
E7210 Time field is invalid
E7211 Org unit field is invalid
E7212 Cluster size must be a positive number
E7213 Bbox is invalid, must be on format: ‘min-lng,min-
lat,max-lng,max-lat’
E7214 Cluster field must be specified when bbox or
cluster size are specified
E7215 Query item cannot specify both legend set and
option set

204
1 Web API 1.45 Enrollment analytics

Error code Message

E7216 Query item must be aggregateable when used in
aggregate query

1.45 Enrollment analytics

The enrollment analytics API lets you access aggregated event data and query enrollments with
their event data captured in DHIS2. This resource lets you retrieve data for a program based on
program stages and data elements - in addition to tracked entity attributes. When querying event
data for a specific programstages within each enrollment, the data element values for each
program stage will be returned as one row in the response from the api. If querying a data
element in a program stage that is repeatable, the newest data element value will be used for
that data element in the api response.

1.45.1 Dimensions and items

Enrollment dimensions include data elements, attributes, organisation units and periods. The
query analytics resource will simply return enrollments matching a set of criteria and does not
perform any aggregation.

Enrollment dimensions

Dimension
Dimension Description
id
Data elements in <program Data element identifiers must include the program
program stages stage stage when querying data for enrollments.
id>.<data
element
dimension=[Link]
id>

Attributes <id> Attribute identifiers

Periods pe ISO periods and relative periods, see “date and
period format”
Organisation units ou Organisation unit identifiers and keywords
USER_ORGUNIT, USER_ORGUNIT_CHILDREN,
USER_ORGUNIT_GRANDCHILDREN, LEVEL-<level>
and OU_GROUP-<group-id>

1.45.2 Enrollment query analytics

The analytics/enrollments/query resource lets you query for captured enrollments. This resource
does not perform any aggregation, rather it lets you query and filter for information about
enrollments.

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query

You can specify any number of dimensions and any number of filters in a query. Dimension item
identifiers can refer to any of the data elements in program stages, tracked entity attributes,
fixed and relative periods and organisation units. Dimensions can optionally have a query
operator and a filter. Enrollment queries should be on the format described below.

205
1 Web API 1.45.2 Enrollment query analytics

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/<program-id>?startDate=yyyy-MM-dd&endDate=yyyy-MM-dd
&dimension=ou:<ou-id>;<ou-id>&dimension=<item-id>&dimension=<item-id>:<operator>:<filter>

For example, to retrieve enrollments in the from the “Antenatal care” program from January
2019, where the “First name” is picked up from attributes, “Chronic conditions” and “Smoking”
data elements are included from the first program stage, and “Hemoglobin value” from the
following program stage, and only women that have “Cronic conditions” would be included, you
can use the following query:

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=w75KJ2mc4zz&dimension=WZbXY0S00lP.de0FEHSIoxh:eq:1&dimension=w75KJ2mc4zz
&dimension=[Link]&dimension=[Link]
&startDate=2019-01-01&endDate=2019-01-31

To retrieve enrollments in the from the “Antenatal care” program from last month (relative to the
point in time the query is executed), where the “Chronic conditions” and “Smoking” data elements
are included from the first program stage, and “Hemoglobin value” from the followup program
stage, only including smoking women with hemoglobin less than 20:

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=WZbXY0S00lP.de0FEHSIoxh&dimension=w75KJ2mc4zz
&dimension=[Link]:eq:1&dimension=[Link]:lt:20
&dimension=pe:LAST_MONTH

Sorting can be applied to the query for the enrollment and incident dates of the enrollment:

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&columns=w75KJ2mc4zz&dimension=[Link]&dimension=pe:LAST_MONTH
&stage=WZbXY0S00lP&pageSize=10&page=1&asc=ENROLLMENTDATE&ouMode=DESCENDANTS

Paging can be applied to the query by specifying the page number and the page size parameters.
If page number is specified but page size is not, a page size of 50 will be used. If page size is
specified but page number is not, a page number of 1 will be used. To get the second page of the
response with a page size of 10 you can use a query like this:

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=WZbXY0S00lP.de0FEHSIoxh&dimension=w75KJ2mc4zz&dimension=pe:LAST_MONTH
&dimension=[Link]&pageSize=10&page=2

[Link] Filtering

Filters can be applied to data elements, person attributes and person identifiers. The filtering is
done through the query parameter value on the following format:

&dimension=<item-id>:<operator>:<filter-value>

As an example, you can filter the “Weight” data element for values greater than 2000 and lower
than 4000 like this:

206
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

&dimension=WZbXY0S00lP.UXz7xuGCEhU:GT:2000&dimension=WZbXY0S00lP.UXz7xuGCEhU:LT:4000

You can filter the “Age” attribute for multiple, specific ages using the IN operator like this:

&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:IN:18;19;20

You can specify multiple filters for a given item by repeating the operator and filter components,
all separated with semi-colons:

&dimension=qrur9Dvnyt5:GT:5:LT:15

The available operators are listed below.

Filter operators

Operator Description
EQ Equal to
GT Greater than
GE Greater than or equal to
LT Less than
LE Less than or equal to
NE Not equal to
LIKE Like (free text match)
IN Equal to one of multiple values separated by “;”

1.45.3 Request query parameters

The analytics enrollment query API lets you specify a range of query parameters.

Query parameters for enrollment query endpoint

Options (default
Query parameter Required Description
first)
program Yes Program identifier. Any program
identifier
startDate No Start date for enrollments. Date in yyyy-MM-
dd format
endDate No End date for enrollments. Date in yyyy-MM-
dd format

207
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

Options (default
Query parameter Required Description
first)
dimension Yes Dimension identifier including Operators can be
data elements, attributes, EQ | GT | GE | LT
program indicators, periods, | LE | NE | LIKE |
organisation units and IN
organisation unit group sets.
Parameter can be repeated any
number of times. Item filters can
be applied to a dimension on the
format <item-
id>:<operator>:<filter>. Filter
values are case-insensitive.
filter No Dimension identifier including
data elements, attributes,
periods, organisation units and
organisation unit group sets.
Parameter can be repeated any
number of times. Item filters can
be applied to a dimension on the
format <item-
id>:<operator>:<filter>. Filter
values are case-insensitive.
programStatus No Specify enrollment status of ACTIVE |
enrollments to include. COMPLETED |
CANCELLED
relativePeriodDate string No Date identifier e.g:
“2016-01-01”.
Overrides the start
date of the relative
period
ouMode No The mode of selecting DESCENDANTS,
organisation units. Default is CHILDREN,
DESCENDANTS, meaning all sub SELECTED
units in the hierarchy. CHILDREN
refers to immediate children in
the hierarchy; SELECTED refers
to the selected organisation units
only.
asc No Dimensions to be sorted ENROLLMENTDATE
ascending, can reference | INCIDENTDATE|
enrollment date, incident date, OUNAME |
org unit name and code. OUCODE
desc No Dimensions to be sorted ENROLLMENTDATE
descending, can reference | INCIDENTDATE|
enrollment date, incident date, OUNAME |
org unit name and code. OUCODE
hierarchyMeta No Include names of organisation false | true
unit ancestors and hierarchy
paths of organisation units in the
metadata.

208
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

Options (default
Query parameter Required Description
first)
coordinatesOnly No Whether to only return false | true
enrollments which have
coordinates.
page No The page number. Default page Numeric positive
is 1. value
pageSize No The page size. Default size is 50 Numeric zero or
items per page. positive value

[Link] Response formats

The default response representation format is JSON. The requests must be using the HTTP GET
method. The following response formats are supported.

• json (application/json)
• xml (application/xml)
• xls (application/[Link]-excel)
• csv (application/csv)
• html (text/html)
• html+css (text/html)

As an example, to get a response in Excel format you can use a file extension in the request URL
like this:

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/[Link]?dimension=ou:ImspTQPwCqd
&dimension=WZbXY0S00lP.de0FEHSIoxh&columns=w75KJ2mc4zz
&dimension=[Link]&dimension=pe:LAST_MONTH&stage=WZbXY0S00lP
&pageSize=10&page=1&asc=ENROLLMENTDATE&ouMode=DESCENDANTS

The default response JSON format will look similar to this:

"headers":
[
{

"name":
"pi",

"column":
"Enrollment",

"valueType":
"TEXT",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"tei",

209
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters
"column":
"Tracked
entity
instance",

"valueType":
"TEXT",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{
"name":
"enrollmentdate",
"column":
"Enrollment
date",

"valueType":
"DATE",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"incidentdate",

"column":
"Incident
date",

"valueType":
"DATE",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"geometry",

"column":
"Geometry",

"valueType":
"TEXT",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

210
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

"name":
"longitude",

"column":
"Longitude",

"valueType":
"NUMBER",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"latitude",

"column":
"Latitude",

"valueType":
"NUMBER",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"ouname",
"column":
"Organisation
unit name",

"valueType":
"TEXT",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"oucode",
"column":
"Organisation
unit code",

"valueType":
"TEXT",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

211
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

"name":
"ou",
"column":
"Organisation
unit",

"valueType":
"TEXT",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"de0FEHSIoxh",
"column": "WHOMCH
Chronic
conditions",

"valueType":
"BOOLEAN",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
},
{

"name":
"sWoqcoByYmD",

"column":
"WHOMCH
Smoking",

"valueType":
"BOOLEAN",
"type":
"[Link]",

"hidden":
false,

"meta":
true
}
],

"metaData":
{

"pager":
{

"page":
2,

"total":
163,

"pageSize":
4,

"pageCount":
41

212
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

},

"items":
{

"ImspTQPwCqd":
{

"name":
"Sierra
Leone"
},

"PFDfvmGpsR3":
{
"name":
"Care
at
birth"
},

"bbKtnxRZKEP":
{
"name":
"Postpartum
care visit"
},

"ou":
{
"name":
"Organisation
unit"
},

"PUZaKR0Jh2k":
{
"name":
"Previous
deliveries"
},

"edqlbukwRfQ":
{
"name":
"Antenatal
care visit"
},

"WZbXY0S00lP":
{
"name": "First
antenatal care
visit"
},

"sWoqcoByYmD":
{
"name":
"WHOMCH
Smoking"
},

"WSGAb5XwJ3Y":
{
"name":
"WHO RMNCH
Tracker"
},

"de0FEHSIoxh":
{
"name": "WHOMCH
Chronic conditions"
}

213
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

},

"dimensions":
{

"pe":
[],
"ou":
["ImspTQPwCqd"],

"sWoqcoByYmD":
[],

"de0FEHSIoxh":
[]
}
},

"width":
12,

"rows":
[
[

"A0cP533hIQv",

"to8G9jAprnx",
"2019-02-02
[Link].0",
"2019-02-02
[Link].0",

"",

"0.0",

"0.0",

"Tonkomba
MCHP",

"OU_193264",

"xIMxph4NMP1",

"0",

"1"
],
[

"ZqiUn2uXmBi",

"SJtv0WzoYki",
"2019-02-02
[Link].0",
"2019-02-02
[Link].0",

"",

"0.0",

"0.0",

"Mawoma
MCHP",

"OU_254973",

"Srnpwq8jKbp",

"0",

214
1 Web API 1.45.3 Request query parameters

"0"
],
[

"lE747mUAtbz",

"PGzTv2A1xzn",
"2019-02-02
[Link].0",
"2019-02-02
[Link].0",

"",

"0.0",

"0.0",

"Kunsho
CHP",

"OU_193254",

"tdhB1JXYBx2",

"",

"0"
],
[

"nmcqu9QF8ow",

"pav3tGLjYuq",
"2019-02-03
[Link].0",
"2019-02-03
[Link].0",

"",

"0.0",

"0.0",

"Korbu
MCHP",

"OU_678893",

"m73lWmo5BDG",

"",

"1"
]
],

"height":
4
}

The headers section of the response describes the content of the query result. The enrollment
unique identifier, the tracked entity instance identifier, the enrollment date, the incident date,
geometry, latitude, longitude, the organisation unit name and the organisation unit code appear
as the first dimensions in the response and will always be present. Next comes the data
elements, and tracked entity attributes which were specified as dimensions in the request, in this
case, the “WHOMCH Chronic conditions” and “WHOMCH smoking” data element dimensions. The
header section contains the identifier of the dimension item in the “name” property and a
readable dimension description in the “column” property.

215
1 Web 1.45.4 Support of analytics across tracked entity instance relationships with program
API indicators
The metaData section, ou object contains the identifiers of all organisation units present in the
response mapped to a string representing the hierarchy. This hierarchy string lists the identifiers
of the ancestors (parents) of the organisation unit starting from the root. The names object
contains the identifiers of all items in the response mapped to their names.

The rows section contains the enrollments produced by the query. Each row represents exactly
one enrollment.

1.45.4 Support of analytics across tracked entity instance relationships with program indicators

The non-aggregation enrollment analytics API also supports linking Program Indicators to
Relationship Types, in order to show the result of a calculation of a specific Program Indicator
applied to the related entities of the listed Tracked Entity Instance.

For the Program Indicator/Relationship Type link to work, the /api/33/analytics/

enrollments/query API requires an additional dimension which must include the chosen
Relationship Type UID and the chosen Program Indicator UID:

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/<program-id>
?dimension=<relationshiptype-id>.<programindicator-id>

For example, to retrieve a list of enrollments from the “WHO RMNCH Tracker” program for
January 2019 and display the count of Malaria Cases linked to that Enrollment by “Malaria case
linked to person” type of relationship, you can use the following query

/api/33/analytics/enrollments/query/[Link]?dimension=mxZDvSZYxlw.nFICjJluo74
&startDate=2019-01-01&endDate=2019-01-31

216
1 Web API 1.46 Org unit analytics

The API supports using program indicators which are not associated to the “main” program (that
is the program ID specified after /query/).

1.46 Org unit analytics

The org unit analytics API provides statistics on org units classified by org unit group sets,
i.e. counts of org units per org unit group within org unit group sets.

GET /api/orgUnitAnalytics?ou=<org-unit-id>&ougs=<org-unit-group-set-id>

The API requires at least one organisation unit and at least one organisation unit group set.
Multiple org units and group sets can be provided separated by a semicolon.

1.46.1 Request query parameters

The org unit analytics resource lets you specify a range of query parameters:

Org unit analytics query parameters

Property Description Required

ou Org unit identifiers, potentially separated by a Yes
semicolon.
ougs Org unit group set identifiers, potentially separated Yes
by a semicolon.
columns Org unit group set identifiers, potentially separated No
by a semicolon. Defines which group sets are
rendered as columns in a table layout.

The response will contain a column for the parent org unit, columns for each org unit group set
part of the request and a column for the count. The statistics include the count of org units which
are part of the sub-hierarchy of the org units specified in the request. The response contains a
metadata section which specifies the name of each org unit and org unit group part of the
response referenced by their identifiers.

The default response is normalized with a single count column. The response can be rendered in
a table layout by specifying at least one org unit group set using the columns query parameter.

1.46.2 Response formats

The org unit analytics endpoint supports the following representation formats:

• json (application/json)
• csv (application/csv)
• xls (application/[Link]-excel)
• pdf (application/pdf)

1.46.3 Examples

To fetch org unit analytics for an org unit and org unit group set:

GET /api/orgUnitAnalytics?ou=lc3eMKXaEfw&ougs=J5jldMd8OHv

To fetch org unit analytics data for two org units and two org unit group sets:

217
1 Web API 1.47 Data set report

GET /api/orgUnitAnalytics?ou=lc3eMKXaEfw;PMa2VCrupOd&ougs=J5jldMd8OHv;Bpx0589u8y0

To fetch org unit analytics data in table mode with one group set rendered as columns:

GET /api/orgUnitAnalytics?ou=fdc6uOvgoji;jUb8gELQApl;lc3eMKXaEfw;PMa2VCrupOd
&ougs=J5jldMd8OHv&columns=J5jldMd8OHv

1.47 Data set report

Data set reports can be generated through the web api using the /dataSetReport resource.
This resource generates reports on data set and returns the result in the form of an HTML table.

/api/33/dataSetReport

1.47.1 Request query parameters

The request supports the following parameters:

Data set report query parameters

Parameter Description Type Required

ds Data set to create the report from. Data set UID Yes
pe Period to create the report from. ISO String Yes
ou Organisation unit to create the report Organisation Yes
from. unit UID
filter Filters to be used as filters for the One or more No
report. Can be repeated any number UIDs
of times. Follows the analytics API
syntax.
selectedUnitOnly Whether to use captured data only or Boolean No
aggregated data.

The data set report resource accepts GET requests only. The response content type is
application/json and returns data in a grid. This endpoint works for all types of data sets,
including default, section and custom forms.

An example request to retrieve a report for a data set and org unit for 2018 looks like this:

GET /api/33/dataSetReport?ds=BfMAe6Itzgt&pe=201810&ou=ImspTQPwCqd&selectedUnitOnly=false

To get a data set report with a filter you can use the filter parameter. In this case, the filter is
based on an org unit group set and two org unit groups:

GET /api/33/dataSetReport?ds=BfMAe6Itzgt&pe=201810&ou=ImspTQPwCqd
&filter=J5jldMd8OHv:RXL3lPSK8oG;tDZVQ1WtwpA

218
1 Web API 1.47.2 Response formats

1.47.2 Response formats

The data set report endpoint supports output in the following formats. You can retrieve a specific
endpoint using the file extension or Accept HTTP header.

• json (application/json)
• pdf (application/pdf)
• xls (application/[Link]-excel)

1.47.3 Custom forms

A dedicated endpoint is available for data sets with custom HTML forms. This endpoint returns
the HTML form content with content type text/html with data inserted into it. Note that you
can use the general data set report endpoint also for data sets with custom forms; however, that
will return the report in JSON format as a grid. This endpoint only works for data sets with
custom HTML forms.

GET /api/33/dataSetReport/custom

The syntax for this endpoint is otherwise equal to the general data set report endpoint. To
retrieve a custom HTML data set report you can issue a request like this:

GET /api/33/dataSetReport/custom?ds=lyLU2wR22tC&pe=201810&ou=ImspTQPwCqd

1.48 Push Analysis

The push analysis API includes endpoints for previewing a push analysis report for the logged in
user and manually triggering the system to generate and send push analysis reports, in addition
to the normal CRUD operations. When using the create and update endpoints for push analysis,
the push analysis will be scheduled to run based on the properties of the push analysis. When
deleting or updating a push analysis to be disabled, the job will also be stopped from running in
the future.

To get an HTML preview of an existing push analysis, you can do a GET request to the following
endpoint:

/api/33/pushAnalysis/<id>/render

To manually trigger a push analysis job, you can do a POST request to this endpoint:

/api/33/pushAnalysis/<id>/run

A push analysis consists of the following properties, where some are required to automatically
run push analysis jobs:

Push analysis properties

Property Description Type Required

dashboard Dashboard on Dashboard UID Yes
which reports
are based

219
1 Web API 1.49 Data usage analytics

Property Description Type Required

message Appears after String No
title in reports
recipientUserGroups A set of user One or more No. Scheduled
groups who user Group UID jobs without any
should receive recipient will be
the reports skipped.
enabled Indicated Boolean Yes. Must be true
whether this to be scheduled.
push analysis
should be
scheduled or
not. False by
default.
schedulingFrequency The frequency of “DAILY”, No. Push analysis
which reports “WEEKLY”, without a
should be “MONTHLY” frequency will not
scheduled. be scheduled
schedulingDayOfFrequency The day in the Integer. Any No. Push analysis
frequency the value when without a valid
job should be frequency is day of frequency
scheduled. “DAILY”. 0-7 for the frequency
when frequency set will not be
is “WEEKLY”. 1-31 scheduled.
when frequency
is “MONTHLY”

1.49 Data usage analytics

The usage analytics API lets you access information about how people are using DHIS2 based on
data analysis. When users access favorites, an event is recorded. The event consists of the user
name, the UID of the favorite, when the event took place, and the type of event. The different
types of events are listed in the table.

/api/33/dataStatistics

The usage analytics API lets you retrieve aggregated snapshots of usage analytics based on time
intervals. The API captures user views (for example the number of times a chart or pivot table has
been viewed by a user) and saved analysis favorites (for example favorite charts and pivot
tables). DHIS2 will capture nightly snapshots which are then aggregated at request.

1.49.1 Request query parameters

The usage analytics (data statistics) API supports two operations:

• POST: creates a view event

• GET: retrieves aggregated statistics

220
1 Web API 1.49.2 Create view events (POST)

1.49.2 Create view events (POST)

The usage analytics API lets you create event views. The dataStatisticsEventType parameter
describes what type of item was viewed. The favorite parameter indicates the identifier of the
relevant favorite.

URL that creates a new event view of charts:

POST /api/33/dataStatistics?eventType=CHART_VIEW&favorite=LW0O27b7TdD

A successful save operation returns an HTTP status code 201. The table below shows the
supported types of events.

Supported event types

Key Description
REPORT_TABLE_VIEW Report table (pivot table) view
CHART_VIEW Chart view
MAP_VIEW Map view (GIS)
EVENT_REPORT_VIEW Event report view
EVENT_CHART_VIEW Event chart view
DASHBOARD_VIEW Dashboard view
DATA_SET_REPORT_VIEW Data set report view

1.49.3 Retrieve aggregated usage analytics report (GET)

The usage analytics (data statistics) API lets you specify certain query parameters when asking for
an aggregated report.

Query parameters for aggregated usage analytics (data statistics)

Query parameter Required Description Options

startDate Yes Start date for Date in yyyy-MM-
period dd format
endDate Yes End date for period Date in yyyy-MM-
dd format
interval Yes Type of interval to DAY, WEEK,
be aggregated MONTH, YEAR

The startDate and endDate parameters specify the period for which snapshots are to be used in
the aggregation. You must format the dates as shown above. If no snapshots are saved in the
specified period, an empty list is sent back. The parameter called interval specifies what type of
aggregation will be done.

API query that creates a query for a monthly aggregation:

GET /api/33/dataStatistics?startDate=2014-01-02&endDate=2016-01-01&interval=MONTH

221
1 Web API 1.49.4 Retrieve top favorites

1.49.4 Retrieve top favorites

The usage analytics API lets you retrieve the top favorites used in DHIS2, and by user.

Query parameters for top favorites

Query parameter Required Description Options

eventType Yes The data statistics See above table
event type
pageSize No Size of the list For example 5, 10,
returned 25. Default is 25
sortOrder No Descending or ASC or DESC.
ascending Default is DESC.
username No If specified, the For example
response will only ‘admin’
contain favorites by
this user.

The API query can be used without a username, and will then find the top favorites of the system.

/api/33/dataStatistics/favorites?eventType=CHART_VIEW&pageSize=25&sortOrder=ASC

If the username is specified, the response will only contain the top favorites of that user.

/api/33/dataStatistics/favorites?eventType=CHART_VIEW&pageSize=25&sortOrder=ASC&username=admin

1.49.5 Response format

You can return the aggregated data in a usage analytics response in several representation
formats. The default format is JSON. The available formats and content types are:

• json (application/json)

• xml (application/xml)

• html (text/html)

API query that requests a usage analytics response in XML format:

/api/33/[Link]?startDate=2014-01-01&endDate=2016-01-01&interval=WEEK

You must retrieve the aggregated usage analytics response with the HTTP GET method. This
allows you to link directly from Web pages and other HTTP-enabled clients to usage analytics
responses. To do functional testing use the cURL library.

Execute this command against the demo database to get an usage analytics response in JSON
format:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStatistics?
startDate=2016-02-01&endDate=2016-02-14
&interval=WEEK" -u
admin:district

222
1 Web API 1.49.5 Response format

The JSON response looks like this:

[
{

"year":
2016,

"week":
5,

"mapViews":
2181,

"chartViews":
2227,

"reportTableViews":
5633,

"eventReportViews":
6757,

"eventChartViews":
9860,

"dashboardViews":
10082,

"totalViews":
46346,

"averageViews":
468,

"averageMapViews":
22,

"averageChartViews":
22,

"averageReportTableViews":
56,

"averageEventReportViews":
68,

"averageEventChartViews":
99,

"averageDashboardViews":
101,

"savedMaps":
1805,

"savedCharts":
2205,

"savedReportTables":
1995,

"savedEventReports":
1679,

"savedEventCharts":
1613,

"savedDashboards":
0,

"savedIndicators":
1831,

"activeUsers":
99,

223
1 Web API 1.49.5 Response format

"users":
969
},
{

"year":
2016,

"week":
6,

"mapViews":
2018,

"chartViews":
2267,

"reportTableViews":
4714,

"eventReportViews":
6697,

"eventChartViews":
9511,

"dashboardViews":
12181,

"totalViews":
47746,

"averageViews":
497,

"averageMapViews":
21,

"averageChartViews":
23,

"averageReportTableViews":
49,

"averageEventReportViews":
69,

"averageEventChartViews":
99,

"averageDashboardViews":
126,

"savedMaps":
1643,

"savedCharts":
1935,

"savedReportTables":
1867,

"savedEventReports":
1977,

"savedEventCharts":
1714,

"savedDashboards":
0,

"savedIndicators":
1646,

"activeUsers":
96,

224
1 Web API 1.49.6 Retrieve statistics for a favorite

"users":
953
}
]

1.49.6 Retrieve statistics for a favorite

You can retrieve the number of view for a specific favorite by using the favorites resource, where
{favorite-id} should be substituted with the identifier of the favorite of interest:

/api/33/dataStatistics/favorites/{favorite-id}.json

The response will contain the number of views for the given favorite and look like this:

"views":
3
}

1.50 Geospatial features

The geoFeatures resource lets you retrieve geospatial information from DHIS2. Geospatial
features are stored together with organisation units. The syntax for retrieving features is identical
to the syntax used for the organisation unit dimension for the analytics resource. It is
recommended to read up on the analytics api resource before continuing to read this section.
You must use the GET request type, and only JSON response format is supported.

As an example, to retrieve geo features for all organisation units at level 3 in the organisation unit
hierarchy you can use a GET request with the following URL:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=ou:LEVEL-3

To retrieve geo features for organisation units at a level within the boundary of an organisation
unit (e.g. at level 2) you can use this URL:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=ou:LEVEL-4;O6uvpzGd5pu

The semantics of the response properties are described in the following table.

Geo features response

Property Description
id Organisation unit / geo feature identifier
na Organisation unit / geo feature name
hcd Has coordinates down, indicating whether one or more children organisation
units exist with coordinates (below in the hierarchy)
hcu Has coordinates up, indicating whether the parent organisation unit has
coordinates (above in the hierarchy)
le Level of this organisation unit / geo feature.

225
1 Web API 1.50.1 GeoJSON

Property Description
pg Parent graph, the graph of parent organisation unit identifiers up to the root
in the hierarchy
pi Parent identifier, the identifier of the parent of this organisation unit
pn Parent name, the name of the parent of this organisation unit
ty Geo feature type, 1 = point and 2 = polygon or multi-polygon
co Coordinates of this geo feature

1.50.1 GeoJSON

To export GeoJSON, you can simply add .geosjon as an extension to the endpoint /api/
organisationUnits, or you can use the Accept header application/json+geojson.

Two parameters are supported: level (defaults to 1) and parent (defaults to root organisation
units). Both can be included multiple times. Some examples follow.

Get all features at level 2 and 4:

/api/[Link]?level=2&level=4

Get all features at level 3 with a boundary organisation unit:

/api/[Link]?parent=fdc6uOvgoji&level=3

1.51 Generating resource and analytics tables

DHIS2 features a set of generated database tables which are used as a basis for various system
functionality. These tables can be executed immediately or scheduled to be executed at regular
intervals through the user interface. They can also be generated through the Web API as
explained in this section. This task is typically one for a system administrator and not consuming
clients.

The resource tables are used internally by the DHIS2 application for various analysis functions.
These tables are also valuable for users writing advanced SQL reports. They can be generated
with a POST or PUT request to the following URL:

/api/33/resourceTables

The analytics tables are optimized for data aggregation and used currently in DHIS2 for the pivot
table module. The analytics tables can be generated with a POST or PUT request to:

/api/33/resourceTables/analytics

Analytics tables optional query parameters

Query parameter Options Description

skipResourceTables false | Skip generation of resource tables
true

226
1 Web API 1.52 Maintenance

Query parameter Options Description

skipAggregate false | Skip generation of aggregate data and
true completeness data
skipEvents false | Skip generation of event data
true
skipEnrollment false | Skip generation of enrollment data
true
lastYears integer Number of last years of data to include

“Data Quality” and “Data Surveillance” can be run through the monitoring task, triggered with the
following endpoint:

/api/33/resourceTables/monitoring

This task will analyse your validation rules, find any violations and persist them as validation
results.

These requests will return immediately and initiate a server-side process.

1.52 Maintenance

To perform maintenance you can interact with the maintenance resource. You should use POST
or PUT as a method for requests. The following methods are available.

Analytics tables clear will drop all analytics tables.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/analyticsTablesClear

Analytics table analyze will collects statistics about the contents of analytics tables in the
database.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/analyticsTablesAnalyze

Expired invitations clear will remove all user account invitations which have expired.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/expiredInvitationsClear

Period pruning will remove periods which are not linked to any data values.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/periodPruning

Zero data value removal will delete zero data values linked to data elements where zero data is
defined as not significant:

POST PUT /api/maintenance/zeroDataValueRemoval

Soft deleted data value removal will permanently delete soft deleted data values.

227
1 Web API 1.52 Maintenance

POST PUT /api/maintenance/softDeletedDataValueRemoval

Soft deleted program stage instance removal will permanently delete soft deleted events.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/softDeletedProgramStageInstanceRemoval

Soft deleted program instance removal will permanently delete soft deleted enrollments.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/softDeletedProgramInstanceRemoval

Soft deleted tracked entity instance removal will permanently delete soft deleted tracked entity
instances.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/softDeletedTrackedEntityInstanceRemoval

Drop SQL views will drop all SQL views in the database. Note that it will not delete the DHIS2 SQL
view entities.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/sqlViewsDrop

Create SQL views will recreate all SQL views in the database.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/sqlViewsCreate

Category option combo update will remove obsolete and generate missing category option
combos for all category combinations.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/categoryOptionComboUpdate

It is also possible to update category option combos for a single category combo using the
following endpoint.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/categoryOptionComboUpdate/categoryCombo/<category-combo-uid>

Cache clearing will clear the application Hibernate cache and the analytics partition caches.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/cacheClear

Org unit paths update will re-generate the organisation unit path property. This can be useful
e.g. if you imported org units with SQL.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/ouPathsUpdate

228
1 Web API 1.53 System resource

Data pruning will remove complete data set registrations, data approvals, data value audits and
data values, in this case for an organisation unit.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/dataPruning/organisationUnits/<org-unit-id>

Data pruning for data elements, which will remove data value audits and data values.

POST PUT /api/maintenance/dataPruning/dataElement/<data-element-uid>

Metadata validation will apply all metadata validation rules and return the result of the
operation.

POST PUT /api/metadataValidation

App reload will refresh the DHIS2 managed cache of installed apps by reading from the file
system.

POST PUT /api/appReload

Maintenance operations are supported in a batch style with a POST request to the api/
maintenance resource where the operations are supplied as query parameters:

POST PUT /api/maintenance?analyticsTablesClear=true&expiredInvitationsClear=true

&periodPruning=true&zeroDataValueRemoval=true&sqlViewsDrop=true&sqlViewsCreate=true
&categoryOptionComboUpdate=true&cacheClear=true&ouPathsUpdate=true

1.53 System resource

The system resource provides you with convenient information and functions. The system
resource can be found at /api/system.

1.53.1 Generate identifiers

To generate valid, random DHIS2 identifiers you can do a GET request to this resource:

/api/33/system/id?limit=3

The limit query parameter is optional and indicates how many identifiers you want to be
returned with the response. The default is to return one identifier. The response will contain a
JSON object with an array named codes, similar to this:

{
"codes":
["Y0moqFplrX4",
"WI0VHXuWQuV",
"BRJNBBpu4ki"]
}

229
1 Web API 1.53.2 View system information

The DHIS2 UID format has these requirements:

• 11 characters long.

• Alphanumeric characters only, ie. alphabetic or numeric characters (A-Za-z0-9).

• Start with an alphabetic character (A-Za-z).

1.53.2 View system information

To get information about the current system you can do a GET request to this URL:

/api/33/system/info

JSON and JSONP response formats are supported. The system info response currently includes
the below properties.

{
"contextPath":
"http://
[Link]",
"userAgent": "Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.36
Chrome/29.0.1547.62",

"version":
"2.13-
SNAPSHOT",

"revision":
"11852",
"buildTime":
"2013-09-01T[Link].000+0000",
"serverDate":
"2013-09-02T[Link].311+0000",

"environmentVariable":
"DHIS2_HOME",

"javaVersion":
"1.7.0_06",
"javaVendor":
"Oracle
Corporation",

"javaIoTmpDir":
"/
tmp",
"javaOpts": "-Xms600m -Xmx1500m -XX:PermSize=400m -
XX:MaxPermSize=500m",

"osName":
"Linux",

"osArchitecture":
"amd64",
"osVersion":
"3.2.0-52-
generic",
"externalDirectory": "/home/
dhis/config/dhis2",

"databaseInfo":
{

"type":
"PostgreSQL",

"name":
"dhis2",

230
1 Web API 1.53.3 Check if username and password combination is correct

"user":
"dhis",

"spatialSupport":
false
},
"memoryInfo": "Mem Total in JVM: 848 Free in JVM:
581 Max Limit: 1333",

"cpuCores":
8
}

Note
If the user who is requesting this resource does not have full authority
in the system then only the first seven properties will be included, as
this information is security sensitive.

To get information about the system context only, i.e. contextPath and userAgent, you can
make a GET request to the below URL. JSON and JSONP response formats are supported:

/api/33/system/context

1.53.3 Check if username and password combination is correct

To check if some user credentials (a username and password combination) is correct you can
make a GET request to the following resource using basic authentication:

/api/33/system/ping

You can detect the outcome of the authentication by inspecting the HTTP status code of the
response header. The meanings of the possible status codes are listed below. Note that this
applies to Web API requests in general.

HTTP Status codes

HTTP
Status Description Outcome
code
200 OK Authentication was successful
302 Found No credentials were supplied with the request - no
authentication took place
401 Unauthorized The username and password combination was incorrect -
authentication failed

1.53.4 View asynchronous task status

Tasks which often take a long time to complete can be performed asynchronously. After initiating
an async task you can poll the status through the system/tasks resource by supplying the task
category and the task identifier of interest.

231
1 Web API 1.53.4 View asynchronous task status

When polling for the task status you need to authenticate as the same user which initiated the
task. The following task categories are supported:

Task categories

Identifier Description
ANALYTICS_TABLE Generation of the analytics tables.
RESOURCE_TABLE Generation of the resource tables.
MONITORING Processing of data surveillance/monitoring validation rules.
DATAVALUE_IMPORT Import of data values.
EVENT_IMPORT Import of events.
ENROLLMENT_IMPORT Import of enrollments.
TEI_IMPORT Import of tracked entity instances.
METADATA_IMPORT Import of metadata.
DATA_INTEGRITY Processing of data integrity checks.

Each asynchronous task is automatically assigned an identifier which can be used to monitor the
status of the task. This task identifier is returned by the API when you initiate an async task
through the various async-enabled endpoints.

[Link] Monitoring a task

You can poll the task status through a GET request to the system tasks resource like this:

/api/33/system/tasks/{task-category-id}/{task-id}

An example request may look like this:

/api/33/system/tasks/DATAVALUE_IMPORT/j8Ki6TgreFw

The response will provide information about the status, such as the notification level, category,
time and status. The completed property indicates whether the process is considered to be
complete.

[
{

"uid":
"hpiaeMy7wFX",

"level":
"INFO",
"category":
"DATAVALUE_IMPORT",
"time":
"2015-09-02T[Link].595+0000",

"message":
"Import
done",

"completed":
true

232
1 Web API 1.53.4 View asynchronous task status

}
]

[Link] Monitoring all tasks for a category

You can poll all tasks for a specific category through a GET request to the system tasks resource:

/api/33/system/tasks/{task-category-id}

An example request to poll for the status of data value import tasks looks like this:

/api/33/system/tasks/DATAVALUE_IMPORT

[Link] Monitor all tasks

You can request a list of all currently running tasks in the system with a GET request to the
system tasks resource:

/api/33/system/tasks

The response will look similar to this:

[
{

"EVENT_IMPORT":
{},

"DATA_STATISTICS":
{},

"RESOURCE_TABLE":
{},

"FILE_RESOURCE_CLEANUP":
{},

"METADATA_IMPORT":
{},

"CREDENTIALS_EXPIRY_ALERT":
{},

"SMS_SEND":
{},

"MOCK":
{},

"ANALYTICSTABLE_UPDATE":
{},

"COMPLETE_DATA_SET_REGISTRATION_IMPORT":
{},

"DATAVALUE_IMPORT":
{},

"DATA_SET_NOTIFICATION":
{},

"DATA_INTEGRITY":
{

233
1 Web API 1.53.5 View asynchronous task summaries

"OB1qGRlCzap":
[

"uid":
"LdHQK0PXZyF",

"level":
"INFO",

"category":
"DATA_INTEGRITY",
"time":
"2018-03-26T[Link].171",
"message": "Data integrity checks completed
in 38.31 seconds.",

"completed":
true
}
]
},

"PUSH_ANALYSIS":
{},

"MONITORING":
{},

"VALIDATION_RESULTS_NOTIFICATION":
{},

"REMOVE_EXPIRED_RESERVED_VALUES":
{},

"DATA_SYNC":
{},

"SEND_SCHEDULED_MESSAGE":
{},

"DATAVALUE_IMPORT_INTERNAL":
{},

"PROGRAM_NOTIFICATIONS":
{},

"META_DATA_SYNC":
{},

"ANALYTICS_TABLE":
{},

"PREDICTOR":
{}
}
]

1.53.5 View asynchronous task summaries

The task summaries resource allows you to retrieve a summary of an asynchronous task
invocation. You need to specify the category and optionally the identifier of the task. The task
identifier can be retrieved from the response of the API request which initiated the asynchronous
task.

To retrieve the summary of a specific task you can issue a request to:

/api/33/system/taskSummaries/{task-category-id}/{task-id}

234
1 Web API 1.53.5 View asynchronous task summaries

An example request might look like this:

/api/33/system/taskSummaries/DATAVALUE_IMPORT/k72jHfF13J1

The response will look similar to this:

"responseType":
"ImportSummary",

"status":
"SUCCESS",

"importOptions":
{

"idSchemes":
{},

"dryRun":
false,

"async":
true,
"importStrategy":
"CREATE_AND_UPDATE",

"mergeMode":
"REPLACE",

"reportMode":
"FULL",

"skipExistingCheck":
false,

"sharing":
false,

"skipNotifications":
false,

"datasetAllowsPeriods":
false,

"strictPeriods":
false,

"strictCategoryOptionCombos":
false,

"strictAttributeOptionCombos":
false,

"strictOrganisationUnits":
false,

"requireCategoryOptionCombo":
false,

"requireAttributeOptionCombo":
false,

"skipPatternValidation":
false
},
"description": "Import process
completed successfully",

"importCount":
{

235
1 Web API 1.53.6 Get appearance information

"imported":
0,

"updated":
431,

"ignored":
0,

"deleted":
0
},

"dataSetComplete":
"false"
}

You might also retrieve import summaries for multiple tasks of a specific category with a request
like this:

/api/33/system/taskSummaries/{task-category-id}

1.53.6 Get appearance information

You can retrieve the available flag icons in JSON format with a GET request:

/api/33/system/flags

You can retrieve the available UI styles in JSON format with a GET request:

/api/33/system/styles

1.54 Locales

DHIS2 supports translations both for the user interface and for database content.

1.54.1 UI locales

You can retrieve the available locales for the user interface through the following resource with a
GET request. XML and JSON resource representations are supported.

/api/33/locales/ui

1.54.2 Database content locales

You can retrieve and create locales for the database content with GET and POST requests
through the following resource. XML and JSON resource representations are supported.

/api/33/locales/db

1.55 Les traductions

DHIS2 allows for translations of database content. You can work with translations through the
Web API using the translations resource.

236
1 Web API 1.55.1 Create a translation

/api/33/translations

1.55.1 Create a translation

You can create a translation with a POST request in JSON format:

"objectId":
"P3jJH5Tu5VC",

"className":
"DataElement",

"locale":
"es",

"property":
"name",
"value": "Casos
de fiebre
amarilla"
}

POST /api/33/translations

The properties which support translations are listed in the table below.

Property names

Property name Description

name Object name
shortName Object short name
description Object description

The classes which support translations are listed in the table below.

Class names

Class name Description

DataElementCategoryOption Category option
DataElementCategory Category
DataElementCategoryCombo Category combination
DataElement Data element
DataElementGroup Data element group
DataElementGroupSet Data element group set
Indicator Indicator
IndicatorType Indicator type
IndicatorGroup Indicator group
IndicatorGroupSet Indicator group set
OrganisationUnit Organisation unit

237
1 Web API 1.55.2 Get translations

Class name Description

OrganisationUnitGroup Organisation unit group
OrganisationUnitGroupSet Organisation unit group set
DataSet Data set
Section Data set section
ValidationRule Validation rule
ValidationRuleGroup Validation rule group
Program Program
ProgramStage Program stage
TrackedEntityAttribute Tracked entity attribute
TrackedEntity Tracked entity
RelationshipType Relationship type for tracked entity instances
OptionSet Option set
Attribute Attribute for metadata

1.55.2 Get translations

You can browse all translations through the translations resource:

GET /api/33/translations

You can use the standard filtering technique to fetch translations of interest. E.g. to get all
translations for data elements in the Spanish locale you can use this request:

/api/33/[Link]?fields=*&filter=className:eq:DataElement&filter=locale:eq:es

To get translations for a specific object for all properties:

/api/33/[Link]?fields=*&filter=className:eq:DataElement
&filter=locale:eq:fr&filter=objectId:eq:fbfJHSPpUQD

1.56 Short Message Service (SMS)

This section covers the SMS Web API for sending and receiving short text messages.

1.56.1 Outbound SMS service

The Web API supports sending outgoing SMS using the POST method. SMS can be sent to single
or multiple destinations. One or more gateways need to be configured before using the service.
An SMS will not be sent if there is no gateway configured. It needs a set of recipients and
message text in JSON format as shown below.

/api/33/sms/outbound

238
1 Web API 1.56.1 Outbound SMS service

"message":
"Sms
Text",
"recipients":
["004712341234",
"004712341235"]
}

Note
Recipients list will be partitioned if the size exceeds
MAX_ALLOWED_RECIPIENTS limit of 200.

The Web API also supports a query parameter version, but the parameterized API can only be
used for sending SMS to a single destination.

/api/33/sms/outbound?message=text&recipient=004712341234

[Link] Gateway response codes

Gateway may response with following response codes.

Gateway response codes

Response
Response code Detail Description
Message
RESULT_CODE_0 success Message has been sent successfully
RESULT_CODE_1 scheduled Message has been scheduled successfully
RESULT_CODE_22 internal fatal Internal fatal error
error
RESULT_CODE_23 authentication Authentication credentials are incorrect
failure
RESULT_CODE_24 data Parameters provided in request are incorrect
validation
failed
RESULT_CODE_25 insufficient Credit is not enough to send message
credits
RESULT_CODE_26 upstream Upstream credits not available
credits not
available
RESULT_CODE_27 exceeded You have exceeded your daily quota
your daily
quota
RESULT_CODE_40 temporarily Service is temporarily down
unavailable
RESULT_CODE_201 maximum Maximum batch size exceeded
batch size
exceeded
RESULT_CODE_200 success The request was successfully completed

239
1 Web API 1.56.2 Inbound SMS service

Response
Response code Detail Description
Message
RESULT_CODE_202 accepted The message(s) will be processed
RESULT_CODE_207 multi-status More than one message was submitted to the API;
however, not all messages have the same status
RESULT_CODE_400 bad request Validation failure (such as missing/invalid
parameters or headers)
RESULT_CODE_401 unauthorized Authentication failure. This can also be caused by
IP lockdown settings
RESULT_CODE_402 payment Not enough credit to send message
required
RESULT_CODE_404 not found Resource does not exist
RESULT_CODE_405 method not Http method is not support on the resource
allowed
RESULT_CODE_410 gone Mobile number is blocked
RESULT_CODE_429 too many Generic rate limiting error
requests
RESULT_CODE_503 service A temporary error has occurred on our platform -
unavailable please retry

1.56.2 Inbound SMS service

The Web API supports collecting incoming SMS messages using the POST method. Incoming
messages routed towards the DHIS2 Web API can be received using this API. The API collects
inbound SMS messages and provides it to listeners for parsing, based on the SMS content (SMS
Command). An example payload in JSON format is given below. Text, originator, received date
and sent date are mandatory parameters. The rest are optional but the system will use the
default value for these parameters.

/api/33/sms/inbound

"text":
"sample
text",

"originator":
"004712341234",

"gatewayid":
"unknown",

"receiveddate":
"2016-05-01",

"sentdate":
"2016-05-01",

"smsencoding":
"1",

"smsstatus":
"1"
}

240
1 Web API 1.56.3 Gateway service administration

The Web API also supports a query parameter-based version.

/api/33/sms/inbound?message=text&originator=47XXXXXX&gateway=clickatel

User query parameters

Parameter Type Description

message String This is mandatory parameter which carries the actual text
message.
originator String This is mandatory parameter which shows by whom this
message was actually sent from.
gateway String This is an optional parameter which gives gateway id. If not
present default text “UNKNOWN” will be stored
receiveTime Date This is an optional parameter. It is timestamp at which message
was received at the gateway.

1.56.3 Gateway service administration

The Web API exposes resources which provide a way to configure and update SMS gateway
configurations.

The list of different gateways configured can be retrieved using a GET method.

GET /api/33/gateways

Configurations can also be retrieved for a specific gateway type using GET method.

GET /api/33/gateways/{uid}

New gateway configuraitons can be added using POST. POST api requires type request
parameter and currently its value can have either one http,bulksms,clickatell. First added
gateway will be set to default. Only one gateway is allowed to be default at one time. Default
gateway can only be changed through its api. If default gateway is removed then the next one the
list will automatically becomes default.

POST /api/33/gateways

Configuration can be updated with by providing uid and gateway configurations as mentioned
below

PUT /api/33/gateways/{uids}

Configurations can be removed for specific gateway type using DELETE method.

DELETE /api/33/gateways/{uid}

241
1 Web API 1.56.4 Gateway configuration

Default gateway can be retrieved and updated.

GET /api/33/gateways/default

Default gateway can be set using the PUT method.

PUT /api/33/gateways/default/{uid}

1.56.4 Gateway configuration

The Web API lets you create and update gateway configurations. For each type of gateway there
are different parameters in the JSON payload. Sample JSON payloads for each gateway are given
below. POST is used to create and PUT to update configurations. Header parameter can be used
in case of GenericHttpGateway to send one or more parameter as http header.

[Link] Clickatell

"type":
"clickatell",

"name":
"clickatell",

"username":
"clickatelluser",
"authtoken":
"XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX",
"urlTemplate": "https://
[Link]/messages"
}

[Link] Bulksms

"type":
"bulksms",

"name":
"bulkSMS",

"username":
"bulkuser",

"password":
"abc123"
}

[Link] SMPP Gateway

"type":
"smpp",
"name":
"smpp
gateway2",

242
1 Web API 1.56.4 Gateway configuration

"systemId":
"smppclient1",

"host":
"localhost",

"systemType":
"cp",

"numberPlanIndicator":
"UNKNOWN",

"typeOfNumber":
"UNKNOWN",

"bindType":
"BIND_TX",

"port":
2775,

"password":
"password",

"compressed":
false
}

[Link] Generic HTTP

"type":
"http",

"name":
"Generic",
"configurationTemplate":
"{\"to\": \"!
[{recipients}\",
\"body\": \"{text}
\",
\"deliveryReport\":
\"](<html>
<head><title>405 Not Allowed</
title></head>
<body
bgcolor="white">
<center><h1>405 Not Allowed</
h1></center>
</body>
</html>
"{recipients}
\",
\"body\":
\"{text}
\",
\"deliveryReport\":
\"")
{deliveryReport}
\"}",

"useGet":
false,
"contentType":
"APPLICATION_JSON",
"urlTemplate":"https://
[Link]/
messages",

"parameters":
[
{

243
1 Web API 1.56.4 Gateway configuration

"header":
true,

"encode":
false,

"key":
"username",

"value":
"user_uio",

"confidential":
true
},
{

"header":
true,

"encode":
false,

"key":
"password",

"value":
"123abcxyz",

"confidential":
true
},
{

"header":
false,

"encode":
false,
"key":
"deliveryReport",

"value":
"yes",

"confidential":
false
}
],

"isDefault":
false
}

In generic http gateway any number of parameters can be added.

Generic SMS gateway parameters

Parameter Type Description

name String name of the gateway
configurationTemplate String Configuration template which get populated with
parameter values. For example configuration
template given above will be populated like this {
“to”: “+27001234567”, “body”: “Hello World!”}
useGet Boolean Http POST nethod will be used by default. In order to
change it and Http GET, user can set useGet flag to
true.

244
1 Web API 1.57 SMS Commands

Parameter Type Description

contentType String Content type specify what type of data is being sent.
Supported types are APPLICATION_JSON,
APPLICATION_XML, FORM_URL_ENCODED,
TEXT_PLAIN
urlTemplate String Url template
header Boolean If parameter needs to be sent in Http headers
encode Boolean If parameter needs to be encoded
key String parameter key
value String parameter value
confidential Boolean If parameter is confidential. This parameter will not
be exposed through API
sendUrlParameters Boolean If this flag is checked then urlTemplate can be
appended with query parameters. This is usefull if
gateway API only support HTTP GET. Sample
urlTemplate looks like this “urlTemplate”:“https://
[Link]/messages?apiKey={apiKey}
&to={recipients},content={text},deliveryreport={dp}”

[Link] will be returned if configurations are saved successfully otherwise Error

1.57 SMS Commands

SMS commands are being used to collect data through SMS. These commands belong to specific
parser type. Each parser has different functionality.

The list of commands can be retrieved using GET.

GET /api/smsCommands

One particular command can be retrieved using GET.

GET /api/smsCommands/uid

One particular command can be updated using PUT.

PUT /api/smsCommands/uid

Command can be created using POST.

POST /api/smsCommands

One particular command can be deleted using DELETE.

DELETE /api/smsCommands/uid

245
1 Web API 1.58 Program Messages

[Link] SMS command types

Pour effectuer la saisie hors ligne des

Usage
données, déconnectez-vous d’Internet.
KEY_VALUE_PARSER For aggregate data collection.
ALERT_PARSER To send alert messages.
UNREGISTERED_PARSER For disease surveillance case reporting.
TRACKED_ENTITY_REGISTRATION_PARSER For tracker entity registration.
PROGRAM_STAGE_DATAENTRY_PARSER Data collection for program stage. ( TEI is
identified based on phoneNumner )
EVENT_REGISTRATION_PARSER Registration of single event. This is used for
event programs.

[Link] SMS command types for Android

These command types can be used by the Android app for data submission via SMS when
internet is unavailable. The SMS is composed by the Android app.

Pour effectuer la saisie

hors ligne des données,
Usage
déconnectez-vous
d’Internet.
AGGREGATE_DATASET For aggregate data collection.
ENROLLMENT For tracker entity registration.
TRACKER_EVENT Event registration for tracker programs.
SIMPLE_EVENT Event registration for event programs.
RELATIONSHIP To create relationships.
DELETE To delete event.

1.58 Program Messages

Program message lets you send messages to tracked entity instances, contact addresses
associated with organisation units, phone numbers and email addresses. You can send messages
through the messages resource.

/api/33/messages

1.58.1 Sending program messages

Program messages can be sent using two delivery channels:

• SMS (SMS)

• Email address (EMAIL)

Program messages can be sent to various recipients:

• Tracked entity instance: The system will look up attributes of value type PHONE_NUMBER
or EMAIL (depending on the specified delivery channels) and use the corresponding
attribute values.

246
1 Web API 1.58.1 Sending program messages

Organisation unit: The system will use the phone number or email information registered
• for the organisation unit.

• List of phone numbers: The system will use the explicitly defined phone numbers.

• List of email addresses: The system will use the explicitly defined email addresses.

Below is a sample JSON payload for sending messages using POST requests. Note that message
resource accepts a wrapper object named programMessages which can contain any number of
program messages.

POST /api/33/messages

"programMessages":
[
{

"recipients":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
{
"id":
"UN810PwyVYO"
},

"organisationUnit":
{
"id":
"Rp268JB6Ne4"
},

"phoneNumbers":
["55512345",
"55545678"],
"emailAddresses":
["johndoe@[Link]",
"markdoe@[Link]"]
},

"programInstance":
{
"id":
"f3rg8gFag8j"
},

"programStageInstance":
{
"id":
"pSllsjpfLH2"
},

"deliveryChannels":
["SMS",
"EMAIL"],

"subject":
"Outbreak
alert",
"text": "An outbreak
has been detected",

"storeCopy":
false
}

247
1 Web API 1.58.1 Sending program messages

]
}

The fields are explained in the following table.

Program message payload

Field Required Description Values

recipients Yes Recipients Can be
of the trackedEntityInstance,
program organisationUnit, an
message. At array of
least one phoneNumbers or an
recipient array of
must be emailAddresses.
specified.
Any number
of recipients
/ types can
be specified
for a
message.
programInstance Either this or The Enrollment ID.
programStageInstance program
required instance /
enrollment.
programStageInstance Either this or The Event ID.
programInstance program
required stage
instance /
event.
deliveryChannels Yes Array of SMS | EMAIL
delivery
channels.
subject No The Text.
message
subject. Not
applicable
for SMS
delivery
channel.
text Yes The Text.
message
text.
storeCopy No Whether to false (default) | true
store a copy
of the
program
message in
DHIS2.

248
1 Web API 1.58.2 Retrieving and deleting program messages

A minimalistic example for sending a message over SMS to a tracked entity instance looks like
this:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

api/33/messages"
-H "Content-Type:application/json" -u
admin:district

"programMessages":
[
{

"recipients":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
{
"id":
"PQfMcpmXeFE"
}
},

"programInstance":
{
"id":
"JMgRZyeLWOo"
},

"deliveryChannels":
["SMS"],
"text": "Please make a
visit on Thursday"
}
]
}

1.58.2 Retrieving and deleting program messages

The list of messages can be retrieved using GET.

GET /api/33/messages

One particular message can also be retrieved using GET.

GET /api/33/messages/{uid}

Message can be deleted using DELETE.

DELETE /api/33/messages/{uid}

1.58.3 Querying program messages

The program message API supports program message queries based on request parameters.
Messages can be filtered based on below mentioned query parameters. All requests should use
the GET HTTP verb for retrieving information.

249
1 Web API 1.59 Utilisateurs

Query program messages API

Parameter URL
programInstance /api/33/messages?programInstance=6yWDMa0LP7
programStageInstance /api/33/messages?programStageInstance=SllsjpfLH2
trackedEntityInstance /api/33/messages?trackedEntityInstance=xdfejpfLH2
organisationUnit /api/33/messages?ou=Sllsjdhoe3
processedDate /api/33/messages?processedDate=2016-02-01

1.59 Utilisateurs

This section covers the user resource methods.

/api/33/users

1.59.1 User query

The users resource offers additional query parameters beyond the standard parameters
(e.g. paging). To query for users at the users resource you can use the following parameters.

User query parameters

Parameter Type Description

query Text Query value for first name, surname, username and
email, case in-sensitive.
phoneNumber Text Query for phone number.
canManage false | true Filter on whether the current user can manage the
returned users through the managed user group
relationships.
authSubset false | true Filter on whether the returned users have a subset of
the authorities of the current user.
lastLogin Date Filter on users who have logged in later than the given
date.
inactiveMonths Number Filter on users who have not logged in for the given
number of months.
inactiveSince Date Filter on users who have not logged in later than the
given date.
selfRegistered false | true Filter on users who have self-registered their user
account.
invitationStatus none | all | Filter on user invitations, including all or expired
expired invitations.
ou Identifier Filter on users who are associated with the organisation
unit with the given identifier.
userOrgUnits false | true Filter on users who are associated with the organisation
units linked to the currently logged in user.
includeChildren false | true Includes users from all children organisation units of the
ou parameter.

250
1 Web API 1.59.2 User credentials query

Parameter Type Description

page Number The page number.
pageSize Number The page size.

A query for max 10 users with “konan” as first name or surname (case in-sensitive) who have a
subset of authorities compared to the current user:

/api/33/users?query=konan&authSubset=true&pageSize=10

1.59.2 User credentials query

An alternative to the previous user query, is to directly query the user credentials (the part where
username, etc., resides) using /api/userCredentials endpoint, it supports all regular field and
object filters as the other endpoints.

Get user credentials where username is admin:

/api/33/userCredentials?filter=username:eq:admin

Get username and code from all user credentials where username starts with adm:

/api/33/userCredentials?fields=username,code&filter=username:^like:adm

1.59.3 User account create and update

Both creating and updating a user is supported through the API. The payload itself is similar to
other payloads in the API, so they support collection references etc. A simple example payload to
create would be, the password should be sent in plain text (remember to only use this on a SSL
enabled server) and will be encrypted on the backend:

{
"id":
"Mj8balLULKp",

"firstName":
"John",

"surname":
"Doe",
"email":
"johndoe@[Link]",

"userCredentials":
{
"id":
"lWCkJ4etppc",

"userInfo":
{
"id":
"Mj8balLULKp"
},

"username":
"johndoe123",
"password":
"Your-
password-123",

251
1 Web API 1.59.3 User account create and update

"skype":
"[Link]",

"telegram":
"[Link]",
"whatsApp":
"+1-541-754-3010",

"facebookMessenger":
"[Link]",

"avatar":
{
"id":
"<fileResource
id>"
},

"userRoles":
[
{
"id":
"Ufph3mGRmMo"
}
]
},

"organisationUnits":
[
{
"id":
"Rp268JB6Ne4"
}
],

"userGroups":
[
{
"id":
"wl5cDMuUhmF"
}
]
}

curl -X POST -d @[Link] "[Link]

-u user:pass
-H "Content-Type:
application/json"

In the user creation payload, user groups are only supported when importing or POSTing a single
user at a time. If you attempt to create more than one user while specifiying user groups, you will
not recieve an error and the users will be created but no user groups will be assigned. This is by
design and is limited because of the many-to-many relationship between Users and User Groups
whereby User Groups is the owner of the relationship. To update or create mulitple users and
their user groups, consider a program to POST one at a time, or POST / import all users followed
by another action to update their user groups while specifiying the new user’s identifiers.

After the user is created, a Location header is sent back with the newly generated ID (you can
also provide your own using /api/system/id endpoint). The same payload can then be used to do
updates, but remember to then use PUT instead of POST and the endpoint is now /api/users/ID.

curl -X PUT -d @[Link] "[Link]

-u user:pass
-H "Content-Type:
application/json"

252
1 Web API 1.59.4 User account invitations

For more info about the full payload available, please see /api/schemas/user.

For more info about uploading and retrieving user avatars, please see the /fileResources
endpoint.

1.59.4 User account invitations

The Web API supports inviting people to create user accounts through the invite resource. To
create an invitation you should POST a user in XML or JSON format to the invite resource. A
specific username can be forced by defining the username in the posted entity. By omitting the
username, the person will be able to specify it herself. The system will send out an invitation
through email. This requires that email settings have been properly configured. The invite
resource is useful in order to securely allow people to create accounts without anyone else
knowing the password or by transferring the password in plain text. The payload to use for the
invite is the same as for creating users. An example payload in JSON looks like this:

"firstName":
"John",

"surname":
"Doe",
"email":
"johndoe@[Link]",

"userCredentials":
{

"username":
"johndoe",

"userRoles":
[
{
"id":
"Euq3XfEIEbx"
}
]
},

"organisationUnits":
[
{
"id":
"ImspTQPwCqd"
}
],

"userGroups":
[
{
"id":
"vAvEltyXGbD"
}
]
}

The user invite entity can be posted like this:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/33/users/invite" -u

admin:district
-H "Content-
Type:application/
json"

253
1 Web API 1.59.4 User account invitations

To send out invites for multiple users at the same time you must use a slightly different format.
For JSON:

"users":
[
{

"firstName":
"John",

"surname":
"Doe",
"email":
"johndoe@[Link]",

"userCredentials":
{

"username":
"johndoe",

"userRoles":
[

{
"id":
"Euq3XfEIEbx"
}
]
},

"organisationUnits":
[

{
"id":
"ImspTQPwCqd"
}
]
},
{

"firstName":
"Tom",

"surname":
"Johnson",

"email":
"tomj@[Link]",

"userCredentials":
{

"userRoles":
[

{
"id":
"Euq3XfEIEbx"
}
]
},

"organisationUnits":
[

{
"id":
"ImspTQPwCqd"

254
1 Web API 1.59.5 User replication

}
]
}
]
}

To create multiple invites you can post the payload to the api/users/invites resource like this:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/33/users/invites" -u

admin:district
-H "Content-
Type:application/
json"

There are certain requirements for user account invitations to be sent out:

• Email SMTP server must be configured properly on the server.

• The user to be invited must have specified a valid email.

• The user to be invited must not be granted user roles with critical authorities (see below).

• If username is specified it must not be already taken by another existing user.

If any of these requirements are not met the invite resource will return with a 409 Conflict status
code together with a descriptive message.

The critical authorities which cannot be granted with invites include:

• ALL

• Scheduling administration

• Set system settings

• Add, update, delete and list user roles

• Add, update, delete and view SQL views

1.59.5 User replication

To replicate a user you can use the replica resource. Replicating a user can be useful when
debugging or reproducing issues reported by a particular user. You need to provide a new
username and password for the replicated user which you will use to authenticate later. Note
that you need the ALL authority to perform this action. To replicate a user you can post a JSON
payload looking like below:

"username":
"replica",

"password":
"Replica.
1234"
}

This payload can be posted to the replica resource, where you provide the identifier of the user
to replicate in the URL:

255
1 Web API 1.60 Current user information and associations

/api/33/users/<uid>/replica

An example of replicating a user using curl looks like this:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/33/users/

N3PZBUlN8vq/replica"
-H "Content-Type:application/json" -u
admin:district

1.60 Current user information and associations

In order to get information about the currently authenticated user and its associations to other
resources you can work with the me resource (you can also refer to it by its old name
currentUser). The current user related resources gives your information which is useful when
building clients for instance for data entry and user management. The following describes these
resources and their purpose.

Provides basic information about the user that you are currently logged in as, including
username, user credentials, assigned organisation units:

/api/me

Gives information about currently unread messages and interpretations:

/api/me/dashboard

Lists all messages and interpretations in the inbox (including replies):

/api/me/inbox

In order to change password, this end point can be used to validate newly entered password.
Password validation will be done based on PasswordValidationRules configured in the system.
This end point support POST and password string should be sent in POST body.

/api/me/validatePassword

While changing password, this end point (support POST) can be used to verify old password.
Password string should be sent in POST body.

/api/me/verifyPassword

Gives the full profile information for current user. This endpoint support both GET to retrieve
profile and POST to update profile (the exact same format is used):

/api/me/user-account

Returns the set of authorities granted to the current user:

256
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

/api/me/authorization

Returns true or false, indicating whether the current user has been granted the given <auth>
authorization:

/api/me/authorization/<auth>

Lists all organisation units directly assigned to the user:

/api/me/organisationUnits

Gives all the datasets assigned to the users organisation units, and their direct children. This
endpoint contains all required information to build a form based on one of our datasets. If you
want all descendants of your assigned organisation units, you can use the query parameter
includeDescendants=true :

/api/me/dataSets

Gives all the programs assigned to the users organisation units, and their direct children. This
endpoint contains all required information to build a form based on one of our datasets. If you
want all descendants of your assigned organisation units, you can use the query parameter
includeDescendants=true :

/api/me/programs

Gives the data approval levels which are relevant to the current user:

/api/me/dataApprovalLevels

1.61 Paramètres du système

You can manipulate system settings by interacting with the systemSettings resource. A system
setting is a simple key-value pair, where both the key and the value are plain text strings. To save
or update a system setting you can make a POST request to the following URL:

/api/33/systemSettings/my-key?value=my-val

Alternatively, you can submit the setting value as the request body, where content type is set to
“text/plain”. As an example, you can use curl like this:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/systemSettings/my-
key" -d "My long value"
-H "Content-Type: text/plain" -u
admin:district

To set system settings in bulk you can send a JSON object with a property and value for each
system setting key-value pair using a POST request:

257
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

"keyApplicationNotification":
"Welcome",

"keyApplicationIntro":
"DHIS2",
"keyApplicationFooter": "Read
more at [Link]"
}

Translations for translatable Setting keys can be set by specifying locale as a query parameter
and translated value which can be specified either as a query param or withing the body payload.
See an example URL:

/api/33/systemSettings/<my-key>?locale=<my-locale>&value=<my-translated-value>

You should replace my-key with your real key and my-val with your real value. To retrieve the
value for a given key (in JSON or plain text) you can make a GET request to the following URL:

/api/33/systemSettings/my-key

Alternatively, you can specify the key as a query parameter:

/api/33/systemSettings?key=my-key

You can retrieve specific system settings as JSON by repeating the key query parameter:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/systemSettings?
key=keyApplicationNotification&key=keyApplicationIntro"
-u
admin:district

You can retrieve all system settings with a GET request:

/api/33/systemSettings

To retrieve a specific translation for a given translatable key you can specify a locale as query
param:

/api/33/systemSettings/<my-key>?locale=<my-locale>

If present, the translation for the given locale is returned. Otherwise, a default value is returned.
If no locale is specified for the translatable key, the user default UI locale is used to fetch the
correct translation. If the given translation is not present, again, the default value is returned.

The priority for translatable keys is the following:

specified locale > user's default UI locale > defaut value

258
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

To delete a system setting, you can make a DELETE request to the URL similar to the one used
above for retrieval. If a translatable key is used, all present translations will be deleted as well.

To delete only a specific translation of translatable key, the same URL as for adding a translation
should be used and the empty value should be provided:

/api/33/systemSettings/<my-key>?locale=<my-locale>&value=

The available system settings are listed below.

System settings

Key Description Translatable

keyUiLocale Locale for the user No
interface
keyDbLocale Locale for the database No
keyAnalysisDisplayProperty The property to display in No
analysis. Default: “name”
keyAnalysisDigitGroupSeparator The separator used to No
separate digit groups
keyCurrentDomainType Not yet in use No
keyTrackerDashboardLayout Used by tracker capture No
applicationTitle The application title. Yes
Default: “DHIS2”
keyApplicationIntro The application Yes
introduction
keyApplicationNotification Application notification Yes
keyApplicationFooter Application left footer Yes
keyApplicationRightFooter Application right footer Yes
keyFlag Application flag No
keyFlagImage Flag used in dashboard No
menu
startModule The startpage of the No
application. Default: “dhis-
web-dashboard-
integration”
factorDeviation Data analysis standard No
deviation factor. Default:
“2d”
keyEmailHostName Email server hostname No
keyEmailPort Email server port No
keyEmailTls Use TLS. Default: “true” No
keyEmailSender Email sender No
keyEmailUsername Email server username No
keyEmailPassword Email server password No

259
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

Key Description Translatable

minPasswordLength Minimum length of No
password
maxPasswordLength Maximum length of No
password
keySmsSetting SMS configuration No
keyCacheStrategy Cache strategy. Default: No
“CACHE_6AM_TOMORROW”
keyCacheability PUBLIC or PRIVATE. No
Determines if proxy servers
are allowed to cache data
or not.
phoneNumberAreaCode Phonenumber area code No
multiOrganisationUnitForms Enable multi-organisation No
unit forms. Default: “false”
keyConfig No
keyAccountRecovery Enable user account No
recovery. Default: “false”
keyLockMultipleFailedLogins Enable locking access after No
multiple failed logins
googleAnalyticsUA Google Analytic UA key for No
tracking site-usage
credentialsExpires Require user account No
password change. Default:
“0” (Never)
credentialsExpiryAlert Enable alert when No
credentials are close to
expiration date
keySelfRegistrationNoRecaptcha Do not require recaptcha No
for self registration.
Default: “false”
recaptchaSecret Google API recaptcha No
secret. Default: dhis2 play
instance API secret, but this
will only works on you local
instance and not in
production.
recaptchaSite Google API recaptcha site. No
Default: dhis2 play instance
API site, but this will only
works on you local instance
and not in production.
keyOpenIdProvider OpenID provider No
keyOpenIdProviderLabel OpenID provider lable No
keyCanGrantOwnUserAuthorityGroups Allow users to grant own No
user roles. Default: “false”
keySqlViewMaxLimit Max limit for SQL view No

260
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

Key Description Translatable

keyRespectMetaDataStartEndDatesInAnalyticsTableExport When “true”, analytics will No
skip data not within
category option’s start and
end dates. Default: “false”
keySkipDataTypeValidationInAnalyticsTableExport Skips data type validation in No
analytics table export
keyCustomLoginPageLogo Logo for custom login page No
keyCustomTopMenuLogo Logo for custom top menu No
keyCacheAnalyticsDataYearThreshold Analytics data older than No
this value (in years) will
always be cached. “0”
disabled this setting.
Default: 0
keyCacheAnalyticsDataYearThreshold Analytics data older than No
this value (in years) will
always be cached. “0”
disabled this setting.
Default: 0
analyticsFinancialYearStart Set financial year start. No
Default: October
keyIgnoreAnalyticsApprovalYearThreshold “0” check approval for all No
data. “-1” disable approval
checking. “1” or higher
checks approval for all data
that is newer than “1” year.
keyAnalyticsMaxLimit Maximum number of No
analytics recors. Default:
“50000”
keyAnalyticsMaintenanceMode Put analytics in No
maintenance mode.
Default: “false”
keyDatabaseServerCpus Number of database server No
CPUs. Default: “0”
(Automatic)
keyLastSuccessfulAnalyticsTablesRuntime Keeps timestamp of last No
successful analytics tables
run
keyLastSuccessfulLatestAnalyticsPartitionRuntime Keeps timestamp of last No
successful latest analytics
partition run
keyLastMonitoringRun Keeps timestamp of last No
monitoring run
keyLastSuccessfulDataSynch Keeps timestamp of last No
successful data values
synchronization

261
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

Key Description Translatable

keyLastSuccessfulEventsDataSynch Keeps timestamp of last No
successful Event programs
data synchronization
keyLastCompleteDataSetRegistrationSyncSuccess Keeps timestamp of last No
successful completeness
synchronization
syncSkipSyncForDataChangedBefore Specifies timestamp used No
to skip synchronization of
all the data changed before
this point in time
keyLastSuccessfulAnalyticsTablesUpdate Keeps timestamp of last No
successful analytics tables
update
keyLastSuccessfulLatestAnalyticsPartitionUpdate Keeps timestamp of last No
successful latest analytics
partition update
keyLastSuccessfulResourceTablesUpdate Keeps timestamp of last No
successful resource tables
update
keyLastSuccessfulSystemMonitoringPush Keeps timestamp of last No
successful system
monitoring push
keyLastSuccessfulMonitoring Keeps timestamp of last No
successful monitoring
keyNextAnalyticsTableUpdate Keeps timestamp of next No
analytics table update
helpPageLink Link to help page. Default: No
"[Link]
dhis2-docs/master/en/user/
html/
dhis2_user_manual_en.html
keyAcceptanceRequiredForApproval Acceptance required before No
approval. Default: “false”
keySystemNotificationsEmail Where to email system No
notifications
keyAnalysisRelativePeriod Default relative period for No
analysis. Default:
“LAST_12_MONTHS”
keyRequireAddToView Require authority to add to No
view object lists. Default:
“false”
keyAllowObjectAssignment Allow assigning object to No
related objects during add
or update. Default: “false”
keyUseCustomLogoFront Enables the usage of a No
custom logo on the front
page. Default: “false”

262
1 Web API 1.61 Paramètres du système

Key Description Translatable

keyUseCustomLogoBanner Enables the usage of a No
custom banner on the
website. Default: “false”
keyDataImportStrictPeriods No
keyDataImportStrictPeriods Require periods to match No
period type of data set.
Default: “false”
keyDataImportStrictDataElements Require data elements to No
be part of data set. Default:
“false”
keyDataImportStrictCategoryOptionCombos Require category option No
combos to match category
combo of data element.
Default: “false”
keyDataImportStrictOrganisationUnits Require organisation units No
to match assignment of
data set. Default: “false”
keyDataImportStrictAttributeOptionsCombos Require attribute option No
combis to match category
combo of data set. Default:
“false”
keyDataImportRequireCategoryOptionCombo Require category option No
combo to be specified.
Default: “false”
keyDataImportRequireAttributeOptionCombo Require attribute option No
combo to be specified.
Default: “false”
keyCustomJs Custom JavaScript to be No
used on the website
keyCustomCss Custom CSS to be used on No
the website
keyCalendar The calendar type. Default: No
“iso8601”.
keyDateFormat The format in which dates No
should be displayed.
Default: “yyyy-MM-dd”.
keyStyle The style used on the No
DHIS2 webpages. Default:
“light_blue/light_blue.css”.
keyRemoteInstanceUrl Url used to connect to No
remote instance
keyRemoteInstanceUsername Username used to connect No
to remote DHIS2 instance
keyRemoteInstancePassword Password used to connect No
to remote DHIS2 instance
keyGoogleMapsApiKey Google Maps API key No

263
1 Web API 1.62 Paramètres de l’utilisateur

Key Description Translatable

keyGoogleCloudApiKey Google Cloud API key No
keyLastMetaDataSyncSuccess Keeps timestamp of last No
successful metadata
synchronization
keyVersionEnabled Enables metadata No
versioning
keyMetadataFailedVersion Keeps details about failed No
metadata version sync
keyMetadataLastFailedTime Keeps timestamp of last No
metadata synchronization
failure
keyLastSuccessfulScheduledProgramNotifications Not in use No
keyLastSuccessfulScheduledDataSetNotifications Not in use No
keyRemoteMetadataVersion Details about metadata No
version of remote instance
keySystemMetadataVersion Details about metadata No
version of the system
keyStopMetadataSync Flag to stop metadata No
synchronization
keyFileResourceRetentionStrategy Determines how long file No
resources associated with
deleted or updated values
are kept. NONE,
THREE_MONTHS,
ONE_YEAR, or FOREVER.
syncMaxRemoteServerAvailabilityCheckAttempts Specifies how many times No
the availability of remote
server will be checked
before synchronization jobs
fail.
syncMaxAttempts Specifies max attempts for No
synchronization jobs
syncDelayBetweenRemoteServerAvailabilityCheckAttempts Delay between remote No
server availability checks
lastSuccessfulDataStatistics Keeps timestamp of last No
successful data analytics
keyHideDailyPeriods Not in use No
keyHideWeeklyPeriods Not in use No
keyHideMonthlyPeriods Not in use No
keyHideBiMonthlyPeriods Not in use No

1.62 Paramètres de l’utilisateur

You can manipulate user settings by interacting with the userSettings resource. A user setting is a
simple key-value pair, where both the key and the value are plain text strings. The user setting

264
1 Web API 1.62 Paramètres de l’utilisateur

will be linked to the user who is authenticated for the Web API request. To return a list of all user
settings, you can send a GET request to the following URL:

/api/33/userSettings

User settings not set by the user, will fall back to the equivalent system setting. To only return the
values set explicitly by the user, you can append ?useFallback=false to the above URL, like this:

/api/33/userSettings?useFallback=false

To save or update a setting for the currently authenticated user you can make a POST request to
the following URL:

/api/33/userSettings/my-key?value=my-val

You can specify the user for which to save the setting explicitly with this syntax:

/api/33/userSettings/my-key?user=username&value=my-val

Alternatively, you can submit the setting value as the request body, where content type is set to
“text/plain”. As an example, you can use curl like this:

curl "[Link]
key" -d "My long value"
-H "Content-Type: text/plain" -u
admin:district

As an example, to set the UI locale of the current user to French you can use the following
command.

curl "[Link]
keyUiLocale?value=fr"
-X POST -u
admin:district

You should replace my-key with your real key and my-val with your real value. To retrieve the
value for a given key in plain text you can make a GET request to the following URL:

/api/33/userSettings/my-key

To delete a user setting, you can make a DELETE request to the URL similar to the one used
above for retrieval.

The available system settings are listed below.

User settings

265
1 Web API 1.63 Les unités d’organisation

Key Options Description

keyStyle light_blue/ User interface stylesheet.
light_blue.css |
green/[Link] |
vietnam/
[Link]
keyMessageEmailNotification false | true Whether to send email
notifications.
keyMessageSmsNotification false | true Whether to send SMS
notifications.
keyUiLocale Locale value User interface locale.
keyDbLocale Locale value Database content locale.
keyAnalysisDisplayProperty name | shortName Property to display for metadata
in analysis apps.
keyCurrentDomainType all | aggregate | Data element domain type to
tracker display in lists.
keyAutoSaveCaseEntryForm false | true Save case entry forms
periodically.
keyAutoSaveTrackedEntityForm false | true Save person registration forms
periodically.
keyAutoSaveDataEntryForm false | true Save aggregate data entry forms
periodically.
keyTrackerDashboardLayout false | true Tracker dasboard layout.

1.63 Les unités d’organisation

The organisationUnits resource follows the standard conventions as other metadata resources in
DHIS2. This resource supports some additional query parameters.

1.63.1 Get list of organisation units

To get a list of organisation units you can use the following resource.

/api/33/organisationUnits

Organisation units query parameters

Query parameter Options Description

userOnly false | Data capture organisation units associated
true with current user only.
userDataViewOnly false | Data view organisation units associated with
true current user only.
userDataViewFallback false | Data view organisation units associated with
true current user only with fallback to data capture
organisation units.
query string Query against the name, code and ID
properties.

266
1 Web API 1.63.2 Get organisation unit with relations

Query parameter Options Description

level integer Organisation units at the given level in the
hierarchy.
maxLevel integer Organisation units at the given max level or
levels higher up in the hierarchy.
withinUserHierarchy false | Limits search and retrieval to organisation
true units that are within the users data capture
scope.
withinUserSearchHierarchy false | Limits search and retrieval to organisation
true units that are within the current users search
scope. Note: “withinUserHierarchy”, if true,
takes higher precedence.
memberCollection string For displaying count of members within a
collection, refers to the name of the collection
associated with organisation units.
memberObject UID For displaying count of members within a
collection, refers to the identifier of the object
member of the collection.

1.63.2 Get organisation unit with relations

To get an organisation unit with related organisation units you can use the following resource.

/api/33/organisationUnits/{id}

Organisation unit parameters

Query parameter Options Description

includeChildren false | true Include immediate children of the specified
organisation unit, i.e. the units at the immediate
level below in the subhierarchy.
includeDescendants false | true Include all children of the specified organisation
unit, i.e. all units in the sub-hierarchy.
includeAncestors false | true Include all parents of the specified organisation
unit.
level integer Include children of the specified organisation unit
at the given level of the sub-hierarchy (relative to
the organisation unit where the immediate level
below is level 1).

1.64 Data sets

The dataSets resource follows the standard conventions as other metadata resources in DHIS2.
This resource supports some additional query parameters.

/api/33/dataSets

To retrieve the version of a data set you can issue a GET request:

267
1 Web API 1.64.1 DataSet Notification Template

GET /api/33/dataSets/<uid>/version

To bump (increase by one) the version of a data set you can issue a POST request:

POST /api/33/dataSets/<uid>/version

1.64.1 DataSet Notification Template

The dataset notification templates resource follows the standard conventions as other metadata
resources in DHIS2.

GET /api/33/dataSetNotficationTemplates

To retrieve data set notification template you can issue a GET request:

GET /api/33/dataSetNotficationTemplates/<uid>

To add data set notification template you can issue a POST request:

POST /api/33/dataSetNotficationTemplates

To delete data set notification template you can issue a DELETE request:

DELETE /api/33/dataSetNotficationTemplates/<uid>

JSON payload sample is given below:

{
"name":
"dataSetNotificationTemplate1",

"notificationTrigger":
"COMPLETION",

"relativeScheduledDays":
0,
"notificationRecipient":
"ORGANISATION_UNIT_CONTACT",

"dataSets":
[
{
"id":
"eZDhcZi6FLP"
}
],

"deliveryChannels":
["SMS"],

"subjectTemplate":
"V{data_name}",
"messageTemplate": "V{data_name}
V{complete_registration_period}",

268
1 Web API 1.65 Filled organisation unit levels
"sendStrategy":
"SINGLE_NOTIFICATION"
}

1.65 Filled organisation unit levels

The filledOrganisationUnitLevels resource provides an ordered list of organisation unit levels,

where generated levels are injected into the list to fill positions for which it does not exist a
persisted level.

GET /api/33/filledOrganisationUnitLevels

To set the organisation unit levels you can issue a POST request with a JSON payload looking like
this.

"organisationUnitLevels":
[
{

"name":
"National",

"level":
1,

"offlineLevels":
3
},
{

"name":
"District",

"level":
2
},
{

"name":
"Chiefdom",

"level":
3
},
{

"name":
"Facility",

"level":
4
}
]
}

To do functional testing with curl you can issue the following command.

curl "[Link] -H "Content-

Type:application/json"
-d @[Link] -u
admin:district

269
1 Web API 1.66 Static content

1.66 Static content

The staticContent resource allows you to upload and retrieve custom logos used in DHIS2. The
resource lets the user upload a file with an associated key, which can later be retrieved using the
key. Only PNG files are supported and can only be uploaded to the logo_banner and
logo_front keys.

/api/33/staticContent

Static content keys

Key Description
logo_banner Logo in the application top menu on the left
side.
logo_front Logo on the login-page above the login
form.

To upload a file, send the file with a POST request to:

POST /api/33/staticContent/<key>

Example request to upload [Link] to the logo_front key:

curl -F "file=@[Link];type=image/png" "[Link]

staticContent/logo_front"
-X POST -H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data" -u
admin:district

Uploading multiple files with the same key will overwrite the existing file. This way, retrieving a
file for any given key will only return the latest file uploaded.

To retrieve a logo, you can GET the following:

GET /api/33/staticContent/<key>

Example of requests to retrieve the file stored for logo_front:

• Adding “Accept: text/html” to the HTTP header.*__ In this case, the endpoint will return a
default image if nothing is defined. Will return an image stream when a custom or default
image is found.

curl "[Link]
staticContent/logo_front"
-H "Accept: text/html" -L -u
admin:district

• Adding “Accept: application/json” to the HTTP header.*__ With this parameter set, the
endpoint will never return a default image if the custom logo is not found. Instead, an
error message will be returned. When the custom image is found this endpoint will return
a JSON response containing the path/URL to the respective image.

270
1 Web API 1.67 Configuration

curl "[Link]
staticContent/logo_front"
-H "Accept: application/json" -L -u
admin:district

Success and error messages will look like this:

"images":
{
"png": "[Link]
staticContent/logo_front"
}
}

"httpStatus":
"Not
Found",

"httpStatusCode":
404,

"status":
"ERROR",
"message": "No
custom
file
found."
}

To use custom logos, you need to enable the corresponding system settings by setting it to true.
If the corresponding setting is false, the default logo will be served.

1.67 Configuration

To access configuration you can interact with the configuration resource. You can get XML and
JSON responses through the Accept header or by using the .json or .xml extensions. You can GET
all properties of the configuration from:

/api/33/configuration

You can send GET and POST requests to the following specific resources:

GET /api/33/configuration/systemId

GET POST DELETE /api/33/configuration/feedbackRecipients

GET POST DELETE /api/33/configuration/offlineOrganisationUnitLevel

GET POST /api/33/configuration/infrastructuralDataElements

GET POST /api/33/configuration/infrastructuralIndicators

GET POST /api/33/configuration/infrastructuralPeriodType

GET POST DELETE /api/33/configuration/selfRegistrationRole

271
1 Web API 1.68 Read-Only configuration service

GET POST DELETE /api/33/configuration/selfRegistrationOrgUnit

For the CORS whitelist configuration you can make a POST request with an array of URLs to
whitelist as payload using “application/json” as content-type, for instance:

["[Link]",
"[Link]",
"[Link]"]

GET POST /api/33/configuration/corsWhitelist

For POST requests, the configuration value should be sent as the request payload as text. The
following table shows appropriate configuration values for each property.

Configuration values

Configuration property Value

feedbackRecipients User group ID
offlineOrganisationUnitLevel Organisation unit level ID
infrastructuralDataElements Data element group ID
infrastructuralIndicators Indicator group ID
infrastructuralPeriodType Period type name (e.g. “Monthly”)
selfRegistrationRole User role ID
selfRegistrationOrgUnit Organisation unit ID
smtpPassword SMTP email server password
remoteServerUrl URL to remote server
remoteServerUsername Username for remote server authentication
remoteServerPassword Password for remote server authentication
corsWhitelist JSON list of URLs

As an example, to set the feedback recipients user group you can invoke the following curl
command:

curl "localhost/api/33/configuration/
feedbackRecipients" -d "wl5cDMuUhmF"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain"-u
admin:district

1.68 Read-Only configuration service

To access configuration you can now use read-only service. This service will provide read-only
access to UserSettings, SystemSettings and DHIS2 server configurations You can get XML and
JSON responses through the Accept header. You can GET all settings from:

/api/33/configuration/settings

You can get filtered settings based on setting type:

272
1 Web API 1.69 Internationalization

GET /api/33/configuration/settings/filter?type=USER_SETTING

GET /api/33/configuration/settings/filter?type=CONFIGURATION

More than one type can be provided

GET /api/33/configuration/settings/filter?type=USER_SETTING&type=SYSTEM_SETTING

SettingType values

Value Description
USER_SETTING To get user settings
SYSTEM_SETTING To get system settings
CONFIGURATION To get DHIS server settings

Note
Fields which are confidential will be provided in the output but without
values.

1.69 Internationalization

In order to retrieve key-value pairs for translated strings you can use the i18n resource.

/api/33/i18n

The endpoint is located at /api/i18n and the request format is a simple array of the key-value
pairs:

["access_denied",
"uploading_data_notification"]

The request must be of type POST and use application/json as content-type. An example using
curl, assuming the request data is saved as a file [Link]:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]/demo/api/33/

i18n" -X POST
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
admin:district

The result will look like this:

"access_denied":
"Access
denied",
"uploading_data_notification": "Uploading locally stored
data to the server"
}

273
1 Web API 1.70 SVG conversion

1.70 SVG conversion

The Web API provides a resource which can be used to convert SVG content into more widely
used formats such as PNG and PDF. Ideally this conversion should happen on the client side, but
not all client side technologies are capable of performing this task. Currently PNG and PDF output
formats are supported. The SVG content itself should be passed with a svg query parameter, and
an optional query parameter filename can be used to specify the filename of the response
attachment file. Note that the file extension should be omitted. For PNG you can send a POST
request to the following URL with Content-type application/x-www-form-urlencoded,
identical to a regular HTML form submission.

api/[Link]

For PDF you can send a POST request to the following URL with content-type application/x-
www-form-urlencoded.

api/[Link]

Query parameters

Query
Required Description
parameter
svg Yes The SVG content
filename No The file name for the returned attachment without file
extension

1.71 Tracker Web API

Tracker Web API consists of 3 endpoints that have full CRUD (create, read, update, delete)
support. The 3 endpoints are /api/trackedEntityInstances, /api/enrollments and /
api/events and they are responsible for tracked entity instance, enrollment and event items.

1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Tracked entity instances have full CRUD support in the API. Together with the API for enrollment
most operations needed for working with tracked entity instances and programs are supported.

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances

[Link] Creating a new tracked entity instance

For creating a new person in the system, you will be working with the trackedEntityInstances
resource. A template payload can be seen below:

{
"trackedEntity":
"tracked-
entity-id",

"orgUnit":
"org-
unit-
id",

274
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"geometry":
"<Geo
JSON>",

"attributes":
[
{

"attribute":
"attribute-
id",
"value":
"attribute-
value"
}
]
}

The field “geometry” accepts a GeoJson object, where the type of the GeoJson have to match the
featureType of the TrackedEntityType definition. An example GeoJson object looks like this:

"type":
"Point",

"coordinates":
[1,
1]
}

The “coordinates” field was introduced in 2.29, and accepts a coordinate or a polygon as a value.

For getting the IDs for relationship and attributes you can have a look at the respective
resources relationshipTypes, trackedEntityAttributes. To create a tracked entity
instance you must use the HTTP POST method. You can post the payload the following URL:

/api/trackedEntityInstances

For example, let us create a new instance of a person tracked entity and specify its first name and
last name attributes:

"trackedEntity":
"nEenWmSyUEp",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"attributes":
[
{

"attribute":
"w75KJ2mc4zz",

"value":
"Joe"
},
{

"attribute":
"zDhUuAYrxNC",

275
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"value":
"Smith"
}
]
}

To push this to the server you can use the cURL command like this:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

trackedEntityInstances" -X POST
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
admin:district

To create multiple instances in one request you can wrap the payload in an outer array like this
and POST to the same resource as above:

"trackedEntityInstances":
[
{

"trackedEntity":
"nEenWmSyUEp",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"attributes":
[

"attribute":
"w75KJ2mc4zz",

"value":
"Joe"
},

"attribute":
"zDhUuAYrxNC",

"value":
"Smith"
}
]
},
{

"trackedEntity":
"nEenWmSyUEp",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"attributes":
[

"attribute":
"w75KJ2mc4zz",

"value":
"Jennifer"
},

276
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"attribute":
"zDhUuAYrxNC",

"value":
"Johnson"
}
]
}
]
}

The system does not allow the creation of a tracked entity instance (as well as enrollment and
event) with a UID that was already used in the system. That means that UIDs cannot be reused.

[Link] Updating a tracked entity instance

For updating a tracked entity instance, the payload is equal to the previous section. The
difference is that you must use the HTTP PUT method for the request when sending the payload.
You will also need to append the person identifier to the trackedEntityInstances resource in the
URL like this, where <tracked-entity-instance-identifier> should be replaced by the
identifier of the tracked entity instance:

/api/trackedEntityInstances/<tracked-entity-instance-id>

The payload has to contain all, even non-modified, attributes and relationships. Attributes or
relationships that were present before and are not present in the current payload any more will
be removed from the system. This means that if attributes/relationships are empty in the current
payload, all existing attributes/relationships will be deleted from the system. From 2.31, it is
possible to ignore empty attributes/relationships in the current payload. A request parameter of
ignoreEmptyCollection set to true can be used in case you do not wish to send in any
attributes/relationships and also do not want them to be deleted from the system.

It is not allowed to update an already deleted tracked entity instance. Also, it is not allowed to
mark a tracked entity instance as deleted via an update request. The same rules apply to
enrollments and events.

[Link] Deleting a tracked entity instance

In order to delete a tracked entity instance, make a request to the URL identifying the tracked
entity instance with the DELETE method. The URL is equal to the one above used for update.

[Link] Create and enroll tracked entity instances

It is also possible to both create (and update) a tracked entity instance and at the same time
enroll into a program.

{
"trackedEntity":
"tracked-
entity-id",

"orgUnit":
"org-
unit-
id",

277
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"attributes":
[
{

"attribute":
"attribute-
id",
"value":
"attribute-
value"
}
],

"enrollments":
[
{

"orgUnit":
"org-
unit-
id",

"program":
"program-
id",

"enrollmentDate":
"2013-09-17",

"incidentDate":
"2013-09-17"
},
{

"orgUnit":
"org-
unit-
id",

"program":
"program-
id",

"enrollmentDate":
"2013-09-17",

"incidentDate":
"2013-09-17"
}
]
}

You would send this to the server as you would normally when creating or updating a new
tracked entity instance.

curl -X POST -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
-u user:pass "[Link]
trackedEntityInstances"

[Link] Complete example of payload including: tracked entity instance, enrollment and event

It is also possible to create (and update) a tracked entity instance, at the same time enroll into a
program and create an event.

278
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"trackedEntityType":
"nEenWmSyUEp",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"attributes":
[
{

"attribute":
"w75KJ2mc4zz",

"value":
"Joe"
},
{

"attribute":
"zDhUuAYrxNC",

"value":
"Rufus"
},
{

"attribute":
"cejWyOfXge6",

"value":
"Male"
}
],

"enrollments":
[
{

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"program":
"ur1Edk5Oe2n",

"enrollmentDate":
"2017-09-15",

"incidentDate":
"2017-09-15",

"events":
[

"program":
"ur1Edk5Oe2n",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventDate":
"2017-10-17",

"status":
"COMPLETED",

"storedBy":
"admin",

"programStage":
"EPEcjy3FWmI",

279
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"coordinate":
{

"latitude":
"59.8",

"longitude":
"10.9"
},

"dataValues":
[

"dataElement":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"value":
"22"
},

"dataElement":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"value":
"Male"
}
]
},

"program":
"ur1Edk5Oe2n",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventDate":
"2017-10-17",

"status":
"COMPLETED",

"storedBy":
"admin",

"programStage":
"EPEcjy3FWmI",

"coordinate":
{

"latitude":
"59.8",

"longitude":
"10.9"
},

"dataValues":
[

"dataElement":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"value":
"26"
},

280
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"dataElement":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"value":
"Female"
}
]
}
]
}
]
}

You would send this to the server as you would normally when creating or updating a new
tracked entity instance.

curl -X POST -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
-u user:pass "[Link]
trackedEntityInstances"

[Link] Generated tracked entity instance attributes

Tracked entity instance attributes that are using automatic generation of unique values have
three endpoints that are used by apps. The endpoints are all used for generating and reserving
values.

In 2.29 we introduced TextPattern for defining and generating these patterns. All existing
patterns will be converted to a valid TextPattern when upgrading to 2.29.

Note
As of 2.29, all these endpoints will require you to include any variables
reported by the requiredValues endpoint listed as required. Existing
patterns, consisting of only #, will be upgraded to the new TextPattern
syntax RANDOM(<old-pattern>). The RANDOM segment of the
TextPattern is not a required variable, so this endpoint will work as
before for patterns defined before 2.29.

[Link].1 Finding required values

A TextPattern can contain variables that change based on different factors. Some of these factors
will be unknown to the server, so the values for these variables have to be supplied when
generating and reserving values.

This endpoint will return a map of required and optional values, that the server will inject into the
TextPattern when generating new values. Required variables have to be supplied for the
generation, but optional variables should only be supplied if you know what you are doing.

GET /api/33/trackedEntityAttributes/Gs1ICEQTPlG/requiredValues

281
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"REQUIRED":
["ORG_UNIT_CODE"],

"OPTIONAL":
["RANDOM"]
}

[Link].2 Generate value endpoint

Online web apps and other clients that want to generate a value that will be used right away can
use the simple generate endpoint. This endpoint will generate a value that is guaranteed to be
unique at the time of generation. The value is also guaranteed not to be reserved. As of 2.29, this
endpoint will also reserve the value generated for 3 days.

If your TextPattern includes required values, you can pass them as parameters like the example
below:

The expiration time can also be overridden at the time of generation, by adding the ?
expiration=<number-of-days> to the request.

GET /api/33/trackedEntityAttributes/Gs1ICEQTPlG/generate?ORG_UNIT_CODE=OSLO

{
"ownerObject":
"TRACKEDENTITYATTRIBUTE",

"ownerUid":
"Gs1ICEQTPlG",
"key":
"RANDOM(X)-
OSL",

"value":
"C-
OSL",
"created":
"2018-03-02T[Link].680",
"expiryDate":
"2018-03-05T[Link].678"
}

[Link].3 Generate and reserve value endpoint

The generate and reserve endpoint is used by offline clients that need to be able to register
tracked entities with unique ids. They will reserve a number of unique ids that this device will
then use when registering new tracked entity instances. The endpoint is called to retrieve a
number of tracked entity instance reserved values. An optional parameter numberToReserve
specifies how many ids to generate (default is 1).

If your TextPattern includes required values, you can pass them as parameters like the example
below:

Similar to the /generate endpoint, this endpoint can also specify the expiration time in the same
way. By adding the ?expiration=<number-of-days> you can override the default 60 days.

282
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

GET /api/33/trackedEntityAttributes/Gs1ICEQTPlG/generateAndReserve?
numberToReserve=3&ORG_UNIT_CODE=OSLO

[
{
"ownerObject":
"TRACKEDENTITYATTRIBUTE",

"ownerUid":
"Gs1ICEQTPlG",
"key":
"RANDOM(X)-
OSL",

"value":
"B-
OSL",
"created":
"2018-03-02T[Link].175",
"expiryDate":
"2018-05-01T[Link].174"
},
{
"ownerObject":
"TRACKEDENTITYATTRIBUTE",

"ownerUid":
"Gs1ICEQTPlG",
"key":
"RANDOM(X)-
OSL",

"value":
"Q-
OSL",
"created":
"2018-03-02T[Link].175",
"expiryDate":
"2018-05-01T[Link].174"
},
{
"ownerObject":
"TRACKEDENTITYATTRIBUTE",

"ownerUid":
"Gs1ICEQTPlG",
"key":
"RANDOM(X)-
OSL",

"value":
"S-
OSL",
"created":
"2018-03-02T[Link].175",
"expiryDate":
"2018-05-01T[Link].174"
}
]

[Link].4 Reserved values

Reserved values are currently not accessible through the api, however, they are returned by the
generate and generateAndReserve endpoints. The following table explains the properties of
the reserved value object:

283
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

[Link].5

Reserved values

Property Description
ownerObject The metadata type referenced when generating and reserving the value.
Currently only TRACKEDENTITYATTRIBUTE is supported.
ownerUid The uid of the metadata object referenced when generating and reserving
the value.
key A partially generated value where generated segments are not yet added.
value The fully resolved value reserved. This is the value you send to the server
when storing data.
created The timestamp when the reservation was made
expiryDate The timestamp when the reservation will no longer be reserved

Expired reservations are removed daily. If a pattern changes, values that were already reserved
will be accepted when storing data, even if they don’t match the new pattern, as long as the
reservation has not expired.

[Link] Image attributes

Working with image attributes is a lot like working with file data values. The value of an attribute
with the image value type is the id of the associated file resource. A GET request to the /api/
trackedEntityInstances/<entityId>/<attributeId>/image endpoint will return the
actual image. The optional height and width parameters can be used to specify the dimensions of
the image.

curl "[Link]
height=200&width=200"
>
[Link]

The API also supports a dimension parameter. It can take three possible values: small (254x254),
medium (512x512), large (1024x1024) or original. Image type attributes will be stored in pre-
generated sizes and will be furnished upon request based on the value of the dimension
parameter.

curl "[Link]
dimension=medium"

[Link] Tracked entity instance query

To query for tracked entity instances you can interact with the /api/trackedEntityInstances
resource.

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances

[Link].1 Request syntax

Tracked entity instances query parameters

284
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Query parameter Description

filter Attributes to use as a filter for the query. Param can be repeated
any number of times. Filters can be applied to a dimension on the
format <attribute-id>:<operator>:<filter>[:<operator>:<filter>].
Filter values are case-insensitive and can be repeated together
with operator any number of times. Operators can be EQ | GT | GE
| LT | LE | NE | LIKE | IN.
ou Organisation unit identifiers, separated by “;”.
ouMode The mode of selecting organisation units, can be SELECTED |
CHILDREN | DESCENDANTS | ACCESSIBLE | CAPTURE | ALL.
Default is SELECTED, which refers to the selected selected
organisation units only. See table below for explanations.
program Program identifier. Restricts instances to being enrolled in the
given program.
programStatus Status of the instance for the given program. Can be ACTIVE |
COMPLETED | CANCELLED.
followUp Follow up status of the instance for the given program. Can be true
| false or omitted.
programStartDate Start date of enrollment in the given program for the tracked entity
instance.
programEndDate End date of enrollment in the given program for the tracked entity
instance.
trackedEntity Tracked entity identifier. Restricts instances to the given tracked
instance type.
page The page number. Default page is 1.
pageSize The page size. Default size is 50 rows per page.
totalPages Indicates whether to include the total number of pages in the
paging response (implies higher response time).
skipPaging Indicates whether paging should be ignored and all rows should be
returned.
lastUpdatedStartDate Filter for events which were updated after this date. Cannot be
used together with lastUpdatedDuration.
lastUpdatedEndDate Filter for events which were updated up until this date. Cannot be
used together with lastUpdatedDuration.
lastUpdatedDuration Include only items which are updated within the given duration.
The format is , where the supported time units are “d” (days), “h”
(hours), “m” (minutes) and “s” (seconds). Cannot be used together
with lastUpdatedStartDate and/or lastUpdatedEndDate.
assignedUserMode Restricts result to tei with events assigned based on the assigned
user selection mode, can be CURRENT | PROVIDED | NONE | ANY.
assignedUser Filter the result down to a limited set of teis with events that are
assigned to the given user IDs by using assignedUser=id1;[Link]
parameter will be considered only if assignedUserMode is either
PROVIDED or null. The API will error out, if for example,
assignedUserMode=CURRENT and assignedUser=someId

285
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Query parameter Description

trackedEntityInstance Filter the result down to a limited set of teis using explicit uids of
the tracked entity instances by using trackedEntityInstance=id1;id2.
This parameter will at the very least create the outer boundary of
the results, forming the list of all teis using the uids provided. If
other parameters/filters from this table are used, they will further
limit the results from the explicit outer boundary.

The available organisation unit selection modes are explained in the following table.

Organisation unit selection modes

Mode Description
SELECTED Organisation units defined in the request.
CHILDREN The selected organisation units and the immediate children, i.e. the
organisation units at the level below.
DESCENDANTS The selected organisation units and all children, i.e. all organisation
units in the sub-hierarchy.
ACCESSIBLE The data view organisation units associated with the current user and
all children, i.e. all organisation units in the sub-hierarchy. Will fall back
to data capture organisation units associated with the current user if
the former is not defined.
CAPTURE The data capture organisation units associated with the current user
and all children, i.e. all organisation units in the sub-hierarchy.
ALL All organisation units in the system. Requires the ALL authority.

The query is case insensitive. The following rules apply to the query parameters.

• At least one organisation unit must be specified using the ou parameter (one or many), or
ouMode=ALL must be specified.

• Only one of the program and trackedEntity parameters can be specified (zero or one).

• If programStatus is specified then program must also be specified.

• If followUp is specified then program must also be specified.

• If programStartDate or programEndDate is specified then program must also be specified.

• Filter items can only be specified once.

A query for all instances associated with a specific organisation unit can look like this:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8

To query for instances using one attribute with a filter and one attribute without a filter, with one
organisation unit using the descendant organisation unit query mode:

/api/33/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&filter=AMpUYgxuCaE&ou=DiszpKrYNg8;yMCshbaVExv

286
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

A query for instances where one attribute is included in the response and one attribute is used
as a filter:

/api/33/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&filter=AMpUYgxuCaE:LIKE:Road&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

A query where multiple operand and filters are specified for a filter item:

api/33/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n
&filter=lw1SqmMlnfh:GT:150:LT:190

To query on an attribute using multiple values in an IN filter:

api/33/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8
&filter=dv3nChNSIxy:IN:Scott;Jimmy;Santiago

To constrain the response to instances which are part of a specific program you can include a
program query parameter:

api/33/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu
&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n

To specify program enrollment dates as part of the query:

api/33/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu
&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n&programStartDate=2013-01-01&programEndDate=2013-09-01

To constrain the response to instances of a specific tracked entity you can include a tracked
entity query parameter:

api/33/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu
&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&trackedEntity=cyl5vuJ5ETQ

By default the instances are returned in pages of size 50, to change this you can use the page and
pageSize query parameters:

api/33/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu
&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&page=2&pageSize=3

You can use a range of operators for the filtering:

Filter operators

Operator Description
EQ Equal to
GT Greater than
GE Greater than or equal to

287
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Operator Description
LT Less than
LE Less than or equal to
NE Not equal to
LIKE Like (free text match)
IN Equal to one of multiple values separated by “;”

[Link].2 Response format

This resource supports JSON, JSONP, XLS and CSV resource representations.

• json (application/json)

• jsonp (application/javascript)

• xml (application/xml)

The response in JSON/XML is in object format and can look like the following. Please note that
field filtering is supported, so if you want a full view, you might want to add fields=* to the
query:

"trackedEntityInstances":
[
{
"lastUpdated":
"2014-03-28
[Link].399",

"trackedEntity":
"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",
"created":
"2014-03-26
[Link].997",

"orgUnit":
"ueuQlqb8ccl",

"trackedEntityInstance":
"tphfdyIiVL6",

"relationships":
[],

"attributes":
[

"displayName":
"Address",

"attribute":
"AMpUYgxuCaE",

"type":
"string",
"value":
"2033
Akasia St"
},

288
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"displayName":
"TB
number",

"attribute":
"ruQQnf6rswq",

"type":
"string",
"value": "1Z 989
408 56 9356 521 9"
},

"displayName":
"Weight in
kg",

"attribute":
"OvY4VVhSDeJ",

"type":
"number",

"value":
"68.1"
},

"displayName":
"Email",

"attribute":
"NDXw0cluzSw",

"type":
"string",
"value":
"LiyaEfrem@[Link]"
},

"displayName":
"Gender",

"attribute":
"cejWyOfXge6",

"type":
"optionSet",

"value":
"Female"
},

"displayName":
"Phone
number",

"attribute":
"P2cwLGskgxn",

"type":
"phoneNumber",

"value":
"085
813
9447"
},

289
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"displayName":
"First
name",

"attribute":
"dv3nChNSIxy",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"Liya"
},

"displayName":
"Last
name",

"attribute":
"hwlRTFIFSUq",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"Efrem"
},

"code":
"Height
in cm",

"displayName":
"Height in
cm",

"attribute":
"lw1SqmMlnfh",

"type":
"number",

"value":
"164"
},

"code":
"City",

"displayName":
"City",

"attribute":
"VUvgVao8Y5z",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"Kranskop"
},

"code":
"State",

290
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"displayName":
"State",

"attribute":
"GUOBQt5K2WI",

"type":
"number",

"value":
"KwaZulu-
Natal"
},

"code":
"Zip
code",

"displayName":
"Zip
code",

"attribute":
"n9nUvfpTsxQ",

"type":
"number",

"value":
"3282"
},

{
"code":
"National
identifier",
"displayName":
"National
identifier",

"attribute":
"AuPLng5hLbE",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"465700042"
},

"code":
"Blood
type",

"displayName":
"Blood
type",

"attribute":
"H9IlTX2X6SL",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"B-"
},

"code":
"Latitude",

291
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"displayName":
"Latitude",

"attribute":
"Qo571yj6Zcn",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"-30.659626"
},

"code":
"Longitude",

"displayName":
"Longitude",

"attribute":
"RG7uGl4w5Jq",

"type":
"string",

"value":
"26.916172"
}
]
}
]
}

[Link] Tracked entity instance grid query

To query for tracked entity instances you can interact with the /api/trackedEntityInstances/grid
resource. There are two types of queries: One where a query query parameter and optionally
attribute parameters are defined, and one where attribute and filter parameters are defined.
This endpoint uses a more compact “grid” format, and is an alternative to the query in the
previous section.

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/query

[Link].1 Request syntax

Tracked entity instances query parameters

Query parameter Description

query Query string. Attribute query parameter can be used to define
which attributes to include in the response. If no attributes but a
program is defined, the attributes from the program will be used. If
no program is defined, all attributes will be used. There are two
formats. The first is a plan query string. The second is on the
format <operator>:<query>. Operators can be EQ | LIKE. EQ
implies exact matches on words, LIKE implies partial matches on
words. The query will be split on space, where each word will form
a logical AND query.

292
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Query parameter Description

attribute Attributes to be included in the response. Can also be used as a
filter for the query. Param can be repeated any number of times.
Filters can be applied to a dimension on the format <attribute-
id>:<operator>:<filter>[:<operator>:<filter>]. Filter values are case-
insensitive and can be repeated together with operator any
number of times. Operators can be EQ | GT | GE | LT | LE | NE |
LIKE | IN. Filters can be omitted in order to simply include the
attribute in the response without any constraints.
filter Attributes to use as a filter for the query. Param can be repeated
any number of times. Filters can be applied to a dimension on the
format <attribute-id>:<operator>:<filter>[:<operator>:<filter>].
Filter values are case-insensitive and can be repeated together with
operator any number of times. Operators can be EQ | GT | GE | LT
| LE | NE | LIKE | IN.
ou Organisation unit identifiers, separated by “;”.
ouMode The mode of selecting organisation units, can be SELECTED |
CHILDREN | DESCENDANTS | ACCESSIBLE | ALL. Default is
SELECTED, which refers to the selected organisation units only. See
table below for explanations.
program Program identifier. Restricts instances to being enrolled in the
given program.
programStatus Status of the instance for the given program. Can be ACTIVE |
COMPLETED | CANCELLED.
followUp Follow up status of the instance for the given program. Can be true
| false or omitted.
programStartDate Start date of enrollment in the given program for the tracked entity
instance.
programEndDate End date of enrollment in the given program for the tracked entity
instance.
trackedEntity Tracked entity identifier. Restricts instances to the given tracked
instance type.
eventStatus Status of any event associated with the given program and the
tracked entity instance. Can be ACTIVE | COMPLETED | VISITED |
SCHEDULED | OVERDUE | SKIPPED.
eventStartDate Start date of event associated with the given program and event
status.
eventEndDate End date of event associated with the given program and event
status.
programStage The programStage for which the event related filters should be
applied to. If not provided all stages will be considered.
skipMeta Indicates whether meta data for the response should be included.
page The page number. Default page is 1.
pageSize The page size. Default size is 50 rows per page.
totalPages Indicates whether to include the total number of pages in the
paging response (implies higher response time).

293
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Query parameter Description

skipPaging Indicates whether paging should be ignored and all rows should be
returned.
assignedUserMode Restricts result to tei with events assigned based on the assigned
user selection mode, can be CURRENT | PROVIDED | NONE | ANY.
assignedUser Filter the result down to a limited set of teis with events that are
assigned to the given user IDs by using assignedUser=id1;[Link]
parameter will be considered only if assignedUserMode is either
PROVIDED or null. The API will error out, if for example,
assignedUserMode=CURRENT and assignedUser=someId
trackedEntityInstance Filter the result down to a limited set of teis using explicit uids of
the tracked entity instances by using trackedEntityInstance=id1;id2.
This parameter will at the very least create the outer boundary of
the results, forming the list of all teis using the uids provided. If
other parameters/filters from this table are used, they will further
limit the results from the explicit outer boundary.

The available organisation unit selection modes are explained in the following table.

Organisation unit selection modes

Mode Description
SELECTED Organisation units defined in the request.
CHILDREN Immediate children, i.e. only the first level below, of the organisation
units defined in the request.
DESCENDANTS All children, i.e. at only levels below, e.g. including children of children,
of the organisation units defined in the request.
ACCESSIBLE All descendants of the data view organisation units associated with the
current user. Will fall back to data capture organisation units associated
with the current user if the former is not defined.
CAPTURE The data capture organisation units associated with the current user
and all children, i.e. all organisation units in the sub-hierarchy.
ALL All organisation units in the system. Requires authority.

Note that you can specify “attribute” with filters or directly using the “filter” params for
constraining the instances to return.

Certain rules apply to which attributes are returned.

• If “query” is specified without any attributes or program, then all attributes that are marked
as “Display in List without Program” is included in the response.

• If program is specified, all the attributes linked to the program will be included in the
response.

• If tracked entity type is specified, then all tracked entity type attributes will be included in
the response.

You can specify queries with words separated by space - in that situation the system will query
for each word independently and return records where each word is contained in any attribute. A

294
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

query item can be specified once as an attribute and once as a filter if needed. The query is case
insensitive. The following rules apply to the query parameters.

• At least one organisation unit must be specified using the ou parameter (one or many), or
ouMode=ALL must be specified.

• Only one of the program and trackedEntity parameters can be specified (zero or one).

• If programStatus is specified then program must also be specified.

• If followUp is specified then program must also be specified.

• If programStartDate or programEndDate is specified then program must also be specified.

• If eventStatus is specified then eventStartDate and eventEndDate must also be specified.

• A query cannot be specified together with filters.

• Attribute items can only be specified once.

• Filter items can only be specified once.

A query for all instances associated with a specific organisation unit can look like this:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8

A query on all attributes for a specific value and organisation unit, using an exact word match:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?query=scott&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

A query on all attributes for a specific value, using a partial word match:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?query=LIKE:scott&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

You can query on multiple words separated by the URL character for space which is %20, will use
a logical AND query for each word:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?query=isabel%20may&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

A query where the attributes to include in the response are specified:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?query=isabel
&attribute=dv3nChNSIxy&attribute=AMpUYgxuCaE&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

To query for instances using one attribute with a filter and one attribute without a filter, with one
organisation unit using the descendants organisation unit query mode:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?attribute=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&attribute=AMpUYgxuCaE&ou=DiszpKrYNg8;yMCshbaVExv

295
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

A query for instances where one attribute is included in the response and one attribute is used
as a filter:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?attribute=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&filter=AMpUYgxuCaE:LIKE:Road&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

A query where multiple operand and filters are specified for a filter item:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n
&filter=lw1SqmMlnfh:GT:150:LT:190

To query on an attribute using multiple values in an IN filter:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8
&attribute=dv3nChNSIxy:IN:Scott;Jimmy;Santiago

To constrain the response to instances which are part of a specific program you can include a
program query parameter:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n

To specify program enrollment dates as part of the query:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?filter=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n&programStartDate=2013-01-01
&programEndDate=2013-09-01

To constrain the response to instances of a specific tracked entity you can include a tracked
entity query parameter:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?attribute=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&trackedEntity=cyl5vuJ5ETQ

By default the instances are returned in pages of size 50, to change this you can use the page and
pageSize query parameters:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?attribute=zHXD5Ve1Efw:EQ:A
&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&page=2&pageSize=3

To query for instances which have events of a given status within a given time span:

/api/33/trackedEntityInstances/[Link]?ou=O6uvpzGd5pu
&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n&eventStatus=LATE_VISIT
&eventStartDate=2014-01-01&eventEndDate=2014-09-01

You can use a range of operators for the filtering:

296
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Filter operators

Operator Description
EQ Equal to
GT Greater than
GE Greater than or equal to
LT Less than
LE Less than or equal to
NE Not equal to
LIKE Like (free text match)
IN Equal to one of multiple values separated by “;”

[Link].2 Response format

This resource supports JSON, JSONP, XLS and CSV resource representations.

• json (application/json)

• jsonp (application/javascript)

• xml (application/xml)

• csv (application/csv)

• xls (application/[Link]-excel)

The response in JSON comes is in a tabular format and can look like the following. The headers
section describes the content of each column. The instance, created, last updated, org unit and
tracked entity columns are always present. The following columns correspond to attributes
specified in the query. The rows section contains one row per instance.

"headers":
[
{

"name":
"instance",

"column":
"Instance",
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"created",

"column":
"Created",
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"lastupdated",

297
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"column":
"Last
updated",
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"ou",

"column":
"Org
unit",
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"te",

"column":
"Tracked
entity",
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"zHXD5Ve1Efw",
"column":
"Date of
birth
type",
"type":
"[Link]"
},
{

"name":
"AMpUYgxuCaE",

"column":
"Address",
"type":
"[Link]"
}
],

"metaData":
{

"names":
{

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ":
"Person"
}
},

"width":
7,

"height":
7,

"rows":
[
[

"yNCtJ6vhRJu",

298
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].19",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"21
Kenyatta
Road"
],
[

"fSofnQR6lAU",
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].62",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"56
Upper
Road"
],
[

"X5wZwS5lgm2",
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].11",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"56
Main
Road"
],
[

"pCbogmlIXga",
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].02",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"12 Lower
Main
Road"
],
[

"WnUXrY4XBMM",
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].97",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

299
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"13
Main
Road"
],
[

"xLNXbDs9uDF",
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].66",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"14
Mombasa
Road"
],
[

"foc5zag6gbE",
"2013-09-08
[Link].0",
"2014-01-09
[Link].93",

"DiszpKrYNg8",

"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",

"A",
"15
Upper
Hill"
]
]
}

[Link] Tracked entity instance filters

To create, read, update and delete tracked entity instance filters you can interact with the /api/
trackedEntityInstanceFilters resource.

/api/33/trackedEntityInstanceFilters

[Link].1 Create and update a tracked entity instance filter definition

For creating and updating a tracked entity instance filter in the system, you will be working with
the trackedEntityInstanceFilters resource. The tracked entity instance filter definitions are used in
the Tracker Capture app to display relevant predefined “Working lists” in the tracker user
interface.

Payload

Payload values Description Example

name Name of the filter.
Required.

300
1 Web API 1.71.1 Tracked entity instance management

Payload values Description Example

description A description of the filter.
sortOrder The sort order of the filter.
Used in Tracker Capture to
order the filters in the
program dashboard.
style Object containing css style. ( “color”: “blue”, “icon”: “fa
fa-calendar”}
program Object containing the id of { “id” : “uy2gU8kTjF”}
the program. Required.
enrollmentStatus The TEIs enrollment status.
Can be none(any
enrollmentstatus) or
ACTIVE|COMPLETED|
CANCELED
followup When this parameter is
true, the filter only returns
TEIs that have an
enrollment with status
followup.
enrollmentCreatedPeriod Period object containing a { “periodFrom”: -15,
period in which the “periodTo”: 15}
enrollment must be
created. See Period
definition table below.
eventFilters A list of eventFilters. See [{“programStage”:
Event filters definition table “eaDH9089uMp”,
below. “eventStatus”: “OVERDUE”,
“eventCreatedPeriod”:
{“periodFrom”: -15,
“periodTo”: 15}}]

Event filters definition

programStage Which programStage the “eaDH9089uMp”

TEI needs an event in to be
returned.
eventStatus The events status. Can be ACTIVE
none(any event status) or
ACTIVE|COMPLETED|
SCHEDULED|OVERDUE
eventCreatedPeriod Period object containing a { “periodFrom”: -15,
period in which the event “periodTo”: 15}
must be created. See
Period definition below.

301
1 Web API 1.71.2 Enrollment management

assignedUserMode To specify the assigned “assignedUserMode”:

user selection mode for “PROVIDED”
events. Possible values are
CURRENT (events assigned
to current user)|
PROVIDED (events
assigned to users provided
in “assignedUsers” list) |
NONE (events assigned to
no one) | ANY (events
assigned to anyone). If
PROVIDED (or null), non-
empty assignedUsers in
the payload will be
considered.
assignedUsers To specify a list of assigned “assignedUsers”:
users for events. To be [“a3kGcGDCuk7”,
used along with PROVIDED “a3kGcGDCuk8”]
assignedUserMode above.

Period definition

periodFrom Number of days from -15

current day. Can be
positive or negative
integer.
periodTo Number of days from 15
current day. Must be
bigger than periodFrom.
Can be positive or negative
integer.

[Link].2 Tracked entity instance filters query

To query for tracked entity instance filters in the system, you can interact with the /api/
trackedEntityInstanceFilters resource.

Tracked entity instance filters query parameters

Query parameter Description

program Program identifier. Restricts filters to the
given program.

1.71.2 Enrollment management

Enrollments have full CRUD support in the API. Together with the API for tracked entity instances
most operations needed for working with tracked entity instances and programs are supported.

/api/33/enrollments

302
1 Web API 1.71.2 Enrollment management

[Link] Enrolling a tracked entity instance into a program

For enrolling persons into a program, you will need to first get the identifier of the person from
the trackedEntityInstances resource. Then, you will need to get the program identifier from the
programs resource. A template payload can be seen below:

"trackedEntityInstance":
"ZRyCnJ1qUXS",

"orgUnit":
"ImspTQPwCqd",

"program":
"S8uo8AlvYMz",

"enrollmentDate":
"2013-09-17",

"incidentDate":
"2013-09-17"
}

This payload should be used in a POST request to the enrollments resource identified by the
following URL:

/api/33/enrollments

For cancelling or completing an enrollment, you can make a PUT request to the enrollments
resource, including the identifier and the action you want to perform. For cancelling an
enrollment for a tracked entity instance:

/api/33/enrollments/<enrollment-id>/cancelled

For completing an enrollment for a tracked entity instance you can make a PUT request to the
following URL:

/api/33/enrollments/<enrollment-id>/completed

For deleting an enrollment, you can make a DELETE request to the following URL:

/api/33/enrollments/<enrollment-id>

[Link] Enrollment instance query

To query for enrollments you can interact with the /api/enrollments resource.

/api/33/enrollments

303
1 Web API 1.71.2 Enrollment management

[Link].1 Request syntax

Enrollment query parameters

Query parameter Description

ou Organisation unit identifiers, separated by “;”.
ouMode The mode of selecting organisation units, can be SELECTED |
CHILDREN | DESCENDANTS | ACCESSIBLE | CAPTURE | ALL.
Default is SELECTED, which refers to the selected organisation
units only. See table below for explanations.
program Program identifier. Restricts instances to being enrolled in the
given program.
programStatus Status of the instance for the given program. Can be ACTIVE |
COMPLETED | CANCELLED.
followUp Follow up status of the instance for the given program. Can be true
| false or omitted.
programStartDate Start date of enrollment in the given program for the tracked entity
instance.
programEndDate End date of enrollment in the given program for the tracked entity
instance.
lastUpdatedDuration Include only items which are updated within the given duration.
The format is , where the supported time units are “d” (days), “h”
(hours), “m” (minutes) and “s” (seconds).
trackedEntity Tracked entity identifier. Restricts instances to the given tracked
instance type.
trackedEntityInstance Tracked entity instance identifier. Should not be used together with
trackedEntity.
page The page number. Default page is 1.
pageSize The page size. Default size is 50 rows per page.
totalPages Indicates whether to include the total number of pages in the
paging response (implies higher response time).
skipPaging Indicates whether paging should be ignored and all rows should be
returned.
includeDeleted Indicates whether to include soft deleted enrollments or not. It is
false by default.

The available organisation unit selection modes are explained in the following table.

Organisation unit selection modes

Mode Description
SELECTED Organisation units defined in the request (default).
CHILDREN Immediate children, i.e. only the first level below, of the organisation
units defined in the request.
DESCENDANTS All children, i.e. at only levels below, e.g. including children of children,
of the organisation units defined in the request.

304
1 Web API 1.71.2 Enrollment management

Mode Description
ACCESSIBLE All descendants of the data view organisation units associated with the
current user. Will fall back to data capture organisation units associated
with the current user if the former is not defined.
ALL All organisation units in the system. Requires authority.

The query is case insensitive. The following rules apply to the query parameters.

• At least one organisation unit must be specified using the ou parameter (one or many), or
ouMode=ALL must be specified.

• Only one of the program and trackedEntity parameters can be specified (zero or one).

• If programStatus is specified then program must also be specified.

• If followUp is specified then program must also be specified.

• If programStartDate or programEndDate is specified then program must also be specified.

A query for all enrollments associated with a specific organisation unit can look like this:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=DiszpKrYNg8

To constrain the response to enrollments which are part of a specific program you can include a
program query parameter:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n

To specify program enrollment dates as part of the query:

/api/33/[Link]?&ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&program=ur1Edk5Oe2n
&programStartDate=2013-01-01&programEndDate=2013-09-01

To constrain the response to enrollments of a specific tracked entity you can include a tracked
entity query parameter:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&trackedEntity=cyl5vuJ5ETQ

To constrain the response to enrollments of a specific tracked entity instance you can include a
tracked entity instance query parameter, in this case we have restricted it to available
enrollments viewable for current user:

/api/33/[Link]?ouMode=ACCESSIBLE&trackedEntityInstance=tphfdyIiVL6

By default the enrollments are returned in pages of size 50, to change this you can use the page
and pageSize query parameters:

/api/33/[Link]?ou=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS&page=2&pageSize=3

305
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

[Link].2 Response format

This resource supports JSON, JSONP, XLS and CSV resource representations.

• json (application/json)

• jsonp (application/javascript)

• xml (application/xml)

The response in JSON/XML is in object format and can look like the following. Please note that
field filtering is supported, so if you want a full view, you might want to add fields=* to the
query:

"enrollments":
[
{
"lastUpdated":
"2014-03-28T[Link].512+0000",

"trackedEntity":
"cyl5vuJ5ETQ",
"created":
"2014-03-28T[Link].500+0000",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"program":
"ur1Edk5Oe2n",

"enrollment":
"HLFOK0XThjr",

"trackedEntityInstance":
"qv0j4JBXQX0",

"followup":
false,
"enrollmentDate":
"2013-05-23T[Link].490+0000",
"incidentDate":
"2013-05-10T[Link].490+0000",

"status":
"ACTIVE"
}
]
}

1.71.3 Événements

This section is about sending and reading events.

/api/33/events

[Link] Sending events

DHIS2 supports three kinds of events: single events with no registration (also referred to as
anonymous events), single event with registration and multiple events with registration.
Registration implies that the data is linked to a tracked entity instance which is identified using
some sort of identifier.

306
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

To send events to DHIS2 you must interact with the events resource. The approach to sending
events is similar to sending aggregate data values. You will need a program which can be looked
up using the programs resource, an orgUnit which can be looked up using the organisationUnits
resource, and a list of valid data element identifiers which can be looked up using the
dataElements resource. For events with registration, a tracked entity instance identifier is
required, read about how to get this in the section about the trackedEntityInstances resource.
For sending events to programs with multiple stages, you will need to also include the
programStage identifier, the identifiers for programStages can be found in the programStages
resource.

A simple single event with no registration example payload in XML format where we send events
from the “Inpatient morbidity and mortality” program for the “Ngelehun CHC” facility in the demo
database can be seen below:

<?xml version="1.0"
encoding="utf-8"?>
<event
program="eBAyeGv0exc"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"

eventDate="2013-05-17"
status="COMPLETED"
storedBy="admin">

<coordinate
latitude="59.8"
longitude="10.9" />

<dataValues>
<dataValue
dataElement="qrur9Dvnyt5"
value="22" />
<dataValue
dataElement="oZg33kd9taw"
value="Male" />
<dataValue
dataElement="msodh3rEMJa"
value="2013-05-18" />
</
dataValues>
</event>

To perform some testing we can save the XML payload as a file [Link] and send it as a
POST request to the events resource in the API using curl with the following command:

curl -d @[Link] "[Link]

api/33/events"
-H "Content-Type:application/xml" -u
admin:district

The same payload in JSON format looks like this:

"program":
"eBAyeGv0exc",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventDate":
"2013-05-17",

"status":
"COMPLETED",

307
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

"completedDate":
"2013-05-18",

"storedBy":
"admin",

"coordinate":
{

"latitude":
59.8,

"longitude":
10.9
},

"dataValues":
[
{

"dataElement":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"value":
"22"
},
{

"dataElement":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"value":
"Male"
},
{

"dataElement":
"msodh3rEMJa",

"value":
"2013-05-18"
}
]
}

To send this you can save it to a file called [Link] and use curl like this:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/33/events" -H "Content-

Type:application/json"
-u
admin:district

We also support sending multiple events at the same time. A payload in XML format might look
like this:

<?xml version="1.0"
encoding="utf-8"?>
<events>
<event
program="eBAyeGv0exc"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"

eventDate="2013-05-17"
status="COMPLETED"
storedBy="admin">

<coordinate
latitude="59.8"
longitude="10.9" />

308
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

<dataValues>
<dataValue
dataElement="qrur9Dvnyt5"
value="22" />
<dataValue
dataElement="oZg33kd9taw"
value="Male" />
</
dataValues>
</
event>
<event
program="eBAyeGv0exc"
orgUnit="DiszpKrYNg8"

eventDate="2013-05-17"
status="COMPLETED"
storedBy="admin">

<coordinate
latitude="59.8"
longitude="10.9" />

<dataValues>
<dataValue
dataElement="qrur9Dvnyt5"
value="26" />
<dataValue
dataElement="oZg33kd9taw"
value="Female" />
</
dataValues>
</
event>
</
events>

You will receive an import summary with the response which can be inspected in order to get
information about the outcome of the request, like how many values were imported successfully.
The payload in JSON format looks like this:

"events":
[
{

"program":
"eBAyeGv0exc",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventDate":
"2013-05-17",

"status":
"COMPLETED",

"storedBy":
"admin",

"coordinate":
{

"latitude":
"59.8",

"longitude":
"10.9"
},

309
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

"dataValues":
[

"dataElement":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"value":
"22"
},

"dataElement":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"value":
"Male"
}
]
},
{

"program":
"eBAyeGv0exc",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventDate":
"2013-05-17",

"status":
"COMPLETED",

"storedBy":
"admin",

"coordinate":
{

"latitude":
"59.8",

"longitude":
"10.9"
},

"dataValues":
[

"dataElement":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"value":
"26"
},

"dataElement":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"value":
"Female"
}
]
}
]
}

310
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

You can also use GeoJson to store any kind of geometry on your event. An example payload
using GeoJson instead of the former latitude and longitude properties can be seen here:

"program":
"eBAyeGv0exc",

"orgUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventDate":
"2013-05-17",

"status":
"COMPLETED",

"storedBy":
"admin",

"geometry":
{

"type":
"POINT",

"coordinates":
[59.8,
10.9]
},

"dataValues":
[
{

"dataElement":
"qrur9Dvnyt5",

"value":
"22"
},
{

"dataElement":
"oZg33kd9taw",

"value":
"Male"
},
{

"dataElement":
"msodh3rEMJa",

"value":
"2013-05-18"
}
]
}

As part of the import summary you will also get the identifier reference to the event you just
sent, together with a href element which points to the server location of this event. The table
below describes the meaning of each element.

Events resource format

311
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Options (default
Parameter Type Required Description
first)
program string true Identifier of the single
event with no
registration program
orgUnit string true Identifier of the
organisation unit where
the event took place
eventDate date true The date of when the
event occurred
completedDate date false The date of when the
event is completed. If
not provided, the current
date is selected as the
event completed date
status enum false ACTIVE | Whether the event is
COMPLETED | complete or not
VISITED |
SCHEDULE |
OVERDUE |
SKIPPED
storedBy string false Defaults to current Who stored this event
user (can be username,
system-name, etc)
coordinate double false Refers to where the
event took place
geographically (latitude
and longitude)
dataElement string true Identifier of data
element
value string true Data value or measure
for this event

[Link].1 OrgUnit matching

By default the orgUnit parameter will match on the ID, you can also select the orgUnit id
matching scheme by using the parameter orgUnitIdScheme=SCHEME, where the options are: ID,
UID, UUID, CODE, and NAME. There is also the ATTRIBUTE: scheme, which matches on a unique
metadata attribute value.

[Link] Updating events

To update an existing event, the format of the payload is the same, but the URL you are posting
to must add the identifier to the end of the URL string and the request must be PUT.

The payload has to contain all, even non-modified, attributes. Attributes that were present before
and are not present in the current payload any more will be removed by the system.

It is not allowed to update an already deleted event. The same applies to tracked entity instance
and enrollment.

312
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

curl -X PUT -d @updated_event.xml "localhost/api/

33/events/ID"
-H "Content-Type: application/xml" -u
admin:district

curl -X PUT -d @updated_event.json "localhost/api/

33/events/ID"
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
admin:district

[Link] Deleting events

To delete an existing event, all you need is to send a DELETE request with an identifier reference
to the server you are using.

curl -X DELETE "localhost/api/33/events/ID" -u

admin:district

[Link] Assigning user to events

A user can be assigned to an event. This can be done by including the appropriate property in the
payload when updating or creating the event.

"assignedUser": "<id>"

The id refers to the if of the user. Only one user can be assigned to an event at a time.

User assignment must be enabled in the program stage before users can be assigned to events.

[Link] Getting events

To get an existing event you can issue a GET request including the identifier like this:

curl "[Link] -H "Content-Type: application/

xml" -u admin:district

[Link] Querying and reading events

This section explains how to read out the events that have been stored in the DHIS2 instance. For
more advanced uses of the event data, please see the section on event analytics. The output
format from the /api/events endpoint will match the format that is used to send events to it
(which the analytics event api does not support). Both XML and JSON are supported, either
through adding .json/.xml or by setting the appropriate Accept header. The query is paged by
default and the default page size is 50 events, field filtering works as it does for metadata, add
the fields parameter and include your wanted properties, i.e. ?fields=program,status.

Events resource query parameters

Key Type Required Description

program identifier true (if not Identifier of program
programStage
is provided)
programStage identifier false Identifier of program stage

313
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Key Type Required Description

programStatus enum false Status of event in program, ca
be ACTIVE | COMPLETED |
CANCELLED
followUp boolean false Whether event is considered
for follow up in program, can
be true | false or omitted.
trackedEntityInstance identifier false Identifier of tracked entity
instance
orgUnit identifier true Identifier of organisation unit
ouMode enum false Org unit selection mode, can
be SELECTED | CHILDREN |
DESCENDANTS
startDate date false Only events newer than this
date
endDate date false Only events older than this
date
status enum false Status of event, can be
ACTIVE | COMPLETED |
VISITED | SCHEDULED |
OVERDUE | SKIPPED
lastUpdatedStartDate date false Filter for events which were
updated after this date.
Cannot be used together with
lastUpdatedDuration.
lastUpdatedEndDate date false Filter for events which were
updated up until this date.
Cannot be used together with
lastUpdatedDuration.
lastUpdatedDuration string false Include only items which are
updated within the given
duration. The format is ,
where the supported time
units are “d” (days), “h”
(hours), “m” (minutes) and “s”
(seconds). Cannot be used
together with
lastUpdatedStartDate and/or
lastUpdatedEndDate.
skipMeta boolean false Exclude the meta data part of
response (improves
performance)
page integer false Page number
pageSize integer false Number of items in each
page
totalPages boolean false Indicates whether to include
the total number of pages in
the paging response.

314
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Key Type Required Description

skipPaging boolean false Indicates whether to skip
paging in the query and
return all events.
dataElementIdScheme string false Data element ID scheme to
use for export, valid options
are UID, CODE and
ATTRIBUTE:{ID}
categoryOptionComboIdScheme string false Category Option Combo ID
scheme to use for export,
valid options are UID, CODE
and ATTRIBUTE:{ID}
orgUnitIdScheme string false Organisation Unit ID scheme
to use for export, valid
options are UID, CODE and
ATTRIBUTE:{ID}
programIdScheme string false Program ID scheme to use for
export, valid options are UID,
CODE and ATTRIBUTE:{ID}
programStageIdScheme string false Program Stage ID scheme to
use for export, valid options
are UID, CODE and
ATTRIBUTE:{ID}
idScheme string false Allows to set id scheme for
data element, category
option combo, orgUnit,
program and program stage
at once.
order string false The order of which to retrieve
the events from the API.
Usage: order=<property>:asc/
desc - Ascending order is
default.

Properties: event | program |

programStage | enrollment |
enrollmentStatus | orgUnit |
orgUnitName |
trackedEntityInstance |
eventDate | followup | status
| dueDate | storedBy |
created | lastUpdated |
completedBy |
completedDate

order=orgUnitName:DESC

order=lastUpdated:ASC

315
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Key Type Required Description

event comma false Filter the result down to a
delimited limited set of IDs by using
string event=id1;id2.
skipEventId boolean false Skips event identifiers in the
response
attributeCc (**) string false Attribute category combo
identifier (must be combined
with attributeCos)
attributeCos (**) string false Attribute category option
identifiers, separated with ;
(must be combined with
attributeCc)
async false | false Indicates whether the import
true should be done
asynchronous or
synchronous.
includeDeleted boolean false When true, soft deleted
events will be included in
your query result.
assignedUserMode enum false Assigned user selection
mode, can be CURRENT |
PROVIDED | NONE | ANY.
assignedUser comma false Filter the result down to a
delimited limited set of events that are
strings assigned to the given user IDs
by using
assignedUser=id1;id2. This
parameter will be considered
only if assignedUserMode is
either PROVIDED or null. The
API will error out, if for
example,
assignedUserMode=CURRENT
and assignedUser=someId

Note
If the query contains neither attributeCC nor attributeCos, the
server returns events for all attribute option combos where the user
has read access.

[Link].1 Examples

Query for all events with children of a certain organisation unit:

/api/29/[Link]?orgUnit=YuQRtpLP10I&ouMode=CHILDREN

316
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Query for all events with all descendants of a certain organisation unit, implying all organisation
units in the sub-hierarchy:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=O6uvpzGd5pu&ouMode=DESCENDANTS

Query for all events with a certain program and organisation unit:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=eBAyeGv0exc

Query for all events with a certain program and organisation unit, sorting by due date ascending:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=eBAyeGv0exc&order=dueDate

Query for the 10 events with the newest event date in a certain program and organisation unit -
by paging and ordering by due date descending:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=eBAyeGv0exc
&order=eventDate:desc&pageSize=10&page=1

Query for all events with a certain program and organisation unit for a specific tracked entity
instance:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8
&program=eBAyeGv0exc&trackedEntityInstance=gfVxE3ALA9m

Query for all events with a certain program and organisation unit older or equal to 2014-02-03:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=eBAyeGv0exc&endDate=2014-02-03

Query for all events with a certain program stage, organisation unit and tracked entity instance in
the year 2014:

/api/33/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=eBAyeGv0exc
&trackedEntityInstance=gfVxE3ALA9m&startDate=2014-01-01&endDate=2014-12-31

Query files associated with event data values. In the specific case of fetching an image file an
additional parameter can be provided to fetch the image with different dimensions. If dimension
is not provided, the system will return the original image. The parameter will be ignored in case
of fetching non-image files e.g pdf. Possible dimension values are small(254 x 254), medium(512
x 512), large(1024 x 1024) or original. Any value other than those mentioned will be discarded
and the original image will be returned.

/api/33/events/files?eventUid=hcmcWlYkg9u&dataElementUid=C0W4aFuVm4P&dimension=small

317
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Retrieve events with specified Organisation unit and Program, and use Attribute:Gq0oWTf2DtN
as identifier scheme
/api/events?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=lxAQ7Zs9VYR&idScheme=Attribute:Gq0oWTf2DtN

Retrieve events with specified Organisation unit and Program, and use UID as identifier scheme
for orgUnits, Code as identifier scheme for Program stages, and Attribute:Gq0oWTf2DtN as
identifier scheme for the rest of the metadata with assigned attribute.
api/[Link]?
orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&program=lxAQ7Zs9VYR&idScheme=Attribute:Gq0oWTf2DtN
&orgUnitIdScheme=UID&programStageIdScheme=Code

[Link] Event grid query

In addition to the above event query end point, there is an event grid query end point where a
more compact “grid” format of events are returned. This is possible by interacting with /api/
events/[Link]|xml|xls|csv endpoint.

/api/33/events/query

Most of the query parameters mentioned in event querying and reading section above are valid
here. However, since the grid to be returned comes with specific set of columns that apply to all
rows (events), it is mandatory to specify a program stage. It is not possible to mix events from
different programs or program stages in the return.

Returning events from a single program stage, also opens up for new functionality - for example
sorting and searching events based on their data element values. api/events/query has support
for this. Below are some examples

A query to return an event grid containing only selected data elements for a program stage

/api/33/events/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&programStage=Zj7UnCAulEk
&dataElement=qrur9Dvnyt5,fWIAEtYVEGk,K6uUAvq500H&order=lastUpdated:desc
&pageSize=50&page=1&totalPages=true

A query to return an event grid containing all data elements of a program stage

/api/33/events/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&programStage=Zj7UnCAulEk
&includeAllDataElements=true

A query to filter events based on data element value

/api/33/events/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&programStage=Zj7UnCAulEk
&filter=qrur9Dvnyt5:GT:20:LT:50

In addition to the filtering, the above example also illustrates one thing: the fact that there are no
data elements mentioned to be returned in the grid. When this happens, the system defaults
back to return only those data elements marked “Display in report” under program stage
configuration.

We can also extend the above query to return us a grid sorted (asc|desc) based on data element
value

318
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

/api/33/events/[Link]?orgUnit=DiszpKrYNg8&programStage=Zj7UnCAulEk
&filter=qrur9Dvnyt5:GT:20:LT:50&order=qrur9Dvnyt5:desc

[Link] Event filters

To create, read, update and delete event filters you can interact with the /api/eventFilters
resource.

/api/33/eventFilters

[Link].1 Create and update an event filter definition

For creating and updating an event filter in the system, you will be working with the eventFilters
resource. POST is used to create and PUT method is used to update. The event filter definitions
are used in the Tracker Capture app to display relevant predefined “Working lists” in the tracker
user interface.

Request Payload

Request Property Description Example

name Name of the filter. “name”:“My working list”
description A description of the “description”:“for listing all
filter. events assigned to me”.
program The uid of the program. “program” : “a3kGcGDCuk6”
programStage The uid of the program “programStage” :
stage. “a3kGcGDCuk6”
eventQueryCriteria Object containing “eventQueryCriteria”: {
parameters for “organisationUnit”:“a3kGcGDCuk6”,
querying, sorting and “status”: “COMPLETED”,
filtering events. “createdDate”: { “from”:
“2014-05-01”, “to”: “2019-03-20”
}, “dataElements”:
[“a3kGcGDCuk6:EQ:1”,
“a3kGcGDCuk6”], “filters”:
[“a3kGcGDCuk6:EQ:1”],
“programStatus”: “ACTIVE”,
“ouMode”: “SELECTED”,
“assignedUserMode”:
“PROVIDED”, “assignedUsers” :
[“a3kGcGDCuk7”,
“a3kGcGDCuk8”], “followUp”:
false, “trackedEntityInstance”:
“a3kGcGDCuk6”, “events”:
[“a3kGcGDCuk7”,
“a3kGcGDCuk8”], “fields”:
“eventDate,dueDate”, “order”:
“dueDate:asc,createdDate:desc”
}

319
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

Event Query Criteria definition

followUp Used to filter “followUp”: true

events based on
enrollment
followUp flag.
Possible values are
true|false.
organisationUnit To specify the uid “organisationUnit”: “a3kGcGDCuk7”
of the organisation
unit
ouMode To specify the OU “ouMode”: “SELECTED”
selection mode.
Possible values are
SELECTED|
CHILDREN|
DESCENDANTS|
ACCESSIBLE|
CAPTURE|ALL
assignedUserMode To specify the “assignedUserMode”: “PROVIDED”
assigned user
selection mode for
events. Possible
values are
CURRENT|
PROVIDED| NONE
| ANY. See table
below to
understand what
each value
indicates. If
PROVIDED (or null),
non-empty
assignedUsers in
the payload will be
considered.
assignedUsers To specify a list of “assignedUsers”: [“a3kGcGDCuk7”,
assigned users for “a3kGcGDCuk8”]
events. To be used
along with
PROVIDED
assignedUserMode
above.
displayOrderColumns To specify the “displayOrderColumns”: [“eventDate”,
output ordering of “dueDate”, “program”]
columns

320
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

order To specify ordering/ “order”=“a3kGcGDCuk6:desc,eventDate:asc”

sorting of fields and
its directions in
comma separated
values. A single
item in order is of
the form
“dataItem:direction”.
dataFilters To specify filters to “dataFilters”=[{ “dataItem”:
be applied when “abcDataElementUid”, “le”: “20”, “ge”: “10”,
listing events “lt”: “20”, “gt”: “10”, “in”: [“India”, “Norway”],
“like”: “abc”, “dateFilter”: { “startDate”:
“2014-05-01”, “endDate”: “2019-03-20”,
“startBuffer”: -5, “endBuffer”: 5, “period”:
“LAST_WEEK”, “type”: “RELATIVE” } }]
status Any valid “eventStatus”: “COMPLETED”
EventStatus
events To specify list of “events”=[“a3kGcGDCuk6”]
events
completedDate DateFilterPeriod “completedDate”: { “startDate”:
object date filtering “2014-05-01”, “endDate”: “2019-03-20”,
based on “startBuffer”: -5, “endBuffer”: 5, “period”:
completed date. “LAST_WEEK”, “type”: “RELATIVE” }
eventDate DateFilterPeriod “eventDate”: { “startBuffer”: -5, “endBuffer”:
object date filtering 5, “type”: “RELATIVE” }
based on event
date.
dueDate DateFilterPeriod “dueDate”: { “period”: “LAST_WEEK”, “type”:
object date filtering “RELATIVE” }
based on due date.
lastUpdatedDate DateFilterPeriod “lastUpdatedDate”: { “startDate”:
object date filtering “2014-05-01”, “endDate”: “2019-03-20”,
based on last “type”: “ABSOLUTE” }
updated date.

DateFilterPeriod object definition

type Specify whether the date “type” : “RELATIVE”

period type is ABSOLUTE |
RELATIVE
period Specify if a relative system “period” : “THIS_WEEK”
defined period is to be
used. Applicable only when
“type” is RELATIVE. (see
Relative Periods for
supported relative periods)
startDate Absolute start date. “startDate”:“2014-05-01”
Applicable only when
“type” is ABSOLUTE

321
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

endDate Absolute end date. “startDate”:“2014-05-01”

Applicable only when
“type” is ABSOLUTE
startBuffer Relative custom start date. “startBuffer”:-10
Applicable only when
“type” is RELATIVE
endBuffer Relative custom end date. “startDate”:+10
Applicable only when
“type” is RELATIVE

The available assigned user selection modes are explained in the following table.

Assigned user selection modes (event assignment)

Mode Description
CURRENT Assigned to the current logged in user
PROVIDED Assigned to the users provided in the “assignedUser” parameter
NONE Assigned to no users.
ANY Assigned to any users.

A sample payload that can be used to create/update an eventFilter is shown below.

"program":
"ur1Edk5Oe2n",
"description": "Simple
Filter for TB
events",

"name":
"TB
events",

"eventQueryCriteria":
{

"organisationUnit":
"DiszpKrYNg8",

"eventStatus":
"COMPLETED",

"eventDate":
{

"startDate":
"2014-05-01",

"endDate":
"2019-03-20",

"startBuffer":
-5,

"endBuffer":
5,

"period":
"LAST_WEEK",

"type":
"RELATIVE"

322
1 Web API 1.71.3 Événements

},

"dataFilters":
[
{
"dataItem":
"abcDataElementUid",

"le":
"20",

"ge":
"10",

"lt":
"20",

"gt":
"10",

"in":
["India",
"Norway"],

"like":
"abc"
},
{
"dataItem":
"dateDataElementUid",

"dateFilter":
{

"startDate":
"2014-05-01",

"endDate":
"2019-03-20",

"type":
"ABSOLUTE"
}
},
{
"dataItem":
"anotherDateDataElementUid",

"dateFilter":
{

"startBuffer":
-5,

"endBuffer":
5,

"type":
"RELATIVE"
}
},
{
"dataItem":
"yetAnotherDateDataElementUid",

"dateFilter":
{

"period":
"LAST_WEEK",

"type":
"RELATIVE"
}
}

323
1 Web API 1.71.4 Relationships

],

"programStatus":
"ACTIVE"
}
}

[Link].2 Retrieving and deleting event filters

A specific event filter can be retrieved by using the following api

GET /api/33/eventFilters/{uid}

All event filters can be retrieved by using the following api.

GET /api/33/eventFilters?fields=*

All event filters for a specific program can be retrieved by using the following api

GET /api/33/eventFilters?filter=program:eq:IpHINAT79UW

An event filter can be deleted by using the following api

DELETE /api/33/eventFilters/{uid}

1.71.4 Relationships

Relationships are links between two entities in tracker. These entities can be tracked entity
instances, enrollments and events.

There are multiple endpoints that allow you to see, create, delete and update relationships. The
most common is the /api/trackedEntityInstances endpoint, where you can include relationships
in the payload to create, update or deleting them if you omit them - Similar to how you work with
enrollments and events in the same endpoint. All the tracker endpoints, /api/
trackedEntityInstances, /api/enrollments and /api/events also list their relationships if requested
in the field filter.

The standard endpoint for relationships is, however, /api/relationships. This endpoint provides all
the normal CRUD operations for relationships.

List all relationships require you to provide the UID of the trackedEntityInstance, Enrollment or
event that you want to list all the relationships for:

GET /api/relationships?tei=ABCDEF12345
GET /api/relationships?enrollment=ABCDEF12345
GET /api/relationships?event=ABCDEF12345

This request will return a list of any relationship you have access to see that includes the
trackedEntityInstance, enrollment or event you specified. Each relationship is represented with
the following JSON:

324
1 Web API 1.71.4 Relationships

"relationshipType":
"dDrh5UyCyvQ",

"relationshipName":
"Mother-
Child",

"relationship":
"t0HIBrc65Rm",

"bidirectional":
false,

"from":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"vOxUH373fy5"
}
},
"to":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"pybd813kIWx"
}
},
"created":
"2019-04-26T[Link].267",
"lastUpdated":
"2019-04-26T[Link].267"
}

You can also view specified relationships using the following endpoint:

GET /api/relationships/<id>

To create or update a relationship, you can use the following endpoints:

POST /api/relationships
PUT /api/relationships

And use the following payload structure:

"relationshipType":
"dDrh5UyCyvQ",

"from":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"vOxUH373fy5"
}

325
1 Web API 1.71.5 Update strategies

},
"to":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"pybd813kIWx"
}
}
}

To delete a relationship, you can use this endpoint:

DELETE /api/relationships/<id>

In our example payloads, we use a relationship between trackedEntityInstances. Because of this,

the “from” and “to” properties of our payloads include “trackedEntityInstance” objects. If your
relationship includes other entities, you can use the following properties:

"enrollment":
{

"enrollment":
"<id>"
}
}

"event":
{

"event":
"<id>"
}
}

1.71.5 Update strategies

Two update strategies for all 3 tracker endpoints are supported: enrollment and event creation.
This is useful when you have generated an identifier on the client side and are not sure if it was
created or not on the server.

Available tracker strategies

Parameter Description
CREATE Create only, this is the default behavior.
CREATE_AND_UPDATE Try and match the ID, if it exist then update, if not create.

To change the parameter, please use the strategy parameter:

POST /api/33/trackedEntityInstances?strategy=CREATE_AND_UPDATE

326
1 Web API 1.71.6 Tracker bulk deletion

1.71.6 Tracker bulk deletion

Bulk deletion of tracker objects work in a similar fashion to adding and updating tracker objects,
the only difference is that the importStrategy is DELETE.

Example: Bulk deletion of tracked entity instances:

"trackedEntityInstances":
[
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"ID1"
},
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"ID2"
},
{

"trackedEntityInstance":
"ID3"
}
]
}

curl -X POST -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
"[Link]
strategy=DELETE"

Example: Bulk deletion of enrollments:

"enrollments":
[
{

"enrollment":
"ID1"
},
{

"enrollment":
"ID2"
},
{

"enrollment":
"ID3"
}
]
}

curl -X POST -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
"[Link]
strategy=DELETE"

Example: Bulk deletion of events:

327
1 Web API 1.71.7 Identifier reuse and item deletion via POST and PUT methods

"events":
[
{

"event":
"ID1"
},
{

"event":
"ID2"
},
{

"event":
"ID3"
}
]
}

curl -X POST -d @[Link] -H "Content-Type:

application/json"
"[Link]
strategy=DELETE"

1.71.7 Identifier reuse and item deletion via POST and PUT methods

Tracker endpoints /trackedEntityInstances, /enrollments, /events support CRUD operations. The

system keeps track of used identifiers. Therefore, an item which has been created and then
deleted (e.g. events, enrollments) cannot be created or updated again. If attempting to delete an
already deleted item, the system returns a success response as deletion of an already deleted
item implies no change.

The system does not allow to delete an item via an update (PUT) or create (POST) method.
Therefore, an attribute deleted is ignored in both PUT and POST methods, and in POST method it
is by default set to false.

1.71.8 Import parameters

The import process can be customized using a set of import parameters:

Import parameters

Parameter Values (default first) Description

dataElementIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the data element object
attribute:ID to use to map the data values.
orgUnitIdScheme id | name | code | Property of the org unit object to use
attribute:ID to map the data values.
idScheme id | name | code| Property of all objects including data
attribute:ID elements, org units and category
option combos, to use to map the
data values.
dryRun false | true Whether to save changes on the
server or just return the import
summary.

328
1 Web API 1.71.8 Import parameters

Parameter Values (default first) Description

strategy CREATE | UPDATE | Save objects of all, new or update
CREATE_AND_UPDATE | import status on the server.
DELETE
skipNotifications true | false Indicates whether to send
notifications for completed events.
skipFirst true | false Relevant for CSV import only.
Indicates whether CSV file contains a
header row which should be skipped.
importReportMode FULL, ERRORS, DEBUG Sets the ImportReport mode,
controls how much is reported back
after the import is done. ERRORS only
includes ObjectReports for object
which has errors. FULL returns an
ObjectReport for all objects imported,
and DEBUG returns the same plus a
name for the object (if available).

[Link] CSV Import / Export

In addition to XML and JSON for event import/export, in DHIS2.17 we introduced support for the
CSV format. Support for this format builds on what was described in the last section, so here we
will only write about what the CSV specific parts are.

To use the CSV format you must either use the /api/[Link] endpoint, or add content-
type: text/csv for import, and accept: text/csv for export when using the /api/events endpoint.

The order of column in the CSV which are used for both export and import is as follows:

CSV column

Index Key Type Description

1 event identifier Identifier of event
2 status enum Status of event, can be ACTIVE | COMPLETED
| VISITED | SCHEDULED | OVERDUE |
SKIPPED
3 program identifier Identifier of program
4 programStage identifier Identifier of program stage
5 enrollment identifier Identifier of enrollment (program instance)
6 orgUnit identifier Identifier of organisation unit
7 eventDate date Event date
8 dueDate date Due Date
9 latitude double Latitude where event happened
10 longitude double Longitude where event happened
11 dataElement identifier Identifier of data element
12 value string Value / measure of event
13 storedBy string Event was stored by (defaults to current user)
14 providedElsewhere boolean Was this value collected somewhere else

329
1 Web API 1.71.9 Tracker Ownership Management

Index Key Type Description

14 completedDate date Completed date of event
14 completedBy string Username of user who completed event

Example of 2 events with 2 different data value each:

EJNxP3WreNP,COMPLETED,<pid>,<psid>,<enrollment-id>,<ou>,2016-01-01,2016-01-01,,,<de>,1,,
EJNxP3WreNP,COMPLETED,<pid>,<psid>,<enrollment-id>,<ou>,2016-01-01,2016-01-01,,,<de>,2,,
qPEdI1xn7k0,COMPLETED,<pid>,<psid>,<enrollment-id>,<ou>,2016-01-01,2016-01-01,,,<de>,3,,
qPEdI1xn7k0,COMPLETED,<pid>,<psid>,<enrollment-id>,<ou>,2016-01-01,2016-01-01,,,<de>,4,,

[Link] Import strategy: SYNC

The import strategy SYNC should be used only by internal synchronization task and not for
regular import. The SYNC strategy allows all 3 operations: CREATE, UPDATE, DELETE to be present
in the payload at the same time.

1.71.9 Tracker Ownership Management

A new concept called Tracker Ownership is introduced from 2.30. There will now be one owner
organisation unit for a tracked entity instance in the context of a program. Programs that are
configured with an access level of PROTECTED or CLOSED will adhere to the ownership privileges.
Only those users belonging to the owning org unit for a tracked entity-program combination will
be able to access the data related to that program for that tracked entity.

[Link] Tracker Ownership Override : Break the Glass

It is possible to temporarily override this ownership privilege for a program that is configured
with an access level of PROTECTED. Any user will be able to temporarily gain access to the
program related data, if the user specifies a reason for accessing the tracked entity-program
data. This act of temporarily gaining access is termed as breaking the glass. Currently, the
temporary access is granted for 3 hours. DHIS2 audits breaking the glass along with the reason
specified by the user. It is not possible to gain temporary access to a program that has been
configured with an access level of CLOSED. To break the glass for a tracked entity program
combination, you can issue a POST request as shown:

/api/33/tracker/ownership/override?trackedEntityInstance=DiszpKrYNg8
&program=eBAyeGv0exc&reason=patient+showed+up+for+emergency+care

[Link] Tracker Ownership Transfer

It is possible to transfer the ownership of a tracked entity-program from one org unit to another.
This will be useful in case of patient referrals or migrations. Only an owner (or users who have
broken the glass) can transfer the ownership. To transfer ownership of a tracked entity-program
to another organisation unit, you can issue a PUT request as shown:

/api/33/tracker/ownership/transfer?trackedEntityInstance=DiszpKrYNg8
&program=eBAyeGv0exc&ou=EJNxP3WreNP

330
1 Web API 1.72 Potential Duplicates

1.72 Potential Duplicates

Potential duplicates are records we work with in the data deduplication feature. Due to the
nature of the deduplication feature, this API endpoint is somewhat restricted.

A potential duplicate represents a single or pair of records which are suspected to be a duplicate.

The payload of a potential duplicate looks like this:

"teiA":
"<id>",

"teiB":
"<id>",
"status":
"OPEN|
INVALID|
MERGED"
}

You can retrieve a list of potential duplicates using the following endpoint:

GET /api/potentialDuplicates

Additionally you can inspect individual records:

GET /api/potentialDuplicates/<id>

To create a new potential duplicate, you can use this endpoint:

POST /api/potentialDuplicates

The payload you provide needs at least teiA to be a valid tracked entity instance; teiB is optional.
If teiB is set, it also needs to point to an existing tracked entity instance.

"teiA":
"<id>",

"teiB":
"<id>"
}

You can mark a potential duplicate as invalid to tell the system that the potential duplicate has
been investigated and deemed to be not a duplicate. To do so you can use the following
endpoint:

PUT /api/potentialDuplicates/<id>/invalidation

To hard delete a potential duplicate:

331
1 Web API 1.73 Adresses électronique

DELETE /api/potentialDuplicates/<id>

1.73 Adresses électronique

The Web API features a resource for sending emails. For emails to be sent it is required that the
SMTP configuration has been properly set up and that a system notification email address for the
DHIS2 instance has been defined. You can set SMTP settings from the email settings screen and
system notification email address from the general settings screen in DHIS2.

/api/33/email

1.73.1 System notification

The notification resource lets you send system email notifications with a given subject and text in
JSON or XML. The email will be sent to the notification email address as defined in the DHIS2
general system settings:

{
"subject":
"Integrity
check
summary",
"text": "All checks
ran
successfully"
}

You can send a system email notification by posting to the notification resource like this:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/33/email/

notification" -X POST
-H "Content-Type:application/json" -u
admin:district

1.73.2 Outbound emails

You can also send a general email notification by posting to the notification resource as
mentioned below. F_SEND_EMAIL or ALL authority has to be in the system to make use of this
api. Subject parameter is optional. “DHIS 2” string will be sent as default subject if it is not
provided in url. Url should be encoded in order to use this API.

curl "localhost/api/33/email/notification?
recipients=xyz%[Link]&message=sample%20email&subject=Test%20Email"
-X POST -u
admin:district

1.73.3 Test message

To test whether the SMTP setup is correct by sending a test email to yourself you can interact
with the test resource. To send test emails it is required that your DHIS2 user account has a valid
email address associated with it. You can send a test email like this:

curl "localhost/api/33/email/test" -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/

json" -u admin:district

332
1 Web API 1.74 Partage

1.74 Partage

The sharing solution allows you to share most objects in the system with specific user groups and
to define whether objects should be publicly accessible or private. To get and set sharing status
for objects you can interact with the sharing resource.

/api/33/sharing

1.74.1 Get sharing status

To request the sharing status for an object use a GET request to:

/api/33/sharing?type=dataElement&id=fbfJHSPpUQD

The response looks like the below.

"meta":
{

"allowPublicAccess":
true,

"allowExternalAccess":
false
},

"object":
{
"id":
"fbfJHSPpUQD",
"name":
"ANC
1st
visit",

"publicAccess":
"rw------",

"externalAccess":
false,

"user":
{},

"userGroupAccesses":
[
{
"id":
"hj0nnsVsPLU",

"access":
"rw------"
},
{
"id":
"qMjBflJMOfB",

"access":
"r-------"
}
]
}
}

333
1 Web API 1.74.2 Set sharing status

1.74.2 Set sharing status

You can define the sharing status for an object using the same URL with a POST request, where
the payload in JSON format looks like this:

"object":
{

"publicAccess":
"rw------",

"externalAccess":
false,

"user":
{},

"userGroupAccesses":
[
{
"id":
"hj0nnsVsPLU",

"access":
"rw------"
},
{
"id":
"qMjBflJMOfB",

"access":
"r-------"
}
]
}
}

In this example, the payload defines the object to have read-write public access, no external
access (without login), read-write access to one user group and read-only access to another user
group. You can submit this to the sharing resource using curl:

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/33/sharing?

type=dataElement&id=fbfJHSPpUQD"
-H "Content-Type:application/json" -u
admin:district

1.75 Programmation

DHIS2 allows for scheduling of jobs of various types. Each type of job has different properties for
configuration, giving you finer control over how jobs are run. In addition, you can configure the
same job to run with different configurations and at different intervals if required.

Main properties

Property Description Type

name Name of the job. String
cronExpression The cron expression which defines the interval for String (Cron
when the job should run. expression)

334
1 Web API 1.75 Programmation

Property Description Type

jobType The job type represent which task is run. In the next String (Enum)
table, you can get an overview of existing job types.
Each job type can have a specific set of parameters for
job configuration.
jobParameters Job parameters, if applicable for job type. (See list of
job types)
enabled A job can be added to the system without it being Boolean
scheduled by setting enabled to false in the JSON
payload. Use this if you want to temporarily stop
scheduling for a job, or if a job configuration is not
complete yet.

Available job types

Job type Parameters Param(Type:Default)

DATA_INTEGRITY NONE
ANALYTICS_TABLE lastYears: Number of lastYears (int:0)
• years back to include •
• skipTableTypes
• skipTableTypes: Skip (Array of String
generation of tables (Enum):None )

Possible values: • skipResourceTables

DATA_VALUE, (Boolean)
COMPLETENESS,
COMPLETENESS_TARGET,
ORG_UNIT_TARGET,
EVENT, ENROLLMENT,
VALIDATION_RESULT

• skipResourceTables: Skip
generation of resource
tables

335
1 Web API 1.75 Programmation

Job type Parameters Param(Type:Default)

CONTINUOUS_ANALYTICS_TABLE fullUpdateHourOfDay: lastYears (int:0)
• Hour of day for full •
update of analytics • skipTableTypes
tables (0-23) (Array of String
(Enum):None )
• lastYears: Number of
years back to include • skipResourceTables
(Boolean)
• skipTableTypes: Skip
generation of tables

Possible values:
DATA_VALUE,
COMPLETENESS,
COMPLETENESS_TARGET,
ORG_UNIT_TARGET,
EVENT, ENROLLMENT,
VALIDATION_RESULT

• skipResourceTables: Skip
generation of resource
tables

DATA_SYNC NONE
META_DATA_SYNC NONE
SEND_SCHEDULED_MESSAGE NONE
PROGRAM_NOTIFICATIONS NONE
MONITORING (Validation rule relativeStart: A number relativeStart (int:0)
analysis) • related to date of •
execution which • relativeEnd (int:0)
resembles the start of
• validationRuleGroups
the period to monitor
(Array of String
• relativeEnd: A number (UIDs):None )
related to date of
• sendNotification
execution which
(Boolean:false)
resembles the end of the
period to monitor • persistsResults
(Boolean:false)
• validationRuleGroups:
Validation rule
groups(UIDs) to include
in job

• sendNotification: Set
“true” if job should send
notifications based on
validation rule groups

• persistsResults: Set
“true” if job should
persist validation results

336
1 Web API 1.75.1 Get available job types

Job type Parameters Param(Type:Default)

PUSH_ANALYSIS pushAnalysis: The uid of pushAnalysis
• the push analysis you • (String:None)
want to run

PREDICTOR relativeStart: A number relativeStart (int:0)

• related to date of •
execution which • relativeEnd (int:0)
resembles the start of
• predictors (Array of
the period to monitor
String (UIDs):None )
• relativeEnd: A number
related to date of
execution which
resembles the start of
the period to monitor

• predictors:
Predictors(UIDs) to
include in job

1.75.1 Get available job types

To get a list of all available job types you can use the following endpoint:

GET /api/jobConfigurations/jobTypes

The response contains information about each job type including name, job type, key, scheduling
type and available parameters. The scheduling type can either be CRON, meaning jobs can be
scheduled using a cron expression with the cronExpression field, or FIXED_DELAY, meaning
jobs can be scheduled to run with a fixed delay in between with the delay field. The field delay is
given in seconds.

A response will look similar to this:

"jobTypes":
[
{
"name":
"Data
integrity",

"jobType":
"DATA_INTEGRITY",
"key":
"dataIntegrityJob",

"schedulingType":
"CRON"
},
{
"name":
"Resource
table",

337
1 Web API 1.75.2 Create job

"jobType":
"RESOURCE_TABLE",
"key":
"resourceTableJob",

"schedulingType":
"CRON"
},
{
"name": "Continuous
analytics table",
"jobType":
"CONTINUOUS_ANALYTICS_TABLE",
"key":
"continuousAnalyticsTableJob",

"schedulingType":
"FIXED_DELAY"
}
]
}

1.75.2 Create job

To configure jobs you can do a POST request to the following resource:

/api/jobConfigurations

A job without parameters in JSON format looks like this :

"name":
"",

"jobType":
"JOBTYPE",

"cronExpression":
"0 *
* ? *
*"
}

An example of an analytics table job with parameters in JSON format:

{
"name": "Analytics
tables last two
years",
"jobType":
"ANALYTICS_TABLE",

"cronExpression":
"0 *
* ? *
*",

"jobParameters":
{

"lastYears":
"2",

"skipTableTypes":
[],

338
1 Web API 1.75.3 Get jobs

"skipResourceTables":
false
}
}

As example of a push analysis job with parameters in JSON format:

{
"name":
"Push
anlysis
charts",

"jobType":
"PUSH_ANALYSIS",

"cronExpression":
"0 *
* ? *
*",

"jobParameters":
{

"pushAnalysis":
["jtcMAKhWwnc"]
}
}

An example of a job with scheduling type FIXED_DELAY and 120 seconds delay:

{
"name": "Continuous
analytics
table",
"jobType":
"CONTINUOUS_ANALYTICS_TABLE",

"delay":
"120",

"jobParameters":
{

"fullUpdateHourOfDay":
4
}
}

1.75.3 Get jobs

List all job configurations:

GET /api/jobConfigurations

Retrieve a job:

GET /api/jobConfigurations/{id}

The response payload looks like this:

339
1 Web API 1.75.3 Get jobs

{
"lastUpdated":
"2018-02-22T[Link].067",
"id":
"KBcP6Qw37gT",
"href": "[Link]
jobConfigurations/KBcP6Qw37gT",
"created":
"2018-02-22T[Link].067",
"name":
"analytics
last two
years",

"jobStatus":
"SCHEDULED",
"displayName":
"analytics last
two years",

"enabled":
true,

"externalAccess":
false,
"jobType":
"ANALYTICS_TABLE",
"nextExecutionTime":
"2018-02-26T[Link].000",

"cronExpression":
"0 0 3 ?
* MON",

"jobParameters":
{

"lastYears":
2,

"skipTableTypes":
[],

"skipResourceTables":
false
},

"favorite":
false,

"configurable":
true,

"access":
{

"read":
true,

"update":
true,

"externalize":
true,

"delete":
true,

"write":
true,

"manage":
true
},

340
1 Web API 1.75.4 Update job

"lastUpdatedBy":
{
"id":
"GOLswS44mh8"
},

"favorites":
[],

"translations":
[],

"userGroupAccesses":
[],

"attributeValues":
[],

"userAccesses":
[]
}

1.75.4 Update job

Update a job with parameters using the following endpoint and JSON payload format:

PUT /api/jobConfiguration/{id}

{
"name":
"analytics
last two
years",

"enabled":
true,

"cronExpression":
"0 0 3 ?
* MON",
"jobType":
"ANALYTICS_TABLE",

"jobParameters":
{

"lastYears":
"3",

"skipTableTypes":
[],

"skipResourceTables":
false
}
}

1.75.5 Delete job

Delete a job using:

DELETE /api/jobConfiguration/{id}

341
1 Web API 1.76 Schema

Note that some jobs with custom configuration parameters may not be added if the required
system settings are not configured. An example of this is data synchronization, which requires
remote server configuration.

1.76 Schema

A resource which can be used to introspect all available DXF 2 objects can be found on /api/
schemas. For specific resources you can have a look at /api/schemas/<type>.

To get all available schemas in XML:

GET /api/[Link]

To get all available schemas in JSON:

GET /api/[Link]

To get JSON schema for a specific class:

GET /api/schemas/[Link]

1.77 UI customization

To customize the UI of the DHIS2 application you can insert custom JavaScript and CSS styles
through the files resource. The JavaScript and CSS content inserted through this resource will be
loaded by the DHIS2 web application. This can be particularly useful in certain situations:

• Overriding the CSS styles of the DHIS2 application, such as the login page or main page.

• Defining JavaScript functions which are common to several custom data entry forms and
HTML-based reports.

• Including CSS styles which are used in custom data entry forms and HTML-based reports.

1.77.1 Javascript

To insert Javascript from a file called [Link] you can interact with the files/script resource with a
POST-request:

curl --data-binary @[Link] "localhost/api/33/

files/script"
-H "Content-Type:application/javascript" -u
admin:district

Note that we use the --data-binary option to preserve formatting of the file content. You can
fetch the JavaScript content with a GET request:

/api/33/files/script

To remove the JavaScript content you can use a DELETE-request.

342
1 Web API 1.77.2 CSS

1.77.2 CSS

To insert CSS from a file called [Link] you can interact with the files/style resource with a POST-
request:

curl --data-binary @[Link] "localhost/api/

33/files/style"
-H "Content-Type:text/css" -u
admin:district

You can fetch the CSS content with a GET-request:

/api/33/files/style

To remove the JavaScript content you can use a DELETE-e "request.

1.78 Synchronization

This section covers pull and push of data and metadata.

1.78.1 Data value push

To initiate a data value push to a remote server one must first configure the URL and credentials
for the relevant server from System settings > Synchronization, then make a POST request to the
following resource:

/api/33/synchronization/dataPush

1.78.2 Metadata pull

To initiate a metadata pull from a remote JSON document you can make a POST request with a
url as request payload to the following resource:

/api/33/synchronization/metadataPull

1.78.3 Availability check

To check the availability of the remote data server and verify user credentials you can make a
GET request to the following resource:

/api/33/synchronization/availability

1.79 Applications

The /api/apps endpoint can be used for installing, deleting and listing apps. The app key is
based on the app name, but with all non-alphanumerical characters removed, and spaces
replaced with a dash. My app! will return the key My-app.

343
1 Web API 1.79.1 Get apps

Note
Previous to 2.28, the app key was derived from the name of the ZIP
archive, excluding the file extension. URLs using the old format should
still return the correct app in the api.

/api/33/apps

1.79.1 Get apps

Note
Previous to 2.28 the app property folderName referred to the actual
path of the installed app. With the ability to store apps on cloud
services, folderName’s purpose changed, and will now refer to the app
key.

You can read the keys for apps by listing all apps from the apps resource and look for the key
property. To list all installed apps in JSON:

curl -u user:pass -H "Accept: application/json" "http://

[Link]/api/33/apps"

You can also simply point your web browser to the resource URL:

[Link]

The apps list can also be filtered by app type and by name, by appending one or more filter
parameters to the URL:

[Link]

App names support the eq and ilike filter operators, while appType supports eq only.

1.79.2 Install an app

To install an app, the following command can be issued:

curl -X POST -u user:pass -F file=@[Link] "http://

[Link]/api/33/apps"

1.79.3 Delete an app

To delete an app, you can issue the following command:

curl -X DELETE -u user:pass "[Link]

apps/<app-key>"

344
1 Web API 1.79.4 Reload apps

1.79.4 Reload apps

To force a reload of currently installed apps, you can issue the following command. This is useful
if you added a file manually directly to the file system, instead of uploading through the DHIS2
user interface.

curl -X PUT -u user:pass "http://

[Link]/api/33/apps"

1.79.5 Share apps between instances

If the DHIS2 instance has been configured to use cloud storage, apps will now be installed and
stored on the cloud service. This will enable multiple instances share the same versions on
installed apps, instead of installing the same apps on each individual instance.

Note
Previous to 2.28, installed apps would only be stored on the instance’s
local filesystem. Apps installed before 2.28 will still be available on the
instance it was installed, but it will not be shared with other instances,
as it’s still located on the instances local filesystem.

1.80 App store

The Web API exposes the content of the DHIS2 App Store as a JSON representation which can
found at the /api/appStore resource.

/api/33/appStore

1.80.1 Get apps

You can retrieve apps with a GET request:

GET /api/33/appStore

A sample JSON response is described below.

{
[
{
"name": "Tabular
Tracker
Capture",
"description": "Tabular Tracker Capture is an app that makes
you more effective.",
"sourceUrl": "[Link]
dhis2/App-repository",
"appType":
"DASHBOARD_WIDGET",

"status":
"PENDING",
"id":
"NSD06BVoV21",

"developer":
{

345
1 Web API 1.80.2 Install apps

"name":
"DHIS",

"organisation":
"Uio",

"address":
"Oslo",

"email":
"dhis@[Link]",
},

"versions":
[

{
"id":
"upAPqrVgwK6",

"version":
"1.2",

"minDhisVersion":
"2.17",

"maxDhisVersion":
"2.20",
"downloadUrl": "[Link]
[Link]",
"demoUrl": "http://
[Link]/demo"
}
],

"images":
[

{
"id":
"upAPqrVgwK6",

"logo":
"true",
"imageUrl": "[Link]
[Link]",
"description":
"added feature
snapshot",

"caption":
"dialog",
}
]
}
]
}

1.80.2 Install apps

You can install apps on your instance of DHIS2 assuming you have the appropriate permissions.
An app is referred to using the id property of the relevant version of the app. An app is installed
with a POST request with the version id to the following resource:

POST /api/33/appStore/{app-version-id}

346
1 Web API 1.81 Data store

1.81 Data store

Using the dataStore resource, developers can store arbitrary data for their apps. Access to a
datastore’s key is based on its sharing settings. By default all keys created are publicly accessible
(read and write). Additionally, access to a datastore’s namespace is limited to the user’s access to
the corresponding app, if the app has reserved the namespace. For example a user with access
to the “sampleApp” application will also be able to use the sampleApp namespace in the
datastore. If a namespace is not reserved, no specific access is required to use it.

/api/33/dataStore

1.81.1 Data store structure

Data store entries consist of a namespace, key and value. The combination of namespace and
key is unique. The value data type is JSON.

Data store structure

Item Description Data type

Namespace Namespace for organization of String
entries.
Key Key for identification of values. String
Value Value holding the information for JSON
the entry.
Encrypted Indicates whether the value of the Boolean
given key should be encrypted

1.81.2 Get keys and namespaces

For a list of all existing namespaces:

GET /api/33/dataStore

Example curl request for listing:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStore" -u
admin:district

Example response:

["foo",
"bar"]

For a list of all keys in a namespace:

GET /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>

Example curl request for listing:

347
1 Web API 1.81.3 Create values

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStore/foo" -u
admin:district

Example response:

["key_1",
"key_2"]

To retrieve a value for an existing key from a namespace:

GET /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example curl request for retrieval:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStore/foo/key_1"-u
admin:district

Example response:

{
"foo":
"bar"
}

To retrieve meta-data for an existing key from a namespace:

GET /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>/<key>/metaData

Example curl request for retrieval:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStore/foo/key_1/metaData" -u
admin:district

Example response:

"created":
"...",

"user":
{...},

"namespace":
"foo",
"key":
"key_1"
}

1.81.3 Create values

To create a new key and value for a namespace:

POST /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>/<key>

348
1 Web API 1.81.4 Update values

Example curl request for create, assuming a valid JSON payload:

curl "[Link]
key_1" -X POST
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -d
"{\"foo\":\"bar\"}" -u admin:district

Example response:

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
201,

"status":
"OK",
"message":
"Key
'key_1'
created."
}

If you require the data you store to be encrypted (for example user credentials or similar) you
can append a query to the url like this:

GET /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>/<key>?encrypt=true

1.81.4 Update values

To update a key that exists in a namespace:

PUT /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example curl request for update, assuming valid JSON payload:

curl "[Link]
-X PUT -d "[1, 2, 3]"
-H "Content-Type: application/json" -u
admin:district

Example response:

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",
"message":
"Key
'key_1'
updated."
}

349
1 Web API 1.81.5 Delete keys

1.81.5 Delete keys

To delete an existing key from a namespace:

DELETE /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example curl request for delete:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStore/foo/key_1" -X DELETE -u

admin:district

Example response:

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",
"message": "Key 'key_1' deleted
from namespace 'foo'."
}

To delete all keys in a namespace:

DELETE /api/33/dataStore/<namespace>

Example curl request for delete:

curl "[Link]/demo/api/33/dataStore/foo" -X DELETE -u

admin:district

Example response:

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",
"message":
"Namespace
'foo'
deleted."
}

1.81.6 Sharing datastore keys

Sharing of datastore keys follows the same principle as for other metadata sharing (see Sharing).

To get sharing settings for a specific datastore key:

350
1 Web API 1.82 User data store

GET /api/33/sharing?type=dataStore&id=<uid>

To modify sharing settings for a specific datastore key:

POST /api/33/sharing?type=dataStore&id=<uid>

with the following request:

"object":
{

"publicAccess":
"rw------",

"externalAccess":
false,

"user":
{},

"userAccesses":
[],

"userGroupAccesses":
[
{
"id":
"hj0nnsVsPLU",

"access":
"rw------"
},
{
"id":
"qMjBflJMOfB",

"access":
"r-------"
}
]
}
}

1.82 User data store

In addition to the dataStore which is shared between all users of the system, a user-based data
store is also available. Data stored to the userDataStore is associated with individual users, so
that each user can have different data on the same namespace and key combination. All calls
against the userDataStore will be associated with the logged in user. This means one can only
see, change, remove and add values associated with the currently logged in user.

/api/33/userDataStore

1.82.1 User data store structure

userDataStore consists of a user, a namespace, keys and associated values. The combination of
user, namespace and key is unique.

351
1 Web API 1.82.2 Get namespaces

User data store structure

Item Description Data Type

User The user this data is String
associated with
Namespace The namespace the key String
belongs to
Key The key a value is stored String
on
Value The value stored JSON
Encrypted Indicates whether the Boolean
value should be encrypted

1.82.2 Get namespaces

Returns an array of all existing namespaces

GET /api/33/userDataStore

Example request:

curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -u admin:district "[Link]/

api/33/userDataStore"

["foo",
"bar"]

1.82.3 Get keys

Returns an array of all existing keys in a given namespace

GET /api/userDataStore/<namespace>

Example request:

curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -u admin:district "[Link]/api/

33/userDataStore/foo"

["key_1",
"key_2"]

1.82.4 Get values

Returns the value for a given namespace and key

GET /api/33/userDataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example request:

352
1 Web API 1.82.5 Create value

curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -u admin:district "[Link]/api/33/

userDataStore/foo/bar"

"some":
"value"
}

1.82.5 Create value

Adds a new value to a given key in a given namespace.

POST /api/33/userDataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example request:

curl -X POST -H "Content-Type: application/json" -u

admin:district -d "['some value']"
"[Link]/api/33/
userDataStore/foo/bar"

"httpStatus":
"Created",

"httpStatusCode":
201,

"status":
"OK",
"message": "Key 'bar' in
namespace 'foo' created."
}

If you require the value to be encrypted (For example user credentials and such) you can append
a query to the url like this:

GET /api/33/userDataStore/<namespace>/<key>?encrypt=true

1.82.6 Update values

Updates an existing value

PUT /api/33/userDataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example request:

curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" -u

admin:district -d "['new value']"
"[Link]/api/33/
userDataStore/foo/bar"

353
1 Web API 1.82.7 Delete key

"httpStatus":
"Created",

"httpStatusCode":
201,

"status":
"OK",
"message": "Key 'bar' in
namespace 'foo' updated."
}

1.82.7 Delete key

Delete a key

DELETE /api/33/userDataStore/<namespace>/<key>

Example request:

curl -X DELETE -u admin:district "[Link]/api/33/

userDataStore/foo/bar"

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",
"message": "Key 'bar' deleted from
the namespace 'foo."
}

1.82.8 Delete namespace

Delete all keys in the given namespace

DELETE /api/33/userDataStore/<namespace>

Example request:

curl -X DELETE -u admin:district "[Link]/api/33/

userDataStore/foo"

"httpStatus":
"OK",

"httpStatusCode":
200,

"status":
"OK",

354
1 Web API 1.83 Les prédicteurs
"message": "All keys from
namespace 'foo' deleted."
}

1.83 Les prédicteurs

A predictor allows you to generate data values based on an expression. This can be used to
generate targets, thresholds and estimated values. You can interact with predictors through the /
api/33/predictors resource.

/api/33/predictors

1.83.1 Creating a predictor

You can create a predictor with a POST request to the predictors resource:

POST /api/33/predictors

A sample payload looks like this:

{
"id":
"AG10KUJCrRk",
"name": "Malaria Outbreak
Threshold Predictor",
"shortName": "Malaria
Outbreak
Predictor",
"description": "Computes the threshold for potential malaria outbreaks based on the mean
plus 1.5x the std dev",

"output":
{
"id":
"nXJJZNVAy0Y"
},

"generator":
{
"expression": "AVG(#{r6nrJANOqMw})
+1.5*STDDEV(#{r6nrJANOqMw})",

"dataElements":
[],

"sampleElements":
[
{
"id":
"r6nrJANOqMw"
}
]
},

"periodType":
"Monthly",

"sequentialSampleCount":
4,

"sequentialSkipCount":
1,

"annualSampleCount":
3,

355
1 Web API 1.83.2 Generating predicted values

"organisationUnitLevels":
[4]
}

The output element refers to the identifier of the data element for which to saved predicted data
values. The generator element refers to the expression to use when calculating the predicted
values.

1.83.2 Generating predicted values

To run all predictors (generating predicted values) you can make a POST request to the run
resource:

POST /api/33/predictors/run

To run a single predictor you can make a POST request to the run resource for a predictor:

POST /api/33/predictors/AG10KUJCrRk/run

1.84 Min-max data elements

The min-max data elements resource allows you to set minimum and maximum value ranges for
data elements. It is unique by the combination of organisation unit, data element and category
option combo.

/api/minMaxDataElements

Min-max data element data structure

Item Description Data type

source Organisation unit identifier String
dataElement Data element identifier String
optionCombo Data element category String
option combo identifier
min Minimum value Integer
max Maximum value Integer
generated Indicates whether this Boolean
object is generated by the
system (and not set
manually).

You can retrieve a list of all min-max data elements from the following resource:

GET /api/[Link]

You can filter the response like this:

356
1 Web API 1.84.1 Add/Update min-max data element

GET /api/[Link]?filter=[Link]:eq:UOlfIjgN8X6

GET /api/[Link]?filter=[Link]:in:[UOlfIjgN8X6,xc8gmAKfO95]

The filter parameter for min-max data elements supports two operators: eq and in. You can also
use the fields query parameter.

GET /api/[Link]?fields=:all,dataElement[id,name]

1.84.1 Add/Update min-max data element

To add a new min-max data element, use POST request to:

POST /api/[Link]

The JSON content format looks like this:

{
"min":
1,

"generated":
false,
"max":
100,

"dataElement":
{
"id":
"UOlfIjgN8X6"
},

"source":
{
"id":
"DiszpKrYNg8"
},

"optionCombo":
{
"id":
"psbwp3CQEhs"
}
}

If the combination of data element, organisation unit and category option combo exists, the min-
max value will be updated.

1.84.2 Delete min-max data element

To delete a min-max data element, send a request with DELETE method:

DELETE /api/[Link]

The JSON content is in similar format as above:

357
1 Web API 1.85 Exceptions de verrouillage

{
"min":
1,

"generated":
false,
"max":
100,

"dataElement":
{
"id":
"UOlfIjgN8X6"
},

"source":
{
"id":
"DiszpKrYNg8"
},

"optionCombo":
{
"id":
"psbwp3CQEhs"
}
}

1.85 Exceptions de verrouillage

The lock exceptions resource allows you to open otherwise locked data sets for data entry for a
specific data set, period and organisation unit. You can read lock exceptions from the following
resource:

/api/lockExceptions

To create a new lock exception you can use a POST request and specify the data set, period and
organisation unit:

POST /api/lockExceptions?ds=BfMAe6Itzgt&pe=201709&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

To delete a lock exception you can use a similar request syntax with a DELETE request:

DELETE /api/lockExceptions?ds=BfMAe6Itzgt&pe=201709&ou=DiszpKrYNg8

1.86 Tokens

The tokens resource provides access tokens to various services.

1.86.1 Google Service Account

You can retrieve a Google service account OAuth 2.0 access token with a GET request to the
following resource.

GET /api/tokens/google

358
1 Web API 1.87 Analytics table hooks

The token will be valid for a certain amount of time, after which another token must be
requested from this resource. The response contains a cache control header which matches the
token expiration. The response will contain the following properties in JSON format.

Token response

Property Description
access_token The OAuth 2.0 access token to be used when
authentication against Google services.
expires_in The number of seconds until the access token
expires, typically 3600 seconds (1 hour).
client_id The Google service account client id.

This assumes that a Google service account has been set up and configured for DHIS2. Please
consult the installation guide for more info.

1.87 Analytics table hooks

Analytics table hooks provide a mechanism for invoking SQL scripts during different phases of
the analytics table generation process. This is useful for customizing data in resource and
analytics tables, e.g. in order to achieve specific logic for calculations and aggregation. Analytics
table hooks can be manipulated at the following API endpoint:

/api/analyticsTableHooks

The analytics table hooks API supports the standard HTTP CRUD operations for creating (POST),
updating (PUT), retrieving (GET) and deleting (DELETE) entities.

1.87.1 Hook fields

Analytics table hooks have the following fields:

Analytics table hook fields

Field Options Description

name Text Name of the hook.
phase RESOURCE_TABLE_POPULATED, The phase for when the SQL
ANALYTICS_TABLE_POPULATED script should be invoked.
resourceTableType See column “Table type” in The type of resource table for
table “Phases, table types and which to invoke the SQL script.
temporary tables” below Applies only for hooks defined
with the
RESOURCE_TABLE_POPULATED
phase.
analyticsTableType See column “Table type” in The type of analytics table for
table “Phases, table types and which to invoke the SQL script.
temporary tables” below Applies only for hooks defined
with the
ANALYTICS_TABLE_POPULATED
phase.
sql Text The SQL script to invoke.

359
1 Web API 1.87.2 Creating hooks

The ANALYTICS_TABLE_POPULATED phase takes place after the analytics table has been
populated, but before indexes have been created and the temp table has been swapped with the
main table. As a result, the SQL script should refer to the analytics temp table, e.g. 
analytics_temp, analytics_completeness_temp.

This applies also to the RESOURCE_TABLE_POPULATED phase, which takes place after the
resource table has been populated, but before indexes have been created and the temp table
has been swapped with the main table. As a result, the SQL script should refer to the resource
temp table, e.g. _orgunitstructure_temp, _categorystructure_temp.

You should define only one of the resourceTableType and analyticsTableType fields, depending
on which phase is defined.

You can refer to the temporary database table which matches the specified hook table type only
(other temporary tables will not be available). As an example, if you specify
ORG_UNIT_STRUCTURE as the resource table type, you can refer to the _orgunitstructure_temp
temporary database table only.

The following table shows the valid combinations of phases, table types and temporary tables.

Phases, table types and temporary tables

Phase Table type Temporary table

RESOURCE_TABLE_POPULATED ORG_UNIT_STRUCTURE _orgunitstructure_temp
DATA_SET_ORG_UNIT_CATEGORY _datasetorgunitcategory
CATEGORY_OPTION_COMBO_NAME _categoryoptioncombon
DATA_ELEMENT_GROUP_SET_STRUCTURE _dataelementgroupsetst
INDICATOR_GROUP_SET_STRUCTURE _indicatorgroupsetstruct
ORG_UNIT_GROUP_SET_STRUCTURE _organisationunitgroups
CATEGORY_STRUCTURE _categorystructure_temp
DATA_ELEMENT_STRUCTURE _dataelementstructure_t
PERIOD_STRUCTURE _periodstructure_temp
DATE_PERIOD_STRUCTURE _dateperiodstructure_tem
DATA_ELEMENT_CATEGORY_OPTION_COMBO _dataelementcategoryop
DATA_APPROVAL_MIN_LEVEL _dataapprovalminlevel_t
ANALYTICS_TABLE_POPULATED DATA_VALUE analytics_temp
COMPLETENESS analytics_completeness_
COMPLETENESS_TARGET analytics_completenesst
ORG_UNIT_TARGET analytics_orgunittarget_t
EVENT analytics_event_temp_<p
ENROLLMENT analytics_enrollment_tem
uid>
VALIDATION_RESULT analytics_validationresul

1.87.2 Creating hooks

To create a hook which should run after the resource tables have been populated you can do a
POST request like this using JSON format:

360
1 Web API 1.88 Metadata repository

curl -d @[Link] "localhost/api/analyticsTableHooks" -H "Content-Type:application/

json" -u admin:district

{
"name": "Update 'Area' in org unit group
set resource table",
"phase":
"RESOURCE_TABLE_POPULATED",
"resourceTableType":
"ORG_UNIT_GROUP_SET_STRUCTURE",
"sql": "update _organisationunitgroupsetstructure_temp
set \"uIuxlbV1vRT\" = 'b0EsAxm8Nge'"
}

To create a hook which should run after the data value analytics table has been populated you
can do a POST request like this using JSON format:

{
"name": "Update 'Currently on treatment' data in
analytics table",
"phase":
"ANALYTICS_TABLE_POPULATED",

"analyticsTableType":
"DATA_VALUE",
"sql": "update analytics_temp set monthly = '200212' where
\"monthly\" in ('200210', '200211')"
}

1.88 Metadata repository

DHIS2 provides a metadata repository containing metadata packages with various content. A
metadata package is a DHIS2-compliant JSON document which describes a set of metadata
objects.

To retrieve an index over available metadata packages you can issue a GET request to the
metadataRepo resource:

GET /api/synchronization/metadataRepo

A metadata package entry contains information about the package and a URL to the relevant
package. An index could look like this:

"packages":
[
{
"id":
"sierre-
leone-
demo",
"name":
"Sierra
Leone
demo",
"description": "Sierra
Leone demo database",

"version":
"0.1",
"href": "[Link]
demo/[Link]"

361
1 Web API 1.89 Icons

},
{
"id":
"trainingland-
org-units",
"name": "Trainingland
organisation units",
"description": "Trainingland organisation
units with four levels",

"version":
"0.1",
"href": "[Link]
units/[Link]"
}
]
}

A client can follow the URLs and install a metadata package through a POST request with content
type text/plain with the metadata package URL as the payload to the metadataPull resource:

POST /api/synchronization/metadataPull

An example curl command looks like this:

curl "localhost:8080/api/synchronization/
metadataPull" -X POST
-d "[Link]
[Link]"
-H "Content-Type:text/plain" -u
admin:district

1.89 Icons

DHIS2 includes a collection of icons that can be used to give visual context to metadata. These
icons can be accessed through the icons resource.

GET /api/icons

This endpoint returns a list of information about the available icons. Each entry contains
information about the icon, and a reference to the actual icon.

{
"key":
"mosquito_outline",
"description":
"Mosquito
outline",

"keywords":
["malaria",
"mosquito",
"dengue"],
"href": "<dhis server>/api/icons/
mosquito_outline/[Link]"
}

The keywords can be used to filter which icons to return. Passing a list of keywords with the
request will only return icons that match all the keywords:

362
1 Web API 1.89 Icons

GET /api/icons?keywords=shape,small

A list of all unique keywords can be found at the keywords resource:

GET /api/icons/keywords

363
2 Applications 2.1 Purpose of packaged Apps

2 Applications
A packaged app is an Open Web App that has all of its resources (HTML, CSS, JavaScript, app
manifest, and so on) contained in a zip file. It can be uploaded to a DHIS2 installation directly
through the user interface at runtime. A packaged app is a ZIP file with an app manifest in its root
directory. The manifest must be named [Link]. A throrough description of apps can
be obtained here.

2.1 Purpose of packaged Apps

The purpose of packaged apps is to extend the web interface of DHIS2, without the need to
modify the source code of DHIS2 itself. A system deployment will often have custom and unique
requirements. The apps provide a convenient extension point to the user interface. Through
apps, you can complement and customize the DHIS2 core functionality with custom solutions in a
loosely coupled and clean manner.

Apps do not have permissions to interact directly with DHIS2 Java API. Instead, apps are expected
to use functionality and interact with the DHIS2 services and data by utilizing the DHIS2 Web API.

2.2 Creating Apps

DHIS2 apps are constructed with HTML, JavaScript and CSS files, similar to any other web
application. Apps also need a special file called [Link] which describes the contents of
the app. A basic example of the [Link] is shown below:

{
"version": "0.1",
"name": "My App",
"description": "My App is a Packaged App",
"launch_path": "/[Link]",
"appType": "APP",
"icons": {
"16": "/img/icons/[Link]",
"48": "/img/icons/[Link]",
"128": "/img/icons/[Link]"
},
"developer": {
"name": "Me",
"url": "[Link]
},
"default_locale": "en",
"activities": {
"dhis": {
"href": "*",
"namespace": "my-namespace"
}
},
"authorities": [
"MY_APP_ADD_NEW",
"MY_APP_UPDATE",
"MY_APP_DELETE"
}
}

The [Link] file must be located at the root of the project. Among the properties are:

• The icons→48 property is used for the icon that is displayed on the list of apps that are
installed on a DHIS2 instance.

364
2 Applications 2.2 Creating Apps

The activities property is an dhis-specific extension meant to differentiate between a

• standard Open Web App and an app that can be installed in DHIS2.

• The authorities property contains a list of DHIS2 authorities which can be used to restrict
users from certain actions on the current app. This list will be loaded into DHIS2 during
app installation process and available for selecting in User Role management form.

• The *** value for href is converted to the appropriate URL when the app is uploaded and
installed in DHIS2. This value can then be used by the application’s JavaScript and HTML
files to make calls to the DHIS2 Web API and identify the correct location of DHIS2 server
on which the app has been installed. To clarify, the *activities* part will look similar to this
after the app has been installed:

"activities": {
"dhis": {
"href": "[Link]
"namespace": "my-namespace"
}
}

The namespace property can be added if your app is utilizing the dataStore or userDataStore api.
When adding the namespace property, only users with access to your app are allowed to make
changes to the namespace. A namespace can only be reserved in this way once. If another app
tries to reserve a namespace already in use, the installation of the other app will fail.

If you have a collection of apps that want to share the same namespace, but also wish to reserve
it, the users of the apps needs to have the authority to use the app that initially reserved the
namespace.

Note
Namespaces will not be created until atleast one key-value pair is
present in the namespace. Specifying a namespace in the manifest only
restricts the access and does not create any data in the namespace.

The appType property specifies how the app will be displayed by the DHIS2 instance. The
possible values for appType and their effects are explained in the following table.

App types

App type Description

APP Will be listed in the “apps” menu
DASHBOARD_WIDGET Available from the search box on the dashboard, can be
added as an item on any dashboard
TRACKER_DASHBOARD_WIDGET Can be embedded in the tracker dashboard (this type is
not yet supported)
RESOURCE Resource apps are packages that can be shared by
multiple other apps. These apps are not shown
anywhere in the UI, except from in the app management
app.

If no appType is specified in the manifest, the system will use “APP” by default.

365
2 Applications 2.3 Installing Apps into DHIS2

To read the JSON structure into JavaScript, you can use a regular AJAX request and parse the
JSON into an object. Most Javascript libraries provide some support, for instance with jQuery it
can be done like this:

$.getJSON( "[Link]", function( json ) {

var apiBaseUrl = [Link] + "/api";
} );

The app can contain HTML, JavaScript, CSS, images and other files which may be required to
support it . The file structure could look something like this:

/
/[Link] #manifest file (mandatory)
/css/ #css stylesheets (optional)
/img/ #images (optional)
/js/  #javascripts (optional)

Note
It is only the [Link] file which must be placed in the root. It
is up the developer to organize CSS, images and JavaScript files inside
the app as needed.

All the files in the project should be compressed into a standard zip archive. Note that the
[Link] file must be located on the root of the zip archive (do not include a parent
directory in the archive). The zip archive can then be installed into DHIS2 as you will see in the
next section.

2.3 Installing Apps into DHIS2

Apps can be installed by uploading zip file into the App Manager. In, Services → Apps, click on the
App Store menu item.

The app can be uploaded by pressing the Browse button and after selecting the zip package, the
file is uploaded automatically and installed in DHIS2. You can also browse through apps in the
DHIS2 app store and download apps from there. The DHIS2 app store allows for app searching,
reviewing, commenting, requesting features, rating on the apps by the community.

2.4 Launching Apps

After installation, your apps will be integrated with the menu system and can be accessed under
services and from the module overview page. It can also be accessed from the home page of the
apps module. Click on an app in the list in order to launch it.

366
3 Development Infrastructure 3.1 Release process

3 Development Infrastructure
3.1 Release process

Checklist for release.

1. In order to tag the source source code with new release. First temporarily add a
dependency to dhis-web in the root [Link]:

<module>dhis-web</module>

Use the mvn version plugin with:

mvn versions:set
mvn versions:commit

This will prompt you to enter the version. Include [Link]. Remove the dhis-web
dependency. Update application cache manifests in the various apps to new version.
Commit and push the changes to master.

2. Create a stable release branch off master, e.g. with:

git branch 2.25

3. Push a release branch to Github, e.g. with:

git checkout 2.25

git push --set-upstream origin 2.25

4. Tag source code with SNAPSHOT release. Include [Link]. Remember to add the
temporary dhis-web dependency in the root [Link]. Commit and push the changes to
master.

5. Create Jenkins build for the release WAR file. Include automatic copy job to [Link].
Include automatic WAR update of [Link]/demo (add release directory on server).

6. Create Jenkins build for the release Javadocs.

7. Update the database and WAR file on [Link]/demo and [Link]/dev

instances. To create a dump in directory format and turn it into a tar file:

pg_dump dhis2 -Fd -U dhis -j 4 -f [Link]

tar zcvf [Link] [Link]

To unpack the tar file:

tar zxvf [Link]

Run the reinit-db-instance script to make the database take effect.

367
3 Development Infrastructure 3.1 Release process

Create a new DHIS2 Live package on [Link] and place it in download/live

8. directory. Only the WAR file must be updated. An uncompressed Live package is located on
the demo server at:

/home/dhis/dhis-live-package

Replace the uncompressed WAR file with the new release. Make a compressed Live archive
and move to /download/live directory.

9. Upload sample database to [Link] and place it in download/resources directory.

10. Update the version info on the play server home page at [Link] The index
file is found on the play server at:

/usr/share/nginx/html/[Link]

11. Update download page at [Link]/downloads with links to new Live package, WAR
file, source code branch page and sample data including version.

12. Create a documentation branch and update documentation page at [Link]/

documentation with links to documentation and Javadocs.

13. Add stable WAR file download link in [Link] on [Link].

14. Write and send release email.

368
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.1 Introduction

4 DHIS2 and R integration

4.1 Introduction

R is freely available, open source statistical computing environment. R refers to both the
computer programming language, as well as the software which can be used to create and run R
scripts. There are numerous sources on the web which describe the extensive set of features of
R.

R is a natural extension to DHIS2, as it provides powerful statistical routines, data manipulation

functions, and visualization tools. This chapter will describe how to setup R and DHIS2 on the
same server, and will provide a simple example of how to retrieve data from the DHIS2 database
into an R data frame and perform some basic calculations.

4.2 Installing R

If you are installing R on the same server as DHIS, you should consider using the Comprehensive
R Archive Network (CRAN) to get the latest distribution of R. All you need to do is to add the
following like to you /etc/apt/[Link] file.

deb <your R mirror>/bin/linux/ubuntu <your Ubuntu distribution>

You will need to replace <your R mirror> with one from the list available here. You will also need
to replace <your Ubuntu distribution> with the name of the distribution you are using.

Once you have done this, invoke the following commands

sudo apt-get update

gpg --keyserver [Link] --recv-keys 51716619E084DAB9
gpg --armor --export 51716619E084DAB9 | apt-key add -
sudo apt-get install r-base r-cran-dbi

At this point, you should have a functional R installation on your machine.

Next, lets see if everything is working by simply invoking R from the command line.

R version 3.4.4 (2018-03-15) -- "Someone to Lean On"

Copyright (C) 2018 The R Foundation for Statistical Computing
Platform: x86_64-pc-linux-gnu (64-bit)

R is free software and comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.

You are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions.
Type 'license()' or 'licence()' for distribution details.

Natural language support but running in an English locale

R is a collaborative project with many contributors.

Type 'contributors()' for more information and
'citation()' on how to cite R or R packages in publications.

Type 'demo()' for some demos, 'help()' for on-line help, or

'[Link]()' for an HTML browser interface to help.
Type 'q()' to quit R.

>

369
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.3 Using ODBC to retrieve data from DHIS2 into R

4.3 Using ODBC to retrieve data from DHIS2 into R

In this example, we will use a system-wide ODBC connector which will be used to retrieve data
from the DHIS2 database. There are some disadvantages with this approach, as ODBC is slower
than other methods and it does raise some security concerns by providing a system-wide
connector to all users. However, it is a convenient method to provide a connection to multiple
users. The use of the R package RODBC will be used in this case. Other alternatives would be the
use of the RPostgreSQL package, which can interface directly through the PostgreSQL driver
described in the next section.

Assuming you have already installed R from the procedure in the previous section. Invoke the
following command to add the required libraries for this example.

apt-get install r-cran-rodbc r-cran-lattice odbc-postgresql

Next, we need to configure the ODBC connection. Edit the file to suit your local situation using
the following template as a guide. Lets create and edit a file called [Link]

[dhis2]
Description = DHIS2 Database
Driver = /usr/lib/odbc/[Link]
Trace = No
TraceFile = /tmp/[Link]
Database = dhis2
Servername = [Link]
UserName = postgres
Password = SomethingSecure
Port = 5432
Protocol = 9.0
ReadOnly = Yes
RowVersioning = No
ShowSystemTables = No
ShowOidColumn = No
FakeOidIndex = No
ConnSettings =
Debug = 0

Finally, we need to install the ODBC connection with odbcinst -i -d -f [Link]

From the R prompt, execute the following commands to connect to the DHIS2 database.

> library(RODBC)
> channel<-odbcConnect("dhis2")#Note that the name must match the ODBC connector name
> sqlTest<-c("SELECT dataelementid, name FROM dataelement LIMIT 10;")
> sqlQuery(channel,sqlTest)
name
1 OPD First Attendances Under 5
2 OPD First Attendances Over 5
3 Deaths Anaemia Under 5 Years
4 Deaths Clinical Case of Malaria Under 5 Years
5 Inpatient discharges under 5
6 Inpatient Under 5 Admissions
7 Number ITNs
8 OPD 1st Attendance Clinical Case of Malaria Under 5
9 IP Discharge Clinical Case of Malaria Under 5 Years
10 Deaths of malaria case provided with anti-malarial treatment 1 to 5 Years
>

370
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.3 Using ODBC to retrieve data from DHIS2 into R

It seems R is able to retrieve data from the DHIS2 database.

As an illustrative example, lets say we have been asked to calculate the relative percentage of
OPD male and female under 5 attendances for the last twelve [Link], lets create an SQL
query which will provide us the basic information which will be required.

OPD<-sqlQuery(channel,"SELECT [Link], [Link] as de, sum([Link]::double precision)

FROM datavalue dv
INNER JOIN period p on [Link] = [Link]
INNER JOIN dataelement de on [Link] = [Link]
WHERE [Link] >= '2011-01-01'
and [Link] <= '2011-12-31'
and [Link] ~*('Attendance OPD')
GROUP BY [Link], [Link];")

We have stored the result of the SQL query in an R data frame called “OPD”. Lets take a look at
what the data looks like.

> head(OPD)
startdate de sum
1 2011-12-01 Attendance OPD <12 months female 42557
2 2011-02-01 Attendance OPD <12 months female 127485
3 2011-01-01 Attendance OPD 12-59 months male 200734
4 2011-04-01 Attendance OPD 12-59 months male 222649
5 2011-06-01 Attendance OPD 12-59 months male 168896
6 2011-03-01 Attendance OPD 12-59 months female 268141
> unique(OPD$de)
[1] Attendance OPD <12 months female Attendance OPD 12-59 months male
[3] Attendance OPD 12-59 months female Attendance OPD >5 years male
[5] Attendance OPD <12 months male Attendance OPD >5 years female
6 Levels: Attendance OPD 12-59 months female ... Attendance OPD >5 years male
>

We can see that we need to aggregate the two age groups (< 12 months and 12-59 months) into a
single variable, based on the gender. Lets reshape the data into a crosstabulated table to make
this easier to visualize and calculate the summaries.

>[Link]<-cast(OPD,startdate ~ de)
>colnames([Link])
[1] "startdate" "Attendance OPD 12-59 months female"
[3] "Attendance OPD 12-59 months male" "Attendance OPD <12 months female"
[5] "Attendance OPD <12 months male" "Attendance OPD >5 years female"
[7] "Attendance OPD >5 years male"

We have reshaped the data so that the data elements are individual columns. It looks like we
need to aggregate the second and fourth columns together to get the under 5 female
attendance, and then the third and fifth columns to get the male under 5 [Link] this,
lets subset the data into a new data frame just to get the required information and display the
results.

> [Link]$OPDUnder5Female<-[Link][,2]+[Link][,4]#Females
> [Link]$OPDUnder5Male<-[Link][,3]+[Link][,5]#males
> [Link]<-[Link][,c(1,8,9)]#new summary data frame
>[Link]$FemalePercent<-
[Link]$OPDUnder5Female/

371
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.4 Mapping with R and PostgreSQL

([Link]$OPDUnder5Female + [Link]$OPDUnder5Male)*100#Females
>[Link]$MalePercent<-
[Link]$OPDUnder5Male/
([Link]$OPDUnder5Female + [Link]$OPDUnder5Male)*100#Males

Of course, this could be accomplished much more elegantly, but for the purpose of the
illustration, this code is rather [Link], lets display the required information.

> [Link][,c(1,4,5)]
startdate FemalePercent MalePercent
1 2011-01-01 51.13360 48.86640
2 2011-02-01 51.49154 48.50846
3 2011-03-01 51.55651 48.44349
4 2011-04-01 51.19867 48.80133
5 2011-05-01 51.29902 48.70098
6 2011-06-01 51.66519 48.33481
7 2011-07-01 51.68762 48.31238
8 2011-08-01 51.49467 48.50533
9 2011-09-01 51.20394 48.79606
10 2011-10-01 51.34465 48.65535
11 2011-11-01 51.42526 48.57474
12 2011-12-01 50.68933 49.31067

We can see that the male and female attendances are very similar for each month of the year,
with seemingly higher male attendance relative to female attendance in the month of December.

In this example, we showed how to retrieve data from the DHIS2 database and manipulate in
with some simple R commands. The basic pattern for using DHIS2 and R together, will be the
retrieval of data from the DHIS2 database with an SQL query into an R data frame, followed by
whatever routines (statistical analysis, plotting, etc) which may be required.

4.4 Mapping with R and PostgreSQL

A somewhat more extended example, will use the RPostgreSQL library and several other libraries
to produce a map from the coordinates stored in the database. We will define a few helper
functions to provide a layer of abstraction, which will make the R code more reusable.

#load some dependent libraries

library(maps)
library(maptools)
library(ColorBrewer)
library(ClassInt)
library(RPostgreSQL)

#Define some helper functions

#Returns a dataframe from the connection for a valid statement

dfFromSQL<-function (con,sql){
rs<-dbSendQuery(con,sql)
result<-fetch(rs,n=-1)
return(result)
}
#Returns a list of latitudes and
longitudes from the orgunit table
dhisGetFacilityCoordinates<- function(con,levelLimit=4) {
sqlCoords<-paste("SELECT [Link], [Link],
substring([Link] from E'(?=,?)-[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+')::double precision as latitude,
substring([Link] from E'[0-9\\.]+'):double precision as

372
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.4 Mapping with R and PostgreSQL

longitude FROM organisationunit ou where [Link]

in (SELECT DISTINCT idlevel",levelLimit, " from _orgunitstructure)
and [Link] = 'Point'
;",sep="")
result<-dfFromSQL(con,sqlCoords)
return(result)
}

#Gets a dataframe of IndicatorValues,

# provided the name of the indicator,
# startdate, periodtype and level
dhisGetAggregatedIndicatorValues<-function(con,
indicatorName,
startdate,
periodtype="Yearly",
level=4)
{
sql<-paste("SELECT organisationunitid,[Link] FROM aggregatedindicatorvalue dv
where [Link] =
(SELECT indicatorid from indicator where name = \'",indicatorName,"\') and [Link]
=", level,"and
[Link] =
(SELECT periodid from period where
startdate = \'",startdate,"\'
and periodtypeid =
(SELECT periodtypeid from periodtype
where name = \'",periodtype,"\'));",sep="")
result<-dfFromSQL(con,sql)
return(result)
}

#Main function which handles the plotting.

#con is the database connection
#IndicatorName is the name of the Indicator
#StartDate is the startdate
#baselayer is the baselayer
plotIndicator<-function(con,
IndicatorName,
StartDate,
periodtype="Yearly",
level=4,baselayer)
{
#First, get the desired indicator data
myDF<-dhisGetAggregatedIndicatorValues(con,
IndicatorName,StartDate,periodtype,level)
#Next, get the coordinates
coords<-dhisGetFacilityCoordinates(con,level)
#Merge the indicataors with the coordinates data frame
myDF<-merge(myDF,coords)
#We need to cast the new data fram to a spatial data
#frame in order to utilize plot
myDF<-SpatialPointsDataFrame(myDF[,
c("longitude","latitude")],myDF)
#Define some color scales
IndColors<-c("firebrick4","firebrick1","gold"
,"darkolivegreen1","darkgreen")
#Define the class breaks. In this case, we are going
#to use 6 quantiles
class<-classIntervals(myDF$value,n=6,style="quantile"
,pal=IndColors)
#Define a vector for the color codes to be used for the
#coloring of points by class
colCode<-findColours(class,IndColors)

373
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.4 Mapping with R and PostgreSQL

#Go ahead and make the plot

myPlot<-[Link]()
#First, plot the base layer
plot(baselayer)
#Next, add the points data frame
points(myDF,col=colCode,pch=19)
#Add the indicator name to the title of the map
title(main=IndicatorName,sub=StartDate)
#Finally, return the plot from the function
return(myPlot) }

Up until this point, we have defined a few functions to help us make a map. We need to get the
coordinates stored in the database and merge these with the indicator which we plan to map. We
then retrieve the data from the aggregated indicator table, create a special type of data frame
(SpatialPointsDataFrame), apply some styling to this, and then create the plot.

#Now we define the actual thing to do

#Lets get a connection to the database
con <- dbConnect(PostgreSQL(), user= "dhis", password="SomethingSecure", dbname="dhis")
#Define the name of the indicator to plot
MyIndicatorName<-"Total OPD Attendance"
MyPeriodType<-"Yearly"
#This should match the level where coordinates are stored
MyLevel<-4
#Given the startdate and period type, it is enough
#to determine the period
MyStartDate<-"2010-01-01"
#Get some Some Zambia district data from GADM
#This is going to be used as the background layer
con <- url("[Link]
print(load(con))#saved as gadm object
#Make the map
plotIndicator(con,MyIndicatorName,MyStartDate,MyPeriodType,MyLevel,gadm)

The results of the plotIndicator function are shown below.

374
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.5 Using R, DHIS2 and the Google Visualization API

In this example, we showed how to use the RPostgreSQL library and other helper
libraries(Maptools, ColorBrewer) to create a simple map from the DHIS2 data mart.

4.5 Using R, DHIS2 and the Google Visualization API

Google’s Visualization API provides a very rich set of tools for the visualization of multi-
dimensional data. In this simple example, we will show how to create a simple motion chart with
the Google Visualization API using the “googleVis” R package. Full information on the package can
be found here.. The basic principle, as with the other examples, is to get some data from the
DHIS2 database, and bring it into R, perform some minor alterations on the data to make it easier
to work with, and then create the chart. In this case, we will compare ANC1,2,3 data over time
and see how they are related with a motion chart.

#Load some libraries

library(RPostgreSQL)
library(googleVis)
library(reshape)
#A small helper function to get a data frame from some SQL
dfFromSQL<-function (con,sql){
rs<-dbSendQuery(con,sql)
result<-fetch(rs,n=-1)
return(result)
}

#Get a database connection

user<-"postgres"
password<-"postgres"
host<-"[Link]"

375
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.5 Using R, DHIS2 and the Google Visualization API

port<-"5432"
dbname<-"dhis2_demo"
con <- dbConnect(PostgreSQL(), user= user,
password=password,host=host, port=port,dbname=dbname)
#Let's retrieve some ANC data from the demo database
sql<-"SELECT [Link] as province,
[Link] as indicator,
extract(year from [Link]) as year,
[Link]
FROM aggregatedindicatorvalue a
INNER JOIN organisationunit ou on [Link] = [Link]
INNER JOIN indicator i on [Link] = [Link]
INNER JOIN period p on [Link] = [Link]
WHERE [Link] IN
(SELECT DISTINCT indicatorid from indicator where shortname ~*('ANC [123] Coverage'))
AND [Link] IN
(SELECT DISTINCT idlevel2 from _orgunitstructure where idlevel2 is not null)
AND [Link] = (SELECT DISTINCT periodtypeid from periodtype where name = 'Yearly')"
#Store this in a data frame
anc<-dfFromSQL(con,sql)
#Change these some columns to factors so that the reshape will work more easily

anc$province<-[Link](anc$province)
anc$indicator<-[Link](anc$indicator)
#We need the time variable as numeric
anc$year<-[Link]([Link](anc$year))
#Need to cast the table into a slightly different format
anc<-cast(anc,province + year ~ indicator)
#Now, create the motion chart and plot it
M<-gvisMotionChart(anc,idvar="province",timevar="year")
plot(M)

The resulting graph is displayed below.

376
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.6 Using PL/R with DHIS2

Using packages like brew or Rapache, these types of graphs could be easily integrated into
external web sites. A fully functional version of the chart shown above can be accessed here.

4.6 Using PL/R with DHIS2

The procedural language for R is an extension to the core of PostgreSQL which allows data to be
passed from the database to R, where calculations in R can be performed. The data can then be
passed back to the database for further processing.. In this example, we will create a function to
calculate some summary statistics which do not exist by default in SQL by using R. We will then
create an SQL View in DHIS2 to display the results. The advantage of utilizing R in this context is
that we do not need to write any significant amount of code to return these summary statistics,
but simply utilize the built-in functions of R to do the work for us.

First, you will need to install PL/R, which is described in detail here.. Following the example from
the PL/R site, we will create some custom aggregate functions as detailed here. We will create
two functions, to return the median and the skewness of a range of values.

CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION r_median(_float8) returns float as '

median(arg1)
' language 'plr';

CREATE AGGREGATE median (

sfunc = plr_array_accum,
basetype = float8,
stype = _float8,

377
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.7 Using this DHIS2 Web API with R

finalfunc = r_median
);

CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION r_skewness(_float8) returns float as '

require(e1071)
skewness(arg1)
' language 'plr';

CREATE AGGREGATE skewness (

sfunc = plr_array_accum,
basetype = float8,
stype = _float8,
finalfunc = r_skewness
);

Next, we will define an SQL query which will be used to retrieve the two new aggregate functions
(median and skewness) which will be calculated using R. In this case, we will just get a single
indicator from the data mart at the district level and calculate the summary values based on the
name of the district which the values belong to. This query is very specific, but could be easily
adapted to your own database.

SELECT [Link],avg([Link]),
median([Link]),skewness([Link]) FROM aggregatedindicatorvalue dv
INNER JOIN period p on [Link] = [Link]
INNER JOIN organisationunit ou on
[Link] = [Link]
WHERE [Link] = 112670
AND [Link] = 3
AND [Link] = 3
AND [Link] >='2009-01-01'
GROUP BY [Link];

We can then save this query in the form of SQL View in DHIS2. A clipped version of the results are
shown below.

In this simple example, we have shown how to use PL/R with the DHIS2 database and web
interface to display some summary statistics using R to perform the calculations.

4.7 Using this DHIS2 Web API with R

DHIS2 has a powerful Web API which can be used to integrate applications together. In this
section, we will illustrate a few trivial examples of the use of the Web API, and how we can
retrieve data and metadata for use in R. The Web API uses basic HTTP authentication (as
described in the Web API section of this document). Using two R packages “RCurl” and “XML”, we

378
4 DHIS2 and R integration 4.7 Using this DHIS2 Web API with R

will be able to work with the output of the API in R. In the first example, we will get some
metadata from the database.

#We are going to need these two libraries

require(httr)
require(magrittr)
[Link]<-"[Link]
url<-paste0([Link],"api/me")
username<-"admin"
password<-"district"
login<-GET(url,)

url<-paste0([Link],"api/reportTables/KJFbpIymTAo/[Link]",authenticate(username,password))
mydata<-GET(url) %>% content(.,"text/csv")
head(mydata)

Here, we have shown how to get some aggregate data from the DHIS2 demo database using the
DHIS2’s Web API.

In the next code example, we will retrieve some metadata, namely a list of data elements and
their unique identifiers.

#Get the list of data elements. Turn off paging and only get a few attributes.
require(httr)

username<-"admin"
password<-"district"
[Link]<-"[Link]

login<-function(username,password,[Link]) {
url<-paste0([Link],"api/me")
r<-GET(url,authenticate(username,password))
if(r$status == 200L) { print("Logged in successfully!")} else {print("Could not login")}
}

getDataElements<-function([Link]) {

url<-paste0([Link],"api/dataElements?fields=id,name,shortName")
r<-content(GET(url,authenticate(username,password)),as="parsed")
[Link]([Link],r$dataElements)
}

login(username,password,[Link])
data_elements<-getDataElements([Link])
head(data_elements)

The object data_elements should now contain a data frame of all data elements in the system.

name id
2 Accute Flaccid Paralysis (Deaths < 5 yrs) FTRrcoaog83
210 Acute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP) follow-up P3jJH5Tu5VC
3 Acute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP) new FQ2o8UBlcrS
4 Acute Flaccid Paralysis (AFP) referrals M62VHgYT2n0
5 Additional notes related to facility uF1DLnZNlWe
6 Admission Date eMyVanycQSC

379